Back to GetFilings.com
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D. C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
[|X|]ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED] for the fiscal year ended December 26, 1998
OR
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED] For the transition period from
____________ to _________________
Commission file number 1-13163
TRICON GLOBAL RESTAURANTS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
North Carolina 13-3951308
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Identification No.)
1441 Gardiner Lane, Louisville, Kentucky 40213
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (502) 874-8300
Name of Each Exchange
Title of Class on which Registered
------------------- -----------------------
Securities registered
pursuant to 12(b) of the Act: Common Stock, no New York Stock Exchange
par value
Securities registered
pursuant to 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]
The aggregate market value of the voting stock (which consists solely of
shares of Common Stock ) held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of March
18, 1998, computed by reference to the closing price of the registrant's Common
Stock on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on such date was
$10,587,855,903.
The number of shares outstanding of the Registrant's Common Stock as of
March 18, 1998 was 169,058 shares.
Portions of the definitive proxy statement furnished to shareholders of the
Registrant in connection with the annual meeting of shareholders to be held on
May 20, 1999, are incorporated by reference into Part III.
PART I
Item 1. Business.
TRICON Global Restaurants, Inc. (referred to herein as "Tricon") was
incorporated under the laws of the state of North Carolina in 1997. The
principal executive offices of Tricon are located at 1441 Gardiner Lane,
Louisville, Kentucky 40213, and its telephone number at that location is (502)
874-8300.
Tricon, the registrant, together with its restaurant operating companies
and other subsidiaries, is referred to in this Form 10-K annual report ("Form
10-K") as the Company. Prior to October 6, 1997, the business of the Company was
conducted by PepsiCo, Inc. ("PepsiCo") through various subsidiaries and
divisions.
This Form 10-K should be read in conjunction with the Cautionary Statements
on page 47.
(a) General Development of Business
In January 1997, PepsiCo announced its decision to spin-off its restaurant
businesses to shareholders as an independent public company (the "Spin-off").
Effective as of October 6, 1997, PepsiCo disposed of its restaurant businesses
by distributing all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Tricon to its
shareholders. Tricon's Common Stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange
on October 7, 1997 under the symbol "YUM." (Prior to that date, from September
17, 1997 through October 6, 1997, Tricon's Common Stock was traded on the New
York Stock Exchange on a "when-issued" basis). As used in this Form 10-K,
references to Tricon or the Company include the historical operating results of
the businesses and operations transferred to the Company in the Spin-off and,
except where indicated, include the non-core businesses divested in 1997.
Additionally, throughout this Form 10-K, the terms "restaurants," "stores" and
"units" are used interchangeably.
Information about the Spin-off and the non-core businesses is included in
the Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations ("Management's Discussion and Analysis") and the related Consolidated
Financial Statements and footnotes in Part II, Item 7, pages 19 through 47; and
Part II, Item 8, pages 48 through 82, respectively, of this Form 10-K.
(b) Financial Information about Operating Segments
Operating segment information for the years ended December 26, 1998,
December 27, 1997 and December 28, 1996 is included in the Management's
Discussion and Analysis and the related Consolidated Financial Statements and
footnotes in Part II, Item 7, pages 19 through 47; and Part II, Item 8, pages 48
through 82, respectively, of this Form 10-K.
(c) Narrative Description of Business
General
Tricon is the world's largest quick service restaurant ("QSR") company
based on number of system units, with almost 30,000 units in 101 countries and
territories. The Tricon organization is currently made up of four operating
companies organized around its three core concepts, KFC, Pizza Hut and Taco Bell
(the "Concepts"). The four operating companies are KFC, Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and
Tricon Restaurants International ("Tricon International"). KFC is based in
Louisville, Kentucky; Pizza Hut and Tricon International are headquartered in
Dallas, Texas; and Taco Bell is based in Irvine, California.
2
Restaurant Concepts
Through its three widely-recognized Concepts, the Company develops,
operates, franchises and licenses a worldwide system of restaurants which
prepare, package and sell a menu of competitively priced food items. These
restaurants are operated by the Company or, under the terms of franchise or
license agreements, by franchisees or licensees who are independent third
parties, or by affiliates operating under joint venture agreements between the
operating companies and local business people.
The Company's franchise program is designed to assure consistency and
quality, and the Company is selective in granting franchises. Under the standard
franchise agreement, franchisees supply capital - initially by paying a
franchise fee, purchasing or leasing the land and building and purchasing
equipment, signs, seating, inventories and supplies, and over the longer term,
by reinvesting in the business. Franchisees then contribute to the Company's
revenues through the payment of royalties based on a percentage of sales.
The Company believes that it is important to maintain strong and open
relationships with its franchisees and their representatives. To this end, the
Company invests a significant amount of time working with the franchisee
community and their representative organizations on all aspects of the business,
ranging from new products to new equipment to new management techniques.
Each of Tricon's four operating companies is engaged in the operation,
development, franchising and licensing of a system of both traditional and
non-traditional QSR units. Non-traditional units include express units and
kiosks which have a more limited menu and operate in non-traditional locations
like airports, gas and convenience stores, stadiums, amusement parks and
colleges, where a full-scale traditional outlet would not be practical or
efficient. In addition, as of year-end 1998, there were 618 units in the
worldwide system housing more than one Concept. Of these, 609 units offer food
products from two of the Concepts (a "2n1"), and 9 units offer food products
from each of the Concepts (a"3n1").
In each Concept, consumers can dine in and/or carry out food. In addition,
Taco Bell and KFC offer a drive-thru option in many stores, and Pizza Hut offers
a drive-thru option on a much more limited basis. Pizza Hut and, on a much more
limited basis, KFC offer delivery service.
Each Concept has proprietary menu items and emphasizes the preparation of
food with high quality ingredients as well as unique recipes and special
seasonings to provide appealing, tasty and attractive food at competitive
prices.
Following is a description of each Concept's history.
KFC
---
KFC was founded in Corbin, Kentucky, by Colonel Harland D. Sanders, an
early developer of the quick service food business and a pioneer of the
restaurant franchise concept. The Colonel perfected his secret blend of 11 herbs
and spices for Kentucky Fried Chicken in 1939 and signed up his first franchisee
in 1952. KFC now has more than 5,100 units in the U.S., and over 5,200 units in
80 countries and territories outside the U.S. Approximately 32 percent of the
U.S. units, and 30 percent of the non-U.S. units, are operated by the Company or
joint ventures in which the Company participates.
While product offerings vary throughout the worldwide system, all KFC
restaurants offer fried chicken products and many also offer non-fried
chicken-on-the-bone products. These products are marketed under the names
Original Recipe, Extra Tasty Crispy and Tender Roast, among others. Other
principal entree items include Colonel's Crispy Strips and various chicken
sandwiches (outside of the U.S.), and seasonally, Chunky Chicken Pot Pies. KFC
restaurants also offer a variety of side items, such as biscuits, mashed
potatoes and gravy, coleslaw, corn, Potato Wedges (in the U.S.) and french fries
(outside of the U.S.), as well as desserts and non-alcoholic beverages. Their
decor is characterized by the image of the Colonel and KFC's distinctive
packaging includes the "Bucket" of chicken.
3
As of year-end 1998, KFC was the leader in the U.S. chicken QSR segment
among companies featuring chicken as their primary product offering, with a 55
percent market share in that segment, and a greater than 5 to 1 lead in terms of
system sales over its closest national competitor.
Pizza Hut
---------
Pizza Hut operates in 88 countries and territories throughout the world
under the name "Pizza Hut" and features a variety of pizzas, including Pan
Pizza, Thin n' Crispy, Pizzeria Stuffed Crust, Hand Tossed and Sicilian, each
offered with a variety of different toppings. Pizza Hut also features beverages
and, in some restaurants, breadsticks, pasta, salads and sandwiches. The
distinctive Pizza Hut decor features a bright red roof.
The first Pizza Hut restaurant was opened in 1958 in Wichita, Kansas, and
within a year, the first franchise unit was opened. Today, Pizza Hut is the
largest restaurant chain in the world specializing in the sale of ready-to-eat
pizza products. As of year-end 1998, the Concept had grown to more than 8,400
units in the U.S., and more than 3,800 units outside of the U.S. Approximately
35 percent of the U.S. units, and 43 percent of the non-U.S. units, are operated
by the Company or joint ventures in which the Company participates.
As of year-end 1998, Pizza Hut was the leader in the U.S. pizza QSR
segment, with a 22 percent market share in that segment, and almost double the
system sales of its closest national competitor.
Taco Bell
---------
Taco Bell operates under the name "Taco Bell" and specializes in Mexican
style food products, including various types of tacos and burritos, salads,
nachos and other related items. Taco Bell units feature a distinctive bell logo
on their signage.
The first Taco Bell restaurant was opened in 1962 by Glen Bell in Downey,
California, and in 1964, the first Taco Bell franchise was sold. By year-end
1998, there were more than 6,800 Taco Bell units within the U.S., and more than
170 units outside of the U.S. Approximately 23 percent of the U.S. units, and 27
percent of the non-U.S. units, are operated by the Company.
Taco Bell is the leader in the U.S. Mexican QSR segment, with a market
share in that segment of 73 percent.
Tricon International
--------------------
The international operations of the three Tricon Concepts are consolidated
into a separate international operating company (Tricon International), which
has directed its focus toward generating more system growth through franchisees
and concentrating its development of Company units in those markets with
sufficient scale. Tricon International has developed new global systems and
tools designed to improve marketing, operations consistency, product delivery,
market planning and development and franchise support capability.
The Company has over 9,200 units in the system outside of the U.S. This
number has grown at a compounded rate of 8 percent over the past five years.
Approximately 35 percent of the total non-U.S. units are operated by the Company
or joint ventures in which the Company participates. In 1998, Tricon
International accounted for 32 percent of the Company's total system sales, and
24 percent of the Company's revenues.
4
Operating Structure
In all three of its Concepts, the Company either operates units or they are
operated by independent franchisees or licensees. Franchisees can range in size
from individuals owning just a few units to large publicly traded companies. In
addition, the Company has established international joint ventures between
itself and third parties. As of year-end 1998, approximately 32 percent of
Tricon's worldwide units were operated by the Company (including approximately 4
percent by joint ventures in which the Company participates), approximately 56
percent by franchisees and approximately 12 percent by licensees.
Refranchising
Beginning in 1995, the Company began rebalancing the system toward more
franchisee ownership to focus its resources on what it believes are high growth
potential markets where it can more efficiently leverage its scale. Since the
strategy began, the Company has refranchised over 3,700 units: 1,389 units in
1998, 1,418 units in 1997, 659 units in 1996 and 264 units in 1995,
respectively. As a result of the Company's refranchising activity, coupled with
new points of distribution added by franchisees and licensees and the program to
upgrade the asset portfolio by closing underperforming stores, the Company's
overall ownership of total system units (i.e., Company and joint venture units
in which the Company participates) declined 18 percentage points in four years
from 50 percent at year-end 1994 to 32 percent at year-end 1998. The
refranchising program is expected to continue, in the near term, but as the
Company approaches a Company/franchisee balance more consistent with its major
competitors, refranchising activity is expected to substantially decrease over
time. The continuation of the program depends on the Company's ability to
identify and sell to qualified franchisees Company restaurants at prices and
terms considered by the Company to be appropriate. There can be no assurance as
to whether, or to what extent, management will be able to effect refranchising
activities in the future.
Competitive Advantages
Global Scale
Powerful Concepts in Growing Food Categories. KFC, Pizza Hut and Taco Bell
are three of the most recognized restaurant Concepts in the world. Each is the
U.S. leader in terms of market share and number of units in its respective food
category. The Company believes that the near universal appeal of chicken and
pizza provide a strong foundation for global Concept expansion, and that the
emerging trend towards Mexican-style foods may provide additional growth
opportunities.
Worldwide Capabilities. Based on available industry data, Tricon is the
world's largest QSR company measured by system units and the second largest
based on system sales. In terms of international locations, the Company believes
that, as of year-end 1998, its total of over 9,200 system units outside the U.S.
was second only to McDonald's Corporation. The Company has global scale
capabilities in marketing, advertising, purchasing and research and development
("R&D"). Tricon believes that its worldwide network of Company and franchise
operations provides a strong foundation from which to expand in existing
markets, enter new markets and launch new products and marketing campaigns. In
many countries and regions, the Company has the scale to use extensive
television advertising, an important factor in increasing brand awareness. The
Company's scale enables it to negotiate superior marketing promotions when
compared to many of its competitors.
Purchasing/Distribution Network. The Company is a substantial purchaser of
a number of food products, and it believes its scale purchasing capabilities
provide it with competitive advantages such as its ability to ensure a
consistent supply of high quality food, ingredients and other supplies at
attractive prices to all of its Concepts. In 1996, to ensure reliable sources,
the Company consolidated most of its worldwide food and supply procurement
activities under an internal organization now called Supply Chain Management,
which sources, negotiates contracts for and buys specified food and supplies
from hundreds of suppliers in over 60 countries and territories. Supply Chain
Management monitors market trends and seeks to identify and capitalize on
purchasing opportunities that will enhance the Company's competitive position.
The principal products purchased include beef, cheese, chicken products, cooking
oils, corn, flour, lettuce, paper and packaging materials, pinto beans, pork,
seasonings, soft drink beverage products and tomato products.
5
To ensure the wholesomeness of all food products, suppliers are required to
meet or exceed strict quality control standards. Long-term contracts and
long-term vendor relationships have been used to ensure availability of
products. The Company has also entered into commodity futures contracts traded
on national exchanges with the objective of reducing food costs. While such
hedging activity has historically been done on a limited basis, hedging activity
could increase in the future if the Company believes it would result in lower
total costs. The Company has not experienced any significant continuous
shortages of supplies. Prices paid for these supplies may be subject to
fluctuation. When prices increase, the Company may be able to pass on such
increases to its customers, although there is no assurance this can be done in
the future.
In October 1998, the Company reached an agreement in principle with the
KFC National Purchasing Cooperative, Inc. (the "KFC Co-op") and representatives
of the Company's KFC, Pizza Hut and Taco Bell franchisee groups, to form a
unified purchasing cooperative (the "Unified Co-op") for restaurant products and
equipment in the U.S. The arrangement combines the purchasing power of the
Company and franchisee restaurants in the U.S., which the Company believes will
further leverage the system's scale to drive cost savings and effectiveness in
the purchasing function. Annual purchasing volume for the new Unified Co-op is
expected to exceed $4 billion, making it the largest such purchasing cooperative
of its kind in the QSR industry. The Company also believes that the Unified
Co-op should result in an even closer alignment of interests and a stronger
relationship with its franchisee community.
The Unified Co-op has been organized as an independent Kentucky limited
liability company that is jointly governed by representatives of the KFC, Pizza
Hut and Taco Bell franchisee groups and Tricon. The members of the Unified Co-op
are the KFC Co-op, the Pizza Hut National Purchasing Coop, Inc. and the Taco
Bell National Purchasing Coop, Inc. (each, a "Concept Co-op" and collectively,
the "Concept Co-ops"). Each of the Concept Co-ops is organized as a Delaware
corporation with shareholder members (including the Company) that are operators
of the Company's three Concepts, KFC, Pizza Hut and Taco Bell.
Effective as of March 1, 1999, the Unified Co-op and the Concept Co-ops
commenced the operation of purchasing programs on behalf of their members.
The core mission of the Unified Co-op is to provide the lowest possible
sustainable store-delivered prices for restaurant products and equipment. It is
intended that the Unified Co-op will incorporate the best practices of the
Company's Supply Chain Management group in the U.S., which provided purchasing
services to all Company restaurants, most Taco Bell franchisee restaurants, and
most Pizza Hut franchisee restaurants, and the KFC Co-op, which provided
purchasing services to most KFC franchisees and some Taco Bell and Pizza Hut
franchisees. Upon commencement of operations on March 1, 1999, a substantial
number of both the Supply Chain Management employees and the KFC Co-op employees
became employees of the Unified Co-op. The Company believes that this should
result in a high degree of continuity in purchasing programs for Company and
franchisee restaurants in the U.S.
In connection with the formation of the Unified Co-op, the Company has
entered into the Tricon Purchasing Coop Agreement with the Unified Co-op (a copy
of which is filed as an Exhibit to this Form 10-K). This Agreement sets forth,
among other things, the Company's commitment to the purchasing programs of the
Unified Co-op and the Concept Co-ops, and the coordination of the purchasing
activities of the Unified Co-op and Concept Co-ops with the franchisor and brand
management rights and obligations of the Company and its operating companies.
Historically, many food products, paper and packaging supplies, and
equipment used in the operation of the Company's restaurants have been
distributed to individual Company units by PepsiCo Food Services ("PFS"), which
was PepsiCo's restaurant distribution operation prior to its disposition in 1997
as described below. PFS also sold and distributed these same items to many
franchisees and licensees that operate in the three restaurant systems, though
principally to Pizza Hut and Taco Bell franchised/licensed units in the U.S. In
May 1997, KFC, Pizza Hut and Taco Bell entered into a five-year Sales and
Distribution Agreement with PFS to distribute the majority of their food and
supplies for Company stores, subject to PFS maintaining certain performance
levels. The Sales and Distribution Agreement became effective upon the closing
of
6
the sale by PepsiCo of the distribution business of PFS to AmeriServe Food
Distribution, Inc. ("AmeriServe"), a subsidiary of Holberg Industries, Inc.,
pursuant to a definitive agreement dated as of May 23, 1997, as amended.
Effective as of November 1, 1998, the Company, KFC, Pizza Hut and Taco Bell
entered into an amended and restated Sales and Distribution Agreement with
AmeriServe (the "Amended AmeriServe Agreement") which provides for the extension
of the term of the original agreement with PFS for a period of two and one-half
years. The Amended AmeriServe Agreement (a copy of which is filed as an Exhibit
to this Form 10-K) substantially modifies the way in which distribution fees are
calculated, and includes incentives for utilizing more efficient distribution
practices by both parties. The Amended AmeriServe Agreement, which continues to
cover all Company KFC, Pizza Hut and Taco Bell restaurants in the U.S.
(including units sold pursuant to the Company's refranchising program), also
provides for a two and one-half year renewal option that could extend the
contract, based on market rates, through July 2007.
KFC, Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and Tricon International have also entered into
multi-year agreements with Pepsi-Cola Company regarding the sale of Pepsi-Cola
beverage products at Company stores.
Strong Cash Flow
As indicated in Items 7 and 8, the Company has generated significant cash
flows from operating activities and through its global refranchising program.
This cash flow has funded existing operations, capital expenditures and debt
reduction of over $1 billion since the Spin-off. This cash flow has also allowed
the Company to fund investment in product innovation and quality, improved
operating platforms leading to improved service, information technology systems,
store-level human resources including recruiting and training, testing
alternative modes of distribution and creative marketing programs.
A discussion of the Company's financing activities, cash flow and liquidity
is contained in Management's Discussion and Analysis in Part II, Item 7, pages
19 through 47.
Certain Core Competencies
Marketing. The Company believes that it has developed significant
advertising capabilities and has been able to generate substantial interest in
and excitement around its brands. Many of the Company's advertising campaigns
have been recognized in the past with awards acknowledging their creativity,
execution or achievements in creating or maintaining brand awareness. The
Company's size enables it to be a leading advertiser in the food service
industry, which it can leverage to achieve efficiency in national network
television advertising, supplemented with local market television advertising.
Tricon's four operating companies implement periodic promotions as they
deem appropriate or desirable in order to maintain and increase their sales and
store profits. They also rely on radio, newspaper and other print advertising,
in-store point of purchase advertising, and direct mail and newspaper couponing
programs, to attract customers and encourage the purchase of their products. The
Company has developed and utilizes sophisticated marketing research techniques
to measure customer satisfaction and consumer trends.
Quality Assurance. The Quality Assurance Departments at each of Tricon's
four operating companies help ensure that the system's restaurants provide high
quality, wholesome food products in clean and safe environments. The system's
restaurants are required to buy food supplies, ingredients, seasonings, and
equipment only from approved suppliers, who are required to meet or exceed
system standards designed to ensure product quality, safety and consistency.
From time to time, the Quality Assurance Departments inspect the facilities of
their suppliers and request samples for testing and other quality control
monitoring and measures. Many of these suppliers, such as poultry producers, are
also subject to some government inspection. In addition, representatives of the
Quality Assurance Departments visit restaurants from time to time to ensure that
food is properly stored, handled and prepared in accordance with prescribed
standards and specifications, as well as to provide training in food safety and
sanitation measures to the restaurant operators. The Quality Assurance
Departments are also responsible for remaining current on issues related to food
safety and interacting with regulatory agencies as may be required or desirable
on these matters.
7
U.S. Growth Opportunities
Tricon believes it has many opportunities to achieve growth in both sales
per unit and distribution channels in its U.S. businesses due to the following:
Daypart Expansion. The Company's strengths in market research and R&D,
combined with underdeveloped dayparts (segments of each business day) in all
three Concepts provide an opportunity to increase the average sales per unit.
According to CREST, in 1998 in the U.S., almost two-thirds of KFC and
approximately three-quarters of Pizza Hut U.S. system store sales occurred
during the dinner occasion. At Taco Bell, approximately half of U.S. system
store sales occurred during the lunch occasion, with about 45 percent occurring
at dinner and the remainder during snacking hours.
Channel Expansion. The Company believes that significant growth
opportunities exist with respect to delivery services. The Company's products,
especially chicken and pizza, are well suited to delivery because their
relatively long holding times allow them to be delivered hot and ready to eat.
Today, Pizza Hut has a well-developed delivery system and 493 KFC units in the
U.S. currently offer some delivery services. In addition, the Company believes
there is opportunity to innovate with respect to the type of unit that best
meets consumer needs. Some of the alternative channels that are under
development include non-traditional units such as Taco Bell Express in venues
such as shopping malls, food courts, airports, gas and convenience stores, and
schools.
Multi-Branding. The Company is actively pursuing the strategy of
multi-branding, where two or more of its Concepts are operated in a single
restaurant unit. As of year-end 1998, there were 618 system units housing more
than one Concept including 78 2n1 and 3 3n1 units added in the U.S. (net of unit
closures) during 1998. By combining two or more of its Concepts in one location,
particularly those that have complementary daypart strengths, the Company
believes it can generate higher sales volumes from such units, significantly
improve returns on per unit investment, and enhance its ability to penetrate a
greater number of trade areas throughout the U.S. Through the consolidation of
market planning initiatives across all three of its Concepts, the Company has
established multi-year development plans by trade area to optimize franchise and
company penetration of all three Concepts and to improve returns on its existing
asset base. The development of these multi-branded units may be limited, in some
instances, by prior development and/or territory rights granted to franchisees.
International Growth Opportunities
Focus on Key Growth Markets. Following the Spin-off, the Company redirected
its international ownership strategy to focus on building Company stores in what
it believes are high growth potential markets where it can more efficiently
leverage its scale, while increasing franchise penetration through franchise
development and refranchising in other international markets. As an example, the
Company has demonstrated considerable success in penetrating Asian emerging
markets, with some of its highest volume stores in the world being operated in
China. In the future, the Company intends to focus a significant portion of its
new-unit capital on this and other potential growth markets, and reduce its
number of primary equity markets from 27 to its ultimate objective of
approximately 10 markets.
Underdeveloped Presence. Although the Company and its franchisees have
established a presence in 101 countries and territories, many of these countries
are still underpenetrated considering not only population size and growth, but
also per capita purchasing power. Even in countries which have populations with
similar per capita purchasing power, the ratio of stores per million people is
still far below that found in the U.S., and the Company believes there is
significant opportunity to leverage an increasing demand for convenient, fully
prepared foods in those countries.
Scale Advantages. Tricon International has the ability to leverage not only
the scale advantages of administration, purchasing and R&D, but also the
experience of the Company's U.S. operations to quickly identify new product
opportunities for local markets.
8
Human Resources and Management
The Company believes that high quality, customer-focused restaurant
management is critical to its long-term success. It also believes that its
leadership position, strong results-oriented and recognition culture, and
various training and incentive programs help attract and retain highly motivated
restaurant general managers ("RGMs") who are committed to providing superior
customer satisfaction and outstanding business results. The Company believes
that having a high quality restaurant manager in a unit for a meaningful tenure
is one of the most important factors in a unit's ability to achieve excellent
results in the areas of sales, profits and overall guest satisfaction.
The Company's restaurant management structure varies by concept and unit
size. Generally, each Company restaurant is led by an RGM, together with one or
more assistant managers, depending on the operating complexity and sales volume
of the restaurant. Each restaurant usually has between 10 and 35 hourly
employees, most of whom work part-time. The Company's four operating companies
each issue detailed manuals covering all aspects of their respective operations,
including food handling and product preparation procedures, safety and quality
issues, equipment maintenance, facility standards and accounting procedures. The
restaurant management teams are responsible for the day-to-day operation of each
unit and for ensuring compliance with operating standards. RGMs' efforts are
monitored by area managers or market coaches, who work with approximately nine
to eleven restaurants. The Company's restaurants are visited from time to time
by various senior operators within their respective organizations to help ensure
adherence to system standards.
RGMs attend and complete their respective operating company's required
training programs. These programs consist of initial training, as well as
additional continuing development and training programs that may be offered or
required from time to time. Initial manager training programs generally last at
least six weeks and emphasize leadership, business management, supervisory
skills (including training, coaching, and recruiting), product preparation and
production, safety, quality control, customer service, labor management, and
equipment maintenance.
Sale of Non-Core Concepts
In late 1996, the Company set a strategy to focus human and financial
resources on growing the sales and profitability of its Concepts. As a result,
the non-core restaurant businesses of California Pizza Kitchen, Chevys Mexican
Restaurant, D'Angelo's Sandwich Shop, East Side Mario's and Hot 'n Now (the
"Non-core Businesses") were sold in 1997. The operations of these Non-core
Businesses were not material to the operations of Tricon.
Information about the Non-core Businesses is included in Management's Discussion
and Analysis and the related Consolidated Financial Statements and footnotes in
Part II, Item 7, pages 19 through 47; and Part II, Item 8, pages 48 through 82,
respectively, of this Form 10-K.
Trademarks and Patents
The Company has numerous registered trademarks and service marks. The
Company believes that many of these marks, including its Kentucky Fried
Chicken(R), KFC(R), Pizza Hut(R) and Taco Bell(R) trademarks, have significant
value and are materially important to its business. The Company's policy is to
pursue registration of its important trademarks whenever possible and to oppose
vigorously any infringement of its trademarks. The use of the Company's
trademarks by franchisees and licensees has been authorized in KFC, Pizza Hut
and Taco Bell franchise and license agreements. In addition, the Company has
granted limited rights to use certain of its trademarks to the Unified Co-op and
Concept Co-ops in connection with the purchasing and program management
activities to be carried on by those entities. Under current law and with proper
use, the Company's rights in its trademarks can last indefinitely. The Company
also has certain patents on restaurant equipment, which, while valuable, are not
material to its business.
9
Working Capital
Information about the Company's working capital is included in Management's
Discussion and Analysis in Part II, Item 7, pages 19 through 47 of this Form
10-K.
Customers
The Company's business is not dependent upon a single customer or small
group of customers.
Seasonal Operations
The Company does not consider its operations to be seasonal to any material
degree.
Backlog Orders
Company restaurants have no backlog orders.
Government Contracts
No material portion of the Company's business is subject to renegotiation
of profits or termination of contracts or subcontracts at the election of the
U.S. government.
Competition
The overall food service industry and the QSR segment are intensely
competitive with respect to food quality, price, service, convenience,
restaurant location and concept. The restaurant business is often affected by
changes in consumer tastes; national, regional or local economic conditions;
currency fluctuations; demographic trends; traffic patterns; the type, number
and location of competing restaurants; and disposable purchasing power. The
Company competes within each market with national and regional chains as well as
locally-owned restaurants, not only for customers, but also for management and
hourly personnel, suitable real estate sites and qualified franchisees.
Research and Development
The Company operates R&D facilities in Louisville, Kentucky; Dallas, Texas;
and Irvine, California. In 1998, 1997 and 1996, the Company spent $21 million,
$21 million and $20 million, respectively, on R&D activities.
Environmental Matters
The Company is not aware of any federal, state or local environmental laws
or regulations which will materially affect its earnings or competitive
position, or result in material capital expenditures. However, the Company
cannot predict the effect on its operations of possible future environmental
legislation or regulations. During 1998, there were no material capital
expenditures for environmental control facilities and no such material
expenditures are anticipated.
Government Regulation
U.S. The Company is subject to various Federal, state and local laws
affecting its business. Each of the Company's restaurants must comply with
licensing and regulation by a number of governmental authorities, which include
health, sanitation, safety and fire agencies in the state or municipality in
which the restaurant is located. In addition, each of the Tricon operating
companies must comply with various state laws that regulate the
franchisor/franchisee relationship. To date, the Company has not been
significantly affected by any difficulty, delay or failure to obtain required
licenses or approvals.
10
A small portion of Pizza Hut's net sales is attributable to the sale of
beer and wine. A license is required in most cases for each site that sells
alcoholic beverages (in most cases, on an annual basis) and licenses may be
revoked or suspended for cause at any time. Regulations governing the sale of
alcoholic beverages relate to many aspects of restaurant operations, including
the minimum age of patrons and employees, hours of operation, advertising,
wholesale purchasing, inventory control and handling, storage and dispensing of
alcoholic beverages. The failure of a restaurant which sells alcoholic beverages
to obtain or retain these licenses may adversely affect such restaurant's
revenues and operating profits.
The Company is also subject to Federal and state laws governing such
matters as employment and pay practices, overtime, tip credits and working
conditions. Since the bulk of the Company's employees are paid on an hourly
basis at rates related to the Federal minimum wage, increases in the minimum
wage could significantly increase the Company's labor costs.
The Company is also subject to Federal and state child labor laws which,
among other things, prohibit the use of certain "hazardous equipment" by
employees 18 years of age or younger. The Company has not to date been
materially adversely affected by such laws.
The Company continues to monitor its facilities for compliance with the
Americans With Disabilities Act ("ADA") in order to conform to its requirements.
Under the ADA, the Company could be required to expend funds to modify its
restaurants to better provide service to, or make reasonable accommodation for
the employment of, disabled persons. Such expenditures, if required, would not
have a material adverse effect on the Company's operations.
International. Internationally, the Company's restaurants are subject to
national and local laws and regulations which are similar to those affecting the
Company's domestic restaurants, including laws and regulations concerning labor,
health, sanitation and safety. The international restaurants are also subject to
tariffs and regulations on imported commodities and equipment and laws
regulating foreign investment. International compliance with environmental
requirements has not had a material adverse effect on the Company's earnings,
capital expenditures or competitive position.
Employees
At year-end 1998, the Company employed approximately 260,000 persons,
approximately 70 percent of whom were part-time employees. Nearly 70 percent of
the Company's employees are employed in the U.S. The Company believes that it
provides working conditions and compensation that compare favorably with those
of its principal competitors. Most Company employees are paid on an hourly
basis. Less than 1 percent of the Company's U.S. employees are covered by
collective bargaining agreements. The Company's non-U.S. employees are subject
to numerous labor council relationships that vary due to the diverse cultures in
which the Company operates. The Company considers its employee relations to be
good.
d) Financial Information about International and U.S. Operations
Financial information about International and U.S. markets is incorporated
herein by reference from Selected Financial Data, Management's Discussion and
Analysis and the related Consolidated Financial Statements and footnotes in Part
II, Item 6, page 18; Part II, Item 7, pages 19 through 47; and Part II, Item 8,
pages 48 through 82, respectively, of this Form 10-K.
11
Item 2. Properties.
As of year-end 1998, Tricon Concepts owned approximately 2,200 and leased
approximately 4,000 units in the U.S.; and Tricon International owned
approximately 600 and leased approximately 1,600 units outside the U.S. Company
restaurants in the U.S. which are not owned are generally leased for initial
terms of 15 or 20 years and generally have renewal options; however, Pizza Hut
delivery/carryout units in the U.S. generally are leased for significantly
shorter initial terms with short renewal options. Joint ventures, in which
Tricon International is a partner, owned or leased approximately 1,100 units.
Tricon leases Tricon International's and Pizza Hut's corporate headquarters in
Dallas, Texas. Taco Bell leases its corporate headquarters in Irvine, California
and KFC owns its corporate headquarters and a research facility in Louisville,
Kentucky. In addition, Tricon owns an office facility in Wichita, Kansas and
leases office facilities for accounting services in both Louisville, Kentucky,
and Albuquerque, New Mexico. The Wichita, Kansas, facility (the "Wichita
Facility") was under contract for sale during 1998, and primary operations
conducted at the Wichita Facility were relocated to Louisville, Kentucky, and
Dallas, Texas, in 1998 and, the facility was closed. However, due to contractual
disputes with the proposed buyer, the expected fourth quarter 1998 sale of the
Wichita Facility at a gain to this buyer did not occur, and is not considered
imminent. The Company continues to expect to sell the Wichita Facility at a
price which should at least recover its carrying amount, but cannot estimate
either the amount or timing of any potential gain at this time. Additional
information about the Company's properties is included in the Consolidated
Financial Statements and footnotes in Part II, Item 8, pages 48 through 82, of
this Form 10-K.
The Company believes that its properties are in good operating condition
and are suitable for the purposes for which they are being used.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
The Company is subject to various claims and contingencies related to
lawsuits, taxes, real estate, environmental and other matters arising out of the
normal course of business. The following is a brief description of the more
significant of these categories of lawsuits and other matters. Except as stated
below, the Company believes that the ultimate liability, if any, in excess of
amounts already provided for in these matters, is not likely to have a material
adverse effect on the Company's annual results of operations, financial
condition or cash flows.
Franchising
A substantial number of the Company's restaurants are franchised to
independent business people operating under arrangements with the Company. In
the course of the franchise relationship, occasional disputes arise between the
Company and its franchisees relating to a broad range of subjects, including,
without limitation, quality, service, and cleanliness issues, contentions
regarding grants, transfers or terminations of franchises, territorial disputes
and delinquent payments.
Employees
At any given time, the Company employs hundreds of thousands of persons,
primarily in its restaurants. In addition, thousands of persons, from time to
time, seek employment with the Company and its restaurants. From time to time,
disputes arise regarding employee hiring, compensation, termination and
promotion practices.
Like some other retail employers, Pizza Hut and Taco Bell recently have
been faced in a few states with allegations of purported class-wide wage and
hour violations.
12
On May 11, 1998, a purported class action lawsuit against Pizza Hut, Inc.,
and one of its franchisees, PacPizza, LLC, entitled Aguardo, et al. v. Pizza
Hut, Inc., et al. ("Aguardo"), was filed in the Superior Court of the State of
California of the County of San Francisco. The lawsuit was filed by three former
Pizza Hut restaurant general managers purporting to represent approximately
1,300 current and former California restaurant general managers of Pizza Hut and
PacPizza. The lawsuit alleges violations of state wage and hour laws involving
unpaid overtime wages and vacation pay and seeks an unspecified amount in
damages. This lawsuit is in the early discovery phase. A trial date of October
28, 1999 has been set.
On October 2, 1996, a class action lawsuit against Taco Bell Corp.,
entitled Mynaf, et al. v. Taco Bell Corp. ("Mynaf"), was filed in the Superior
Court of the State of California of the County of Santa Clara. The lawsuit was
filed by two former restaurant general managers and two former assistant
restaurant general managers purporting to represent all current and former Taco
Bell restaurant general managers and assistant restaurant general managers in
California. The lawsuit alleges violations of California wage and hour laws
involving unpaid overtime wages. The complaint also includes an unfair business
practices claim. The four named plaintiffs claim individual damages ranging from
$10,000 to $100,000 each. On September 17, 1998, the court certified a class of
approximately 3,000 current and former assistant restaurant general managers and
restaurant general managers. Taco Bell petitioned the appellate court to review
the trial court's certification order. The petition was denied on December 31,
1998. Taco Bell has filed a petition for review to the California Supreme Court
which is currently pending. No trial date has been set.
Plaintiffs in the Aguardo and Mynaf lawsuits seek damages, penalties and
costs of litigation, including attorneys' fees, and also seek declaratory and
injunctive relief. The Company intends to vigorously defend these lawsuits.
However, the outcome of these lawsuits cannot be predicted at this time. The
Company believes that the ultimate liability, if any, arising from such claims
or contingencies is not likely to have a material adverse effect on its annual
results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. It is, however,
reasonably possible that any ultimate liability could be material to the
Company's year-over-year growth in earnings in the quarter and year recorded.
On August 29, 1997, a class action lawsuit against Taco Bell Corp.,
entitled Bravo, et al. v. Taco Bell Corp. ("Bravo"), was filed in the Circuit
Court of the State of Oregon of the County of Multnomah. The lawsuit was filed
by two former Taco Bell shift managers purporting to represent approximately
16,000 current and former hourly employees statewide. The lawsuit alleges
violations of state wage and hour laws, principally involving unpaid wages
including overtime, and rest and meal period violations, and seeks an
unspecified amount in damages. Under Oregon class action procedures, Taco Bell
was allowed an opportunity to "cure" the unpaid wage and hour allegations by
opening a claims process to all putative class members prior to certification of
the class. In this cure process, Taco Bell has currently paid out less than $1
million. On January 26, 1999, the Court certified a class of all current and
former shift managers and crew members who claim one or more of the alleged
violations.
On February 10, 1995, a class action lawsuit, entitled Ryder, et al. v.
Taco Bell Corp. ("Ryder"), was filed in the Superior Court of the State of
Washington for King County on behalf of approximately 16,000 current and former
Taco Bell employees claiming unpaid wages resulting from alleged uniform, rest
and meal period violations and unpaid overtime. In April 1996, the Court
certified the class for purposes of injunctive relief and a finding on the issue
of liability. The trial was held during the first quarter of 1997 and resulted
in a liability finding. In August 1997, the Court certified the class for
purposes of damages as well. Prior to the damages phase of the trial, the
parties reached a court-approved settlement process in April 1998.
The Company has provided for the estimated costs of the Bravo and Ryder
litigations, based on a projection of eligible claims, the cost of each eligible
claim and the estimated legal fees incurred by plaintiffs. The Company believes
the ultimate cost of the Bravo and Ryder cases in excess of the amounts already
provided will not be material to its annual results of operations, financial
condition, or cash flows.
13
Customers
The Company's restaurants serve a large and diverse cross-section of the
public and in the course of serving so many people, disputes arise regarding
products, service, accidents and other matters typical of large restaurant
systems such as those of the Company.
Trademarks
The Company has registered trademarks and service marks, many of which are
of material importance to the Company's business. From time to time, the Company
may become involved in litigation to defend and protect its use of such
registered marks.
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
None.
Executive Officers of the Registrant
The executive officers of the Company as of March 15, 1999, and their ages
and current positions as of that date are as follows:
Name Age Position
---- --- --------
Andrall E. Pearson 73 Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer
David C. Novak 46 Vice Chairman of the Board and President
Robert C. Lowes 53 Chief Financial Officer
Christian L. Campbell 48 Senior Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary
Robert L. Carleton 58 Senior Vice President and Controller
Jonathan D. Blum 40 Senior Vice President - Public Affairs
Gregg R. Dedrick 39 Chief People Officer
Sandra S. Wijnberg 42 Senior Vice President - Treasurer
Peter A. Bassi 49 President, Tricon Restaurants International
Charles E. Rawley, III 48 President and Chief Operating Officer, KFC
Michael S. Rawlings 44 President and Chief Concept Officer, Pizza Hut
Peter C. Waller 44 President and Chief Concept Officer, Taco Bell
Peter R. Hearl 47 Executive Vice President, Tricon Restaurants
International
Terry D. Davenport 40 Chief Concept Officer, KFC
Aylwin B. Lewis 44 Chief Operating Officer, Pizza Hut
Thomas E. Davin 41 Chief Operating Officer, Taco Bell
14
Andrall E. Pearson became Chairman of the Board of Tricon effective August
15, 1997, and Chief Executive Officer of Tricon effective October 21, 1997. Mr.
Pearson previously served as an operating partner of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, a
leveraged buy-out firm, from 1993 to 1997. He was President and Chief Operating
Officer of PepsiCo., Inc. from 1971 through 1984 and served on PepsiCo's Board
of Directors for 26 years, retiring in April 1996. From 1985 to 1993 he was a
tenured professor at Harvard Business School. Mr. Pearson is a member of the
Boards of DBT On-Line, Inc. and Citigroup Inc. He is also a trustee of the New
York University Medical Center and the Good Samaritan Medical Center in Palm
Beach, Florida.
David C. Novak is Vice Chairman of the Board and President of Tricon. He
has served in this position since October 1997. Mr. Novak previously served as
Group President and Chief Executive Officer, KFC and Pizza Hut from August 1996
to July 1997. Mr. Novak joined Pizza Hut in 1986 as Senior Vice President,
Marketing. In 1990, he became Executive Vice President, Marketing and National
Sales, for Pepsi-Cola Company. In 1992 he became Chief Operating Officer,
Pepsi-Cola North America, and in 1994 he became President and Chief Executive
Officer of KFC North America.
Robert C. Lowes is Chief Financial Officer of Tricon. He has served in
this position since August 1997. From July 1995 to July 1997, Mr. Lowes served
as Chief Executive Officer of Burger King, a subsidiary of Grand Metropolitan, a
food and consumer products company. Before becoming Burger King's Chief
Executive Officer, Mr. Lowes held several positions with Grand Metropolitan,
including Deputy Chief Financial Officer, Chief Financial Officer of its Food
Sector, and Chief Executive Officer of its European Foods division. Mr. Lowes
joined Grand Metropolitan in 1989 from Philip Morris and General Foods, where he
served in a number of senior finance capacities, including Vice President,
Controller of Philip Morris, and Group Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of Oscar Mayer.
Christian L. Campbell is Senior Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary of Tricon. He has served in this position since September 1997. From
1995 to September 1997, Mr. Campbell served as Senior Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary of Owens Corning, a building products company. Before
joining Owens Corning, Mr. Campbell served as Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary of Nalco Chemical Company in Naperville, Illinois, from 1990
through 1994.
Robert L. Carleton is Senior Vice President and Controller of Tricon. He
has served in this position since August 1997. Mr. Carleton previously served as
Senior Vice President and Controller for PepsiCo from August 1982 to August
1997.
Jonathan D. Blum is Senior Vice President of Public Affairs for Tricon. He
has served in this position since July 1997. Mr. Blum previously served as Vice
President of Public Affairs for Taco Bell, a position that he held since joining
Taco Bell in 1993.
Gregg R. Dedrick is Chief People Officer for Tricon. He has served in
this position since July 1997. Mr. Dedrick previously served as Senior Vice
President, Human Resources, for Pizza Hut and KFC, a position he assumed in
1996. Mr. Dedrick joined Pepsi-Cola Company in 1981 and held various
personnel-related positions with Pepsi-Cola from 1981 to 1994. In 1994, he
became a Vice President, Human Resources for Pizza Hut, and in 1995 he became
Senior Vice President of Human Resources for KFC.
Sandra S. Wijnberg is Senior Vice President and Treasurer of Tricon. She
has served in this position since August 1997. Ms. Wijnberg previously served as
Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of KFC from May
1996 to August 1997. Ms. Wijnberg joined PepsiCo in 1994 and served as Vice
President, Corporate Finance and Assistant Treasurer until joining KFC. She was
previously a Principal, Investment Banking Division, of Morgan Stanley & Co.
from 1985 to 1994, and, prior to that, was an Associate, Corporate Finance, at
Shearson Lehman Brothers from 1982 to 1985.
15
Peter A. Bassi is President of Tricon Restaurants International. He has
served in this position since July 1997. Mr. Bassi served as Executive Vice
President, Asia, of PepsiCo Restaurants International from February 1996 to July
1997. From 1995 to 1996 he served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer at PepsiCo Restaurants International. He served as Senior Vice
President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer at Taco Bell from 1987 to 1994.
He joined Pepsi-Cola Company in 1972 and served in various management positions
at Frito-Lay, Pizza Hut and PepsiCo Food Service International.
Charles E. Rawley, III is President and Chief Operating Officer of KFC. Mr.
Rawley assumed his position of Chief Operating Officer in 1995 and President in
1998. Mr. Rawley joined KFC in 1985 as a Director of Operations. He served as
Vice President of Operations for the Southwest, West, Northeast, and
Mid-Atlantic Divisions from 1988 to 1994, when he became Senior Vice President,
Concept Development for KFC.
Michael S. Rawlings is President and Chief Concept Officer of Pizza Hut. He
has served in this position since July 1997. From 1991 to 1996, Mr. Rawlings
served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of DDB Needham
Worldwide Dallas Group, a position he held following the merger of Tracy-Locke,
Inc. into DDB Needham. Previously, Mr. Rawlings was General Manager and Chief
Operating Officer of Tracy-Locke, Inc., a position he assumed in 1989.
Peter C. Waller is President and Chief Concept Officer of Taco Bell. He
has served in this position since July 1997. Mr. Waller served as Senior Vice
President of Marketing of Taco Bell from December 1995 to June 1997. He
previously held the position of Senior Vice President of Marketing for KFC from
August 1994 to December 1995. He joined PepsiCo in 1990 as Managing Director for
Western Europe, and subsequently spent two years as Regional Marketing Director
for KFC for the South Pacific and South Africa.
Peter R. Hearl is Executive Vice President of Tricon Restaurants
International. He has served in this position since December 1998. Prior to
that, he was Region Vice President for Tricon Restaurants International in Asia
Pacific, a position he assumed in October 1997. From March 1996 to September
1997, Mr. Hearl was Regional Vice President for Tricon Restaurants International
with responsibility for Australia, New Zealand and South Africa. Prior to that,
he was Regional Vice President for KFC with responsibility for the United
Kingdom, Ireland and South Africa, a position he assumed in January 1995. From
September 1993 to December 1994, Mr. Hearl was Regional Vice President for KFC
Europe.
Terry D. Davenport is Chief Concept Officer and Chief Marketing Officer of
KFC. He has served in this position since October 1998. From September 1997 to
October 1998 he was Chief Marketing Officer of KFC. From February 1997 to
September 1997 he was Chief Marketing Officer for Einstein Bagels in Golden,
Colorado. From September 1994 to February 1997 he was Sr. Vice President for
Arby's in Ft. Lauderdale, Florida. From June 1991 to September 1994 he was Vice
President, Marketing for Taco Bell in Irvine, California.
Aylwin B. Lewis is Chief Operating Officer of Pizza Hut. He has served
in this position since July 1997. Mr. Lewis previously served as Senior Vice
President, Operations for Pizza Hut, a position he assumed in 1996. He served in
various positions at KFC, including Senior Director of Franchising and Vice
President of restaurant Support Services, becoming Division Vice President,
Operations for KFC in 1993, and Senior Vice President, New Concepts for KFC in
1995. Mr. Lewis joined KFC in 1991 as a Regional General Manager.
Thomas E. Davin is Chief Operating Officer of Taco Bell. He has served in
this position since July 1997. Mr. Davin previously served as Vice President,
Operations Services for Taco Bell, a position he assumed in 1996. He served as
Zone Vice President for Taco Bell from 1993 to 1996. Mr. Davin joined PepsiCo in
1991 as Director, Mergers and Acquisitions.
Executive officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the Board
of Directors.
16
PART II
Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and Related Stockholder
Matters.
The Company's Common Stock trades under the symbol YUM and is listed on the
New York Stock Exchange. The following sets forth the high and low composite
closing sale prices by quarter of the Company's Common Stock from the Spin-off
date through December 26, 1998.
Sales Price
-----------
High Low
---- ---
1998
4th Quarter $49 1/2 $33 1/4
3rd Quarter 40 3/4 29 15/16
2nd Quarter 33 1/8 29 9/16
1st Quarter 30 5/8 25 15/16
1997
4th Quarter $35 5/16 28 5/16
The approximate number of shareholders of record of the Company's common
stock as of March 18, 1999 was 169,000.
Under the terms of its bank credit facility, the Company is currently
limited in its ability to pay dividends on common stock. As a result, the
Company does not presently intend to pay dividends on its common stock, but
instead to use a portion of earnings to pay down existing debt under the bank
credit facility, and to reinvest remaining earnings back into the business.
17
Item 6. Selected Financial Data.
Selected Financial Data
TRICON Global Restaurants, Inc. and Subsidiaries
(in millions, except per share and unit amounts)
Fiscal Year Ended
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1995 1994(1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of Operations
System sales (excluding Non-core Businesses, rounded)
U.S. $ 14,000 13,500 13,400 13,200 12,600
International 6,600 7,000 6,900 6,500 5,600
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Total $ 20,600 20,500 20,300 19,700 18,200
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Revenues
Company sales $ 7,852 9,112 9,738 9,813 9,170
Franchise and license fees 616 573 494 437 395
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Total $ 8,468 9,685 10,232 10,250 9,565
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Facility actions net gain (loss)(2) $ 275 (247) 37 (402) (10)
Unusual charges(3) $ 15 184 246 - -
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Operating profit $ 1,028 241 372 252 582
Interest expense, net 272 276 300 355 341
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) before income taxes(2) 756 (35) 72 (103) 241
Net income (loss)(1)(2)(3) $ 445 (111) (53) (132) 118
Basic earnings per common share(4) $ 2.92 N/A N/A N/A N/A
Diluted earnings per common share(4) $ 2.84 N/A N/A N/A N/A
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Flow Data
Provided by operating activities $ 674 810 713 813 894
Capital spending $ 460 541 620 701 1,038
Refranchising of restaurants $ 784 770 355 165 -
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance Sheet
Total assets $ 4,531 5,114 6,520 6,908 7,387
Operating working capital deficit $ (960) (1,073) (915) (925) (1,007)
Long-term debt $ 3,436 4,551 231 260 267
Total debt $ 3,532 4,675 290 404 395
Investments by and advances from PepsiCo $ - - 4,266 4,604 4,962
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Data
Number of stores at year-end
Franchised and licensed 20,246 18,505 16,213 14,428 13,003
Company, including joint ventures 9,517 11,207 12,883 13,466 13,209
System 29,763 29,712 29,096 27,894 26,212
U.S. Company same store sales growth
KFC 3% 2% 6% 7% 2%
Pizza Hut 6% (1)% (4)% 4% (6)%
Taco Bell 3% 2% (2)% (4)% 2%
Shares outstanding at year-end (in millions) 153 152 N/A N/A N/A
Market price per share at year-end $ 47 5/8 28 5/16 N/A N/A N/A
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
N/A - Not Applicable.
TRICON Global Restaurants, Inc. and Subsidiaries ("TRICON") became an
independent, publicly owned company on October 6, 1997 through the spin-off of
the restaurant operations of its former parent, PepsiCo, Inc., to its
shareholders. The historical consolidated financial data for 1997 and the prior
years above were prepared as if we had been an independent, publicly owned
company for all periods presented. The selected financial data should be read in
conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto.
(1) Fiscal year 1994 consisted of 53 weeks. The fifty-third week increased 1994
revenues by $172 million and earnings by approximately $23 million ($14
million after-tax).
(2) Includes $54 million ($33 million after-tax) of favorable adjustments to
our 1997 fourth quarter charge in 1998, $410 million ($300 million
after-tax) related to our fourth quarter charge in 1997 and $457 million
($324 million after-tax) related to the early adoption of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment Of
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of" in 1995.
(3) Includes $11 million ($7 million after-tax) of favorable adjustments to our
1997 fourth quarter charge in 1998, $120 million ($125 million after-tax)
related to 1997 fourth quarter charges and an additional $54 million ($34
million after-tax) related to the 1997 disposal of the Non-core Businesses.
1996 includes $246 million ($189 million after-tax) write-down of our
Non-core Businesses. See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(4) EPS data is omitted for 1997 and the prior years as our capital structure
as an independent, publicly owned company did not exist.
18
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations.
Introduction
TRICON Global Restaurants, Inc. and Subsidiaries (collectively referred to
as "TRICON," the "Company," "we" or "our") became an independent, publicly owned
company on October 6, 1997 (the "Spin-off Date") via a tax free distribution of
our Common Stock (the "Distribution" or "Spin-off") to the shareholders of our
former parent, PepsiCo, Inc. ("PepsiCo"). See Notes 1, 2, 9 and 19 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements. TRICON is comprised of the worldwide
operations of KFC, Pizza Hut and Taco Bell (the "Core Business(es)"). The
Spin-off marked our beginning as a company focused solely on the restaurant
business and our three well-recognized brands, which together have more retail
units worldwide than any other single quick service restaurant ("QSR") company.
Separately, each brand ranks in the top ten among QSR chains in U.S. system
sales and units. Our 9,000 plus international units make us the second largest
QSR company outside the United States.
This Management's Discussion and Analysis ("MD&A") is structured in five
major sections. The first section provides an overview and focuses on items that
either significantly impact historical comparability or are anticipated to
significantly impact our future operating results. The second analyzes our
consolidated, U.S. and International results of operations. The next two
sections address our consolidated cash flows and financial condition. Finally,
there is a discussion of certain market risks and our cautionary statements.
For purposes of this MD&A, we include the worldwide operations of our Core
Businesses and, through their respective dates of disposal in 1997, our U.S.
non-core businesses. These non-core businesses consist of California Pizza
Kitchen, Chevys Mexican Restaurant, D'Angelo's Sandwich Shops, East Side Mario's
and Hot `n Now (collectively the "Non-core Businesses"). Where significant to
the discussion, we separately identify the impact of the Non-core Businesses.
In our discussion volume is the estimated dollar effect of the
year-over-year change in customer transaction counts. Effective net pricing
includes price increases/decreases and the effect of changes in product mix.
Portfolio effect represents the impact on operating results related to our
refranchising initiative and closure of underperforming stores. System sales
represents our Core Businesses' combined sales of the Company, joint venture,
franchised and licensed units. Where actual sales data is not reported, our
franchised and licensed unit sales are estimated. NM in any table indicates that
the percentage is not considered meaningful. B(W) in any table means %
better(worse). In addition, throughout our discussion, we use the terms
restaurants, units and stores interchangeably.
This MD&A should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial
Statements on pages 49-82 and the Cautionary Statements on page 47. Tabular
amounts are displayed in millions except per share and unit count amounts, or as
specifically identified.
International Operations
------------------------
In 1998, our international business accounted for 32% of system sales, 24%
of total revenues and 21% of operating profit before unallocated and corporate
expenses, foreign exchange gains, facility actions and unusual charges. We
anticipate that, despite the inherent risks and generally higher general and
administrative expenses of operations, we will continue to invest in key
international markets with substantial growth potential.
During 1998, recognizing that two-thirds of our international profits were
coming from seven countries, we decided to substantially reduce our number of
primary equity markets from 27 to our ultimate goal of about ten markets. By the
end of 1999, we expect to have only about 16 primary equity markets outside the
U.S.
19
Given the significance of our international operations, it is important to
consider that movements in currency exchange rates not only result in a related
translation impact on our earnings, but also can result in significant economic
impacts that affect operating results. Changes in exchange rates are often
linked to variability in real growth, inflation, interest rates, governmental
actions and other factors which may change consumer behavior and may impact our
operating results. In addition, material changes may cause us to adjust our
financing, investing and operating strategies; for example, promotions and
product strategies, pricing and decisions concerning capital spending, sourcing
of raw materials and packaging (see discussion on Asia below). The following
paragraphs describe the effect of currency exchange rate movements on our
reported results.
As currency exchange rates change, translation of the income statements of
our international businesses into U.S. dollars affects year-over-year
comparability of operating results. We identify material effects on
comparability of sales and operating profit arising from translation of
operating results in the MD&A. By definition, these translation effects exclude
the impact of businesses in highly inflationary countries, where the accounting
functional currency is the U.S. dollar.
Changes in currency exchange rates can also result in reported foreign
exchange gains and losses, which are included as a component of our general,
administrative and other expenses. We reported a net foreign exchange gain of $6
million in 1998, compared to losses of $16 million in 1997 and $5 million in
1996. These reported amounts include transaction and translation gains and
losses. Transaction gains and losses arise from monetary assets such as
receivables and short-term interest-bearing investments as well as payables
(including debt) denominated in currencies other than a business unit's
functional currency. Translation gains and losses arise from remeasurement of
the monetary assets and liabilities of our businesses in highly inflationary
countries into U.S. dollars.
Asian Economic Events
---------------------
The overall economic turmoil and weakening of local currencies against the
U.S. dollar which began in late 1997 throughout much of Asia presented a
challenging retail environment during 1998. The difficult economic conditions
adversely affected the U.S. dollar value of our foreign currency denominated
sales and profits ("translation") and reduced consumer demand as seen in reduced
transaction counts, both of which impacted our 1998 consolidated results of
operations.
Asian operations in such countries as China, Japan, Korea, Singapore,
Taiwan and Thailand, among others, comprised approximately 34% of our
international U.S. dollar translated system sales in 1998, versus 36% for 1997.
Asian system sales declined $254 million or 10% in 1998. Excluding the impact of
foreign currency translation, Asian system sales increased 8% in 1998. System
sales increases in China and Taiwan were partially offset by declines in Japan,
Korea and South Asia.
Our Company revenues from Asia declined $18 million or 3% in 1998. Included
in our revenues are franchise fees, which decreased $13 million, or 18%.
Excluding the negative impact of foreign currency translation, our revenues from
Asia increased approximately 16% in 1998. New unit development in China, Taiwan
and Korea led the increase, partially offset by volume declines in Korea, China
and Thailand.
Our operating profits from Asia declined $27 million or 30% in 1998.
Excluding the impact of foreign currency translation, operating profits
decreased 7% in 1998. Lower margins in Korea and volume declines in both Korea
and China were partially offset by new unit growth as well as increased store
margins in China and Taiwan.
20
The discussion above reflects a change in the methodology we have used in
1998 to calculate the foreign currency translation effect attributed to Asia's
system sales, revenues and operating profits in previous MD&As. We believe this
revised methodology, which is consistent with the method we have historically
used for total international, is preferable because it results in analytical
relationships that are more consistent with our local currency operating results
in Asia. Under the revised method, the decline in operating profits attributed
to the effect of foreign currency translation is $7 million less than previously
disclosed.
Selected highlights of our recent operating results in Asia are as follows:
% B(W)
1998 1997 vs. 1997
---------- ---------- ---------------
System Sales $ 2,271 $ 2,525 (10)
% of International System Sales 34 36
Revenues $ 496 $ 514 (3)
% of International Revenues 24 22
Operating Profit(a) $ 65 $ 92 (30)
% of Total International Operating Profit(a) 34 54
(a) Excludes facility actions net gain (loss), unusual charges and foreign
exchange gains (losses).
In 1999, we will continue to work with our suppliers to reduce food costs
and focus on increasing our everyday value offerings, and we expect to continue
to cautiously seek out investment opportunities in Asia, drawing on lessons
learned there, and from our experience in other countries which have faced
similar problems in the past such as Mexico and Poland. The complexities of the
international environment in which we operate make it difficult to accurately
predict the ongoing effect of currency movements. Actual effects will be
reported in our financial statements as they become known. However, we currently
expect our sales and operating profits in Asia will improve in 1999 aided by the
reduction of certain regional support costs and more stable sales trends.
Year 2000
---------
We have established an enterprise-wide plan to prepare our information
technology systems (IT) and non-information technology systems with embedded
technology applications (ET) for the Year 2000 issue, to reasonably assure that
our critical business partners are prepared and to plan for business continuity
as we enter the coming millennium.
Our plan encompasses the use of both internal and external resources to
identify, correct and test systems for Year 2000 readiness. External resources
include nationally recognized consulting firms and other contract resources to
supplement available internal resources.
The phases of our plan - awareness, assessment, remediation, testing and
implementation - are currently expected to cost $62 to $65 million from 1997
through completion in 2000. The new estimate is higher than our original
estimate of $40 to $45 million. Our original estimate did not include
approximately $7 million in costs related to the accelerated implementation of
replacement systems. Additionally, we have increased our estimates for the
approximate costs of remediating subsequently identified applications and the
greater than anticipated complexity of certain remediation and contingency
planning activities. Our plan contemplates our own IT/ET as well as assessment
and contingency planning relative to Year 2000 business risks inherent in our
material third party relationships. The total cost represents less than 20% of
our total estimated information technology related expenses over the plan
period. We have incurred approximately $35 million from inception of planned
actions through December 26, 1998 of which $31 million was incurred during 1998.
We expect to
21
incur approximately $25 million in 1999 with some additional problem resolution
spending in 2000. All costs related to our Year 2000 plan are expected to be
funded through cash flow from operations.
a. IT/ET State of Readiness
We have now completed our inventory process of hardware (including
desktops), software (third party and internally developed) and embedded
technology applications. Completion of the inventory process significantly
increased the previously reported tabulations of applications, as defined below,
as more complete counts, primarily regarding desktop, hardware and ET were
obtained. We have also implemented monitoring procedures designed to insure that
new IT/ET investment is Year 2000 compliant.
Based on this inventory, we identified the critical IT/ET applications and
are in the process of determining the Year 2000 compliance status of the IT/ET
through third party vendor inquiry or internal processes. We expect to be
substantially complete with the conversion (which includes replacement and
remediation) and unit testing of the majority of critical U.S. systems in the
second quarter of 1999. Although our original timeline has been extended for
approximately ten critical applications, we now expect to be able to convert,
consolidate, or replace all such applications by late summer. This timetable
reflects certain delays attributable to identified incremental complexities of
the remediation processes as well as slippage in the execution of our
remediation plan. Further delays on these efforts or additional slippage could
be detrimental to our overall state of readiness. Our international IT/ET
efforts, as expected, have continued to lag behind our U.S. efforts. However, we
believe our business risk is minimized by the predominant use of unmodified
third party IT in our international business for which Year 2000 compliant
versions already exist. Current plans call for timely conversion of critical
international systems to these compliant versions. We will continue to closely
monitor international progress. We expect to continue integration testing on
remediated, replaced and consolidated U.S. and international systems throughout
1999.
The following table identifies by category and status the major identified
IT/ET applications at December 26, 1998:
Remediation/
Category Compliant In-Process Not Compliant
-------------------------------------- -------------- ----------------- ---------------
Third Party Developed Software 587 1,044 421
Internally Developed Software 118 472 113
Desktop 553 2,020 536
Hardware 608 1,785 342
ET 420 1,168 42
Other 69 212 5
-------------- ----------------- ---------------
2,355 6,701 1,459
============== ================= ===============
Note:
We based the tabulations on the total inventory of identified
"applications" that was completed at the end of 1998. We have defined the
term applications (as used in this Year 2000 discussion) to describe
separately identifiable groups of programs, hardware or ET which can be
both logically segregated by business purpose and separately unit tested as
to performance of a single business function. We will either replace or
retire "Not Compliant" applications before Year 2000. Applications have
been prioritized and are being remediated based on expected impact of
non-remediation. Of the remaining 472 "In-Process" applications in the
Internally Developed category, which by definition require internal
remediation, less than half have been identified as critical.
22
b. Material Third Party Relationships
We believe that our critical third party relationships can be subdivided
generally into suppliers, banks, franchisees and other service providers
(primarily data exchange partners). We completed an inventory of U.S. and
international restaurant suppliers and have mailed letters requesting
information regarding their Year 2000 status. We are in the process of
collecting the responses from the suppliers and assessing their Year 2000 risks.
Of approximately 550 suppliers considered critical, approximately 10% are high
risk based on their responses and approximately 42% have not yet responded to
inquiries to date. We expect to continue follow-up, but by mid-1999 we expect to
source through alternate compliant vendors where possible. We will develop
contingency plans in the first half of 1999 for U.S. and international suppliers
that we believe have substantial Year 2000 operational risks.
We have sent letters to or obtained other information regarding compliance
information from our primary lending and cash management banks ("Relationship
Banks"). We will develop contingency plans by early 1999 for all banks that have
not submitted written representation of Year 2000 readiness. We have limited the
following table to Relationship Banks as we are currently preparing an inventory
of U.S. depository banks and have just completed the inventory of international
banks responsible for processing restaurant deposits and disbursements. We are
following the process used for Relationship Banks to evaluate the Year 2000
risks for the U.S. depository and international banks.
We have approximately 1,200 U.S. and 950 international franchisees. We have
sent information to all U.S. and international franchisees regarding the
business risks associated with Year 2000. In addition, we provided sample IT/ET
project plans and a report of the compliance status in Company-owned restaurants
to the U.S. franchisees. In the early part of 1999, we plan to mail letters to
all U.S. and international franchisees requesting information regarding their
Year 2000 status. In the U.S., we intend to accumulate survey data and an
inventory of point-of-sale hardware and software in use by our franchisees. We
then intend to contact POS vendors to assist the franchise community in
determining Year 2000 compliance. Outside the U.S., our regional franchise
offices will be conducting the franchise survey.
We have identified third party companies that provide critical data
exchange services and mailed letters to these companies requesting Year 2000
status. We will develop contingency plans for companies that we believe have
significant Year 2000 operational risks. Additionally, we are in the process of
identifying all other third party companies that provide business critical
services. We are planning to follow the same process used for the data exchange
service providers.
The following table indicates by type of third party risk the status of the
readiness process:
Responses Received Responses Not Yet Received
------------------- ---------------------------
Suppliers 314 231
Relationship Banks 43 34
Service Providers 44 45
------------------- ---------------------------
401 310
=================== ===========================
Note: As we have not yet requested information from our individual
franchisees regarding Year 2000 compliance status, this table
contains no information regarding our franchisees. In addition, we
have only included Relationship Banks due to incomplete data
regarding depository and payroll banks.
23
The forward-looking nature and lack of historical precedent for Year 2000
issues present a difficult disclosure challenge. Only one thing is certain about
the impact of Year 2000 - it is difficult to predict with certainty what truly
will happen after December 31, 1999. We have based our Year 2000 costs and
timetables on our best current estimates, which we derived using numerous
assumptions of future events including the continued availability of certain
resources and other factors. However, we cannot guarantee that these estimates
will be achieved and actual results could differ materially from our plans.
Given our best efforts and execution of remediation, replacement and testing, it
is still possible that there will be disruptions and unexpected business
problems during the early months of 2000. We anticipate making diligent,
reasonable efforts to assess Year 2000 readiness of our critical business
partners and will ultimately develop contingency plans for business critical
systems prior to the end of 1999. However, we are heavily dependent on the
continued normal operations of not only our key suppliers of chicken, cheese,
beef, tortillas and other raw materials and our major food and supplies
distributor, but also on other entities such as lending, depository and
disbursement banks and third party administrators of our benefit plans. Despite
our diligent preparation, unanticipated third party failures, general public
infrastructure failures, or our failure to successfully conclude our remediation
efforts as planned could have a material adverse impact on our results of
operations, financial condition or cash flows in 1999 and beyond. Inability of
our franchisees to remit franchise fees on a timely basis or lack of publicly
available hard currency or credit card processing capability supporting our
retail sales stream could also have material adverse impact on our results of
operations, financial condition or cash flows.
1997 Fourth Quarter Charge
--------------------------
In the fourth quarter of 1997, we recorded a $530 million unusual charge
($425 million after-tax). The charge included estimates for (1) costs of closing
underperforming stores during 1998, primarily at Pizza Hut and internationally;
(2) reduction to fair market value, less costs to sell, of the carrying amounts
of certain restaurants we intended to refranchise in 1998; (3) impairment of
certain restaurants intended to be used in the business; (4) impairment of
certain joint venture investments to be retained; and (5) costs of related
personnel reductions. Of the $530 million charge, approximately $401 million
related to asset writedowns and approximately $129 million related to
liabilities, primarily occupancy-related costs and, to a much lesser extent,
severance. The liabilities were expected to be settled from cash flows provided
by operations. Through December 26, 1998, the amounts utilized apply only to the
actions covered by the charge.
The charge included provisions related to 1,392 units expected to be
refranchised or closed. Our prior disclosure of 1,407 has been revised to
eliminate a duplication in the unit count only of 15 units to be refranchised.
Following is a reconciliation of the 1,392 units included in the charge to the
remaining units at December 26, 1998:
Total Units
Units Expected to be Included in
Closed Refranchised the Charge
---------- ------------ -----------
Units at December 27, 1997 740 652 1,392
Units disposed of (426) (320) (746)
Units retained (88) (20) (108)
Change in method of disposal (109) 109 -
Other 6 (13) (7)
---------- ------------ -----------
Units at December 26, 1998 123 408 531
========== ============ ===========
Although we originally expected to refranchise or close all 1,392 units by
year-end 1998, the disposal of 531 units was delayed. This was primarily due to
longer than expected periods to locate qualified buyers, particularly for
international units, extended negotiations with some lessors and execution
delays in consolidating the operations of certain units to be closed with other
units that will continue to operate. We expect to dispose of the remaining units
during 1999.
24
As we indicated in our third quarter 1998 Form 10-Q, we re-evaluated during
the fourth quarter of 1998 our prior estimates of the fair market values of
units to be refranchised or closed and re-evaluated whether to sell or close
certain other units originally expected to be disposed of. We made these
re-evaluations based primarily on the improved performance of Pizza Hut in the
U.S. Largely as a result of decisions to retain certain stores originally
expected to be disposed of, better-than-expected proceeds from refranchisings
and favorable lease settlements on certain closed store leases, we have reversed
$65 million of the charge ($40 million after-tax) in 1998. These reversals have
increased 1998 facility actions net gain by $54 million ($33 million after-tax)
and decreased 1998 unusual charges by $11 million ($7 million after-tax).
Of the $530 million charge, approximately $140 million represented
impairment charges for certain restaurants intended to be used in the business
and for certain joint venture investments to be retained, which were recorded as
reductions of the carrying value of those assets. Below is a summary of the
other activity related to the 1997 fourth quarter charge through December 26,
1998:
Asset Valuation
Allowances Liabilities Total
---------------- -------------- -------------
December 27, 1997 $ 261 $ 129 $ 390
Utilizations (131) (54) (185)
(Income) expense impacts:
Completed transactions (27) (7) (34)
Decision changes (22) (17) (39)
Estimate changes 15 (7) 8
Other 1 - 1
---------------- -------------- -------------
December 26, 1998 $ 97 $ 44 $ 141
================ ============== =============
We believe that the remaining amounts are adequate to complete our current
plan of disposal. However, actual results could differ from our estimates.
We believe our worldwide business, upon completion of the actions covered
by the charge, will be significantly more focused and better-positioned to
deliver consistent growth in operating profit before facility actions. We
estimate that the favorable impact on 1998 operating profit before facility
actions related to the 1997 fourth quarter charge was approximately $64 million
($42 million after-tax), including $33 million ($21 million after-tax) from the
suspension of depreciation and amortization in 1998 for the stores included in
the charge.
As anticipated in our 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K, the 1998 benefits of
our 1997 fourth quarter charge of $64 million were largely offset by incremental
spending related to our Year 2000 issues of $27 million and the decline in our
Asian businesses of $27 million in 1998 compared to 1997.
See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional
disclosures related to the components of the 1997 fourth quarter charge and to
all facility actions.
Euro Conversion
---------------
On January 1, 1999, eleven of the fifteen member countries of the European
Economic and Monetary Union ("EMU") adopted the Euro as a common legal currency
and fixed conversion rates were established. From that date through June 30,
2002, participating countries will maintain both legacy currencies and the Euro
as legal tender. Beginning January 1, 2002, new Euro-denominated bills and coins
will be issued and a transition period of up to six months will begin in which
legacy currencies will be removed from circulation.
25
We have Company-owned and franchised businesses in the adopting member
countries, which are preparing for the conversion. Expenditures associated with
conversion efforts to date have been insignificant. We currently estimate that
our spending over the ensuing three-year transition period will be approximately
$16 million, related to the conversion in the EMU member countries in which we
operate stores. These expenditures primarily relate to capital expenditures for
new point-of-sale and back-of-house hardware and software. We expect that
adoption of the Euro by the U.K. would significantly increase this estimate due
to the size of our businesses there relative to our aggregate businesses in the
adopting member countries in which we operate.
The speed of ultimate consumer acceptance of and our competitor's responses
to the Euro are currently unknown and may impact our existing plans. However, we
know that, from a competitive perspective, we will be required to assess the
impacts of product price transparency, potentially revise product bundling
strategies and create Euro-friendly price points prior to 2002. We do not
believe that these activities will have sustained adverse impacts on our
businesses. Although the Euro does offer certain benefits to our treasury and
procurement activities, these are not currently anticipated to be significant.
We currently anticipate that our suppliers and distributors will continue
to invoice us in legacy currencies until late 2001. We expect to begin dual
pricing in our restaurants in 2001. We expect to compensate employees in Euros
beginning in 2002. We believe that the most critical activity regarding the
conversion for our businesses is the completion of the rollout of Euro-ready
point-of-sale equipment and software by the end of 2001. Our current plans
should enable us to be Euro-compliant prior to the requirements for these
activities. Any delays in our ability to complete our plans, or in the ability
of our key suppliers to be Euro-compliant, could have a material adverse impact
on our results of operations, financial conditions or cash flows.
Other Factors Affecting Comparability
Unusual Charges
---------------
In 1998, we had unusual charges of $15 million ($3 million after-tax)
versus unusual charges in 1997 of $184 million ($165 million after-tax).
Unusual charges in 1998 included the following: (1) an increase in the
estimated costs of settlement of certain wage and hour litigation and associated
defense and other costs incurred; (2) severance and other exit costs related to
strategic decisions to streamline the infrastructure of our international
businesses; (3) favorable adjustments to our 1997 fourth quarter charge related
to anticipated actions that were not taken, primarily severance; (4) writedown
to estimated fair market value less costs to sell of our minority interest in a
privately held non-core business, previously carried at cost, now held for sale;
and (5) reversals of certain valuation allowances and lease liabilities relating
to better-than-expected proceeds from the sale of properties and settlement of
lease liabilities associated with properties retained upon the sale of a
Non-core Business.
Unusual charges in 1997 included the following: (1) $120 million ($125
million after-tax) of unusual asset impairment and severance charges included in
our 1997 fourth quarter charge described above; (2) charges to further reduce
the carrying amounts of Non-core Businesses held for disposal to estimated
market value, less costs to sell; and (3) charges relating to the estimated
costs of settlement of certain wage and hour litigation and the associated
defense and other costs incurred.
26
Accounting Changes
------------------
In 1999, our financial results will be impacted by a number of accounting
changes. These changes, which we believe are material in the aggregate, fall
into three categories:
o required changes in Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP"),
o discretionary methodology changes implemented to more accurately
measure certain liabilities and
o policy changes driven by our financial standardization project.
Following is a discussion of those changes which have affected or will
affect comparability.
a. Required Changes in GAAP
In 1999, we will adopt Statement of Position 98-1 ("SOP 98-1"), "Accounting
for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use." This
Statement will require us to capitalize approximately $12 million of costs of
internal software development and of third party software purchases that we
would have expensed previously. Amortization or depreciation of amounts
capitalized will be dependent on the useful lives of the underlying software
assets.
We adopted Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 97-11 ("EITF 97-11"),
"Accounting for Internal Costs Relating to Real Estate Property Acquisitions"
upon its issuance in March 1998. EITF 97-11 limits the capitalization of
internal real estate acquisition costs to those site-specific costs incurred
from the point in time that the real estate acquisition is probable. We consider
acquisition of the property probable upon final site approval. EITF 97-11
resulted in approximately $6 million ($3 million after-tax) of additional
expense in the last three quarters of 1998. Amounts of internal real estate
acquisition costs capitalized in 1999 will also be further reduced from their
1998 levels by a discretionary policy change we have adopted to limit the types
of costs eligible for capitalization to those direct costs described as
capitalizable in SOP 98-1. The combined incremental impact on 1999 results of
operations for the application of EITF 97-11 and the policy change is expected
to be approximately $4 million ($3 million after-tax), almost 50% of which will
impact the first quarter.
b. Discretionary Methodology Changes
In 1999, we will refine and enhance our existing actuarial methodology for
estimating the self-insured portion of our casualty losses. Our current practice
is to increase our independent actuary's ultimate loss projections, which have a
51% confidence level, by a consistent percentage to improve the confidence level
of our loss estimates. Confidence level means the likelihood that our actual
losses will be equal to or below those estimates. Based on our independent
actuary's opinion, our current practice produces a very conservative confidence
factor at a higher level than our target of 75%. Our actuary believes our 1999
change will produce estimates at our 75% target confidence level for each
self-insured year. We estimate this change in methodology will increase our 1999
results of operations by $5 million ($3 million after-tax). The majority of this
increase will occur in our first 1999 actuarial evaluation which we currently
expect to recognize in the first quarter.
Accounting for pensions requires us to develop an assumed interest rate on
securities with which the pension liabilities could be effectively settled. In
estimating this discount rate, we look at rates of return on high-quality
corporate fixed income securities currently available and expected to be
available during the period to the maturity of the pension benefits. As it is
impractical to find an investment portfolio which exactly matches the estimated
payment stream of the pension benefits, we often have projected short-term cash
surpluses. Effective for 1999, we changed our method of determining the pension
discount rate to better reflect the assumed investment strategies we would most
likely use to invest any short-term cash surpluses.
27
Previously, we assumed that all short-term cash surpluses would be invested in
U.S. government securities. Our new methodology assumes that our investment
strategies would be equally divided between U.S. government securities and
high-quality corporate fixed income securities. The change in methodology is
estimated to favorably impact 1999 results of operations by approximately $6
million ($4 million after-tax).
c. Business Standardization Changes
In 1999, we will begin the standardization of our U.S. people policies,
which will require changes by certain of our businesses. Most of these changes
are not expected to have a significant financial impact. As part of this
process, our vacation policies will be conformed to a fiscal-year-based,
earn-as-you-go, use-or-lose policy from policies under which employees' vested
vacations were attributable to services rendered in prior years. Over the
two-year implementation period for this vacation policy change, the reduction of
our accrued vacation liabilities could be as much as $20 million. The total
reduction and the portion attributable to 1999 are not determinable at this
time, as final decisions regarding specific transition rules including possible
vacation buyouts for some of the affected employee groups have not yet been
made.
In addition, in 1999, we will focus on standardizing all systems and
accounting practices for our U.S. businesses. We currently estimate the results
of standardizing our accounting practices will not have a significant impact on
our results of operations.
Store Portfolio Perspectives
----------------------------
Beginning in 1995, we have been working to reduce our share of total system
units by selling our restaurants to existing and new franchisees where their
expertise can be leveraged to improve our concepts' overall operational
performance, while retaining our ownership of key markets. In addition, we also
began an aggressive program to close our underperforming stores. Our
portfolio-balancing activity has reduced, and will continue to reduce, our
reported revenues and increase the importance of system sales as a key
performance measure. Refranchising at appropriate prices frees up invested
capital while continuing to generate franchise fees, thereby improving returns.
The impact of refranchising gains is expected to decrease over time as we
approach a Company/franchise balance more consistent with our major competitors.
The following table summarizes our refranchising activities over the last four
years:
Total 1998 1997 1996 1995
------------ ------------- -------------- ------------ ------------
Number of units refranchised 3,730 1,389 1,418 659 264
Refranchising proceeds, pre-tax $ 2,074 $ 784 $ 770 $ 355 $ 165
Refranchising net gain, pre-tax $ 623 $ 279(a) $ 112(b) $ 139 $ 93
(a) Includes unfavorable adjustments to our 1997 fourth quarter charge of
$2 million. Excluding the adjustments, refranchising net gain was $281
million.
(b) Includes a 1997 fourth quarter charge of $136 million. Excluding the
charge, the 1997 refranchising net gain was $248 million.
28
The following table summarizes our store closure activities over the last
four years:
Total 1998 1997 1996 1995
------------ ------------- -------------- ------------ ------------
Number of units closed 1,941 661 661 352 267
Store closure expense $ 299 $ (27)(a) $ 248(b) $ 40 $ 38
(a) Includes favorable adjustments to our 1997 fourth quarter charge of
$56 million. Excluding the adjustments, 1998 store closure costs were
$29 million.
(b) Includes a 1997 fourth quarter charge of $213 million. Excluding the
charge, 1997 store closure costs were $35 million.
Our ownership percentage (including joint venture units) of our Core
Businesses' total system units decreased by almost 6 percentage points from
year-end 1997 and by 12 percentage points from year-end 1996 to 32% at December
26, 1998. This reduction was a result of our portfolio initiatives and the
relative number of new points of distribution added and units closed by our
franchisees and licensees and by us.
Additional Factors Expected to Impact 1999 Comparisons with 1998
----------------------------------------------------------------
Our facility actions net gain was $221 million ($129 million after-tax) in
1998 excluding favorable adjustments to our 1997 fourth quarter charge. Facility
actions net loss (gain) includes refranchising gains or losses, costs of closing
underperforming stores and impairment charges for restaurants we intend to
continue to use in the business or to close in a future quarter. Facility
actions net gain in 1999 is expected to be half the level of the net gain
recognized in 1998. However, if market conditions are favorable, we expect to
sell more than the 800-900 units we have currently forecasted which would impact
the amount of our net gain for 1999.
We are phasing in certain structural changes to our Executive Income
Deferral Program ("EID") during 1999 and 2000 which are further discussed in
Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. One such 1999 change requires
all subsequent payouts under the EID to be made only in our Common Stock rather
than cash or Common Stock at our option. This restriction applies only if the
participant's original deferrals were invested in discounted phantom shares of
our Common Stock. Previously, for accounting purposes, we were required to
assume the payment was made in cash. In 1999, we will no longer expense the
appreciation, if any, attributable to the investments in these phantom shares.
If this change had been in effect from the beginning of 1998, general and
administrative expenses would have been approximately $10 million ($6 million
after-tax) lower than reported. The 1999 impact of the change is dependent on
movements in the market price of our Common Stock and the effect of forfeitures,
if any, and cannot currently be estimated.
In 1999, we expect to incur approximately $5 million ($3 million after-tax)
of additional charges related to our unusual charge for our 1998 strategic
decision to streamline our international businesses. In 1999, we also expect to
incur approximately $3 million ($2 million after-tax) of expenses related to the
start-up of a unified food service purchasing cooperative and costs associated
with reducing the workforce in our internal purchasing function. In 1998, we
incurred $2 million ($1 million after-tax) related to the start-up of the co-op.
In 1998, we completed our relocation of our Wichita, Kansas operations to
other facilities. The total cost we incurred in 1998 of $14 million ($9 million
after-tax) included termination benefits, relocation costs, early retirement and
other expenses related to this relocation. Due to contractual disputes with the
proposed buyer, the expected fourth quarter 1998 sale of the facility at a gain
to this buyer did not occur and is not considered imminent. We continue to
expect to sell the facility at a price which should at least recover its
carrying amount, but cannot estimate either the amount or timing of any
potential gain at this time.
29
Certain cost recovery agreements with Ameriserve and PepsiCo reduced our
1998 general, administrative and other ("G&A") costs by approximately $8 million
($5 million after-tax). These agreements were terminated during 1998.
Results of Operations
Our Spin-off in 1997, our 1997 fourth quarter charge, the impacts of the
disposal of our Non-core Businesses and fluctuations in the number and amount of
gains related to refranchised stores represent significant items which
complicate year-over-year comparisons.
Prior to October 7, 1997, our historical financial statements were impacted
by our lack of history as an independent, publicly owned company. The amounts
for certain items, specifically general and administrative expenses, interest
expense and income taxes, included in our historical reported results for
periods prior to the Spin-off, include allocations or computations which are not
indicative of the amounts we would have incurred if we had been an independent,
publicly owned company during all periods presented. See Note 2 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Additionally, comparative information is impacted by the operations of and
disposal charges related to our Non-core Businesses in 1997. These disposal
charges included an estimated provision for all expected future liabilities
associated with the disposal of our Non-core Businesses. We were required to
retain these liabilities as part of the Spin-off. Our best estimates of all such
liabilities have been included in the accompanying Consolidated Financial
Statements. See Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Actual amounts
incurred may ultimately differ from these estimates. However, we believe the
amounts, if any, in excess of our previously recorded liabilities are not likely
to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial
condition or cash flow.
Following is a summary of the results of the operations and disposal of our
Non-core Businesses:
1997 1996
------------ ------------
Revenues $ 268 $ 394
% of total revenues 3% 4%
Non-core Businesses operating
profit (loss), before disposal charges $ 13 $ (10)
Unusual disposal charges 54 246
Net loss (26) (200)
30
Worldwide Results of Operations
1998
---------------------------
% B(W) % B(W)
Total vs. 1997 1997 Adjusted(1) vs. 1996(2)
----------- ------------- ----------- --------------- ---------------
SYSTEM SALES - CORE BUSINESSES ONLY $ 20,620 1 $ 20,465 1
=========== ===========
REVENUES
Company sales $ 7,852 (14) $ 9,112 (6)
Franchise and license fees(3) 616 7 573 16
----------- -----------
Total Revenues $ 8,468 (13) $ 9,685 (5)
=========== ===========
COMPANY RESTAURANT MARGIN
U.S. $ 819 - $ 816 4
International 239 (1) 242 2
----------- -----------
Total $ 1,058 - $ 1,058 4
=========== ===========
% of sales 13.5% 1.9 pts. 11.6% 1.1 pts.
OPERATING PROFIT
Ongoing operating profit $ 768 14 $ 672 $ 672 16
Facility actions net gain (loss) 275 NM (247) 163 NM
Unusual charges (15) NM (184) (64) NM
----------- ----------- ---------------
Operating profit 1,028 NM 241 771 NM
INTEREST & INCOME TAXES
Interest expense, net 272 1 276 276 8
Income tax provision 311 NM 76 181 45
----------- ----------- ---------------
NET INCOME (LOSS) $ 445 NM $ (111) $ 314 NM
=========== =========== ===============
Earnings per diluted share $ 2.84
===========
Pro forma loss per basic share(4) $ (0.73)
=========
Pro forma earnings per diluted share(5) $ 2.01
===============
(1) Excludes the effects of the 1997 fourth quarter charge.
(2) Computed based on adjusted amounts, if applicable.
(3) Excluding the special 1997 KFC renewal fees, 1998 and 1997 increased
12% and 11% over prior year, respectively.
(4) The shares used to compute pro forma loss per basic share for the 52
weeks ending December 27, 1997 assumes the 152 million shares of
TRICON Common Stock issued on October 7, 1997 had been outstanding for
the entire year.
(5) The shares used to compute pro forma earnings per diluted share for
1997 are the same as those used in 1998, as our capital structure as
an independent, publicly owned company did not exist until October 7,
1997.
31
Worldwide Restaurant Unit Activity
Joint
Company Venture Franchised Licensed Total
---------------- ------------ -------------- ----------- -------------
Balance at Dec. 28, 1996 11,876 1,007 13,066 3,147 29,096
New Builds & Acquisitions 280 123 972 731 2,106
Refranchising & Licensing (1,407) (11) 1,410 8 -
Closures (632) (29) (351) (478) (1,490)
---------------- ------------ -------------- ----------- -------------
Balance at Dec. 27, 1997 10,117 1,090 15,097 3,408 29,712
New Builds & Acquisitions 266 94 909 550 1,819
Refranchising & Licensing (1,380) (9) 1,309 80 -
Closures (606) (55) (665) (442) (1,768)
---------------- ------------ -------------- ----------- -------------
Balance at Dec. 26, 1998 8,397(a) 1,120(a) 16,650 3,596 29,763
================ ============ ============== =========== =============
(a) Includes 166 Company and 4 Joint Venture units approved for closure but not
yet closed at December 26, 1998, of which 123 were included in our 1997
fourth quarter charge.
System sales increased $155 million or 1% in 1998. Excluding the negative
impact of foreign currency translation, system sales increased by $871 million
or 4%. The increase reflected the development of new units, primarily by
franchisees and licensees and positive same store sales growth. U.S. development
was primarily at Taco Bell and international development was primarily in Asia.
This growth in system sales was partially offset by store closures.
System sales increased $185 million or 1% in 1997. Excluding the negative
impact of foreign currency translation, system sales increased $525 million or
3%. New unit growth by franchisees and licensees as well as new Company units,
primarily in international markets, was partially offset by store closures.
Revenues decreased $1.2 billion or 13% in 1998. Company sales decreased
$1.3 billion or 14%. Included in 1997 revenues were the Non-core Businesses'
revenues of $268 million. Excluding the negative impact of foreign currency
translation and revenues from the Non-core Businesses, revenues decreased $755
million or 8% and Company sales decreased $821 million or 9%. The decrease in
Company sales was primarily due to the portfolio effect partially offset by new
unit development and effective net pricing. Franchise and license fees increased
$43 million or 7% in 1998. Excluding the negative impact of foreign currency
translation and the special 1997 KFC renewal fees of $24 million, franchise and
license fees increased $89 million or 16%. The increase was primarily driven by
units acquired from us and new unit development primarily in Asia and at Taco
Bell in the U.S., partially offset by store closures by franchisees and
licensees.
Revenues decreased $547 million or 5% in 1997. Company sales decreased $626
million or 6% in 1997. The Non-core Businesses contributed $268 million and $394
million in 1997 and 1996, respectively. Excluding the negative impact of foreign
currency translation, revenues decreased $465 million or 5% and Company sales
decreased $555 million or 6%. The decrease in Company sales was primarily due to
the portfolio effects partially offset by higher effective net pricing.
Franchise and license fees increased $79 million or 16% in 1997. Excluding the
negative impact of foreign currency translation and the special 1997 KFC renewal
fees of $24 million, franchise and license fees increased $65 million or 13%.
The increase was primarily driven by new unit development and units acquired
from us, partially offset by store closures by franchisees and licensees.
32
Restaurant Margin - Worldwide
1998 1997 1996
--------- --------- --------
Company sales 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Food and paper 32.1 32.4 33.0
Payroll and employee benefits 28.6 28.7 28.7
Occupancy and other operating expenses 25.8 27.3 27.8
--------- --------- --------
Restaurant margin 13.5% 11.6% 10.5%
========= ========= ========
Our restaurant margin as a percent of sales increased almost 190 basis
points for 1998. Portfolio effect contributed approximately 65 basis points and
the suspension of depreciation and amortization relating to our 1997 fourth
quarter charge contributed approximately 55 basis points to our improvement.
Excluding the portfolio effect and the benefits of the fourth quarter charge,
our restaurant margin increased approximately 70 basis points. The improvement
was largely due to effective net pricing in excess of increased costs, primarily
labor. Labor increases were driven by higher wage rates, primarily the September
1997 minimum wage increase, an increase in the management complement in our Taco
Bell restaurants and lower favorable insurance-related adjustments in 1998. The
decrease in occupancy and other operating expenses related primarily to higher
spending in 1997 on improving store condition and quality initiatives at Taco
Bell and Pizza Hut as well as an increase in higher favorable insurance-related
adjustments in 1998. These favorable items were partially offset by increased
store refurbishment expenses at KFC in 1998.
Our restaurant margin as a percent of sales increased approximately 110
basis points for 1997. The increase in restaurant margin in 1997 was partially
driven by effective net pricing in excess of increased costs, primarily labor.
Portfolio effect contributed approximately 55 basis points and the Non-core
Businesses contributed approximately 20 basis points of our improvement. In
1997, we also benefited from lower commodity costs primarily related to
favorable cheese and chicken prices. This margin increase was partially offset
by lower volumes.
General, Administrative and Other Expenses
% B(W) vs. % B(W) vs.
1998 1997 1997 1996
---------- ----------- --------- ------------
G&A - Core $ 930 - $ 927 (3)
G&A - Non-core - NM 24 37
Equity income from investments in
unconsolidated affiliates (18) NM (8) 4
Foreign exchange (gains) losses (6) NM 16 NM
---------- ---------
$ 906 6 $ 959 (3)
========== =========
Our core G&A increased $3 million in 1998. The increase reflected higher
investment spending offset by the favorable impacts of stores sold or closed,
decreased restaurant support center and field operating overhead and foreign
currency translation. Our investment spending consisted primarily of costs
related to spending on Year 2000 compliance and remediation efforts of $31
million in 1998 versus $4 million in 1997, along with the costs to relocate our
processing center from Wichita to other existing restaurant support centers of
$14 million. In addition, we experienced increased administrative expenses as an
independent, publicly owned company and incurred additional expenses related to
continuing efforts to improve and standardize administrative and accounting
systems.
33
Included in our 1997 and 1996 core G&A were PepsiCo allocations of $37
million and $53 million, respectively, reflecting a portion of PepsiCo's shared
administrative expenses prior to the Spin-off. The allocated PepsiCo
administrative expenses were based on PepsiCo's total corporate administrative
expenses using a ratio of our revenues to PepsiCo's revenues. We believe this
basis of allocation was reasonable based on the facts available at the date of
such allocation.
However, our ongoing G&A as an independent, publicly owned company in 1998
exceeded the annualized amount of the 1997 PepsiCo allocation by approximately
$30 million. The 1998 increase was partially offset by the absence of
non-recurring TRICON start-up costs of approximately $14 million which were
incurred in 1997. The 1998 increased expenses were higher than the $20 million
we estimated in our 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K, primarily due to increased
incentive and stock-based compensation. These increased compensation costs are
due to better-than-expected operating results, as well as strong growth in the
market value of our Common Stock for the second half of 1998, partially offset
by delays in staffing positions at TRICON.
Equity income from investments in our unconsolidated affiliates increased
$10 million in 1998. This increase was due primarily to lower amortization
relating to the impact of the joint venture investment impairment included in
our 1997 fourth quarter charge and, to a lesser extent, the impact of new unit
development primarily by our joint venture in the United Kingdom. Net foreign
exchange gains were $6 million in 1998 compared to net foreign exchange losses
of $16 million in 1997. This improvement was due primarily to non-recurring 1997
foreign exchange losses, predominantly in Thailand and the Netherlands, and to
foreign exchange gains in 1998 primarily due to U.S. dollar denominated
short-term investments in Canada.
Our core G&A increased $30 million or 3% in 1997 reflecting increased
investment spending, TRICON start-up costs, higher incentive compensation and
increased litigation-related costs. Investment spending consisted primarily of
costs related to improving and updating administrative systems, including
initial spending of $4 million on Year 2000 compliance and remediation efforts,
as well as investments in certain key international markets. These higher
expenses were partially offset by the lapping of a reorganization charge for
Pizza Hut in 1996, overall lower project spending and field overhead,
particularly at Pizza Hut, and the favorable impacts of stores sold or closed.
Facility Actions Net (Gain) Loss
1998 1997
------------------------------ -------------------------------
Excluding
1997 4th Qtr. Excluding
Charge 4th Qtr.
Total Adjustments Total Charge 1996
--------- ----------------- ------------- --------------- -------------
Refranchising gains, net $ (279) $ (281) $ (112) $ (248) $ (139)
Store closure costs (27) 29 248 35 40
Impairment charges 31 31 111 50 62
--------- ----------------- ------------- --------------- -------------
Facility actions net (gain) loss $ (275) $ (221) $ 247 $ (163) $ (37)
========= ================= ============= =============== =============
Refranchising gains, which included initial franchise fees of $44 million,
$41 million and $22 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively, as well as a
$100 million tax-free gain from refranchising our restaurants in New Zealand
through an initial public offering in 1997, resulted from the refranchising of
1,389 units in 1998, 1,418 units in 1997 and 659 units in 1996.
34
Prior to April 23, 1998, we provided store closure costs when we made the
decision to close a unit. At that time, in response to the Securities and
Exchange Commission's ("SEC") interpretation of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived
Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of" ("SFAS 121"), we changed our
store closure accounting policy. For closure decisions made subsequent to April
23, 1998, we only recognize any required asset impairment as a component of
store closure costs when we have closed the restaurant within the same quarter
the closure decision is made. The impact of this change reduced 1998 store
closure costs by $4 million which was more than offset by increased impairment
described in next paragraph. We closed 661 units in both 1998 and 1997, and 352
units in 1996.
Impairment charges were $31 million in 1998. Prior to April 23, 1998, our
impairment charges resulted from our normal semi-annual evaluation of stores
which we will continue to use in the business. Stores that meet our "two-year
history of operating losses," our primary impairment indicator, or which we
believe may be impaired due to other changes or circumstances are evaluated for
impairment. In 1998, upon adoption of the SEC's interpretation of SFAS 121, we
also perform impairment evaluations when we expect to actually close a store
beyond the quarter in which our closure decision is made. This change resulted
in additional impairment charges of $6 million in 1998. We believe the overall
decrease in impairment in 1998 was significantly impacted by 1997 decisions
included in our fourth quarter charge to dispose of certain stores which may
have otherwise been impaired in our evaluations, and improved performance
primarily at Pizza Hut in the U.S. Impairment charges of $50 million in 1997 and
$62 million in 1996 resulted from our semi-annual impairment evaluations of
restaurants.
Operating Profits
% B(W) vs. % B(W) vs.
1998 1997 1997 1996
------------- ------------ ------------ --------------
U.S. - Core $ 740 26 $ 590 14
U.S. - Non-core - NM 13 NM
International 191 11 172 15
Foreign exchange gains (losses) 6 NM (16) NM
Unallocated and corporate expenses (169) (93) (87) (20)
------------- ------------
Ongoing operating profit 768 14 672 16
Facility actions net gain (loss) 275 NM (247) NM
Unusual charges (15) NM (184) NM
------------- ------------
Reported operating profit $ 1,028 NM $ 241 NM
============= ============
Ongoing operating profits increased $96 million or 14% in 1998. Excluding
the negative impact of foreign currency translation, ongoing operating profits
increased $120 million or 18%. The increase was driven by higher franchise fees
and reduced G&A, partially offset by the absence in 1998 of the Non-core
Businesses' operating profit of $13 million and the special 1997 KFC renewal
fees of $24 million. Ongoing operating profits in 1998 included benefits from
our 1997 fourth quarter charge of approximately $64 million of which $33 million
related to the suspension of depreciation and amortization for stores included
in the charge. The benefits from our 1997 fourth quarter charge were almost
completely offset by incremental 1998 Year 2000 spending of $27 million and the
decline in Asia profits of $27 million in 1998 compared to 1997.
Unallocated and corporate expenses increased $82 million or 93% in 1998.
The increase was primarily due to spending on Year 2000 compliance and
remediation efforts, costs to relocate our processing center from Wichita to
other facilities and expenses incurred as an independent, publicly owned
company, as well as, additional expenses related to the efforts to improve and
standardize operating, administrative and accounting systems.
35
Ongoing operating profits increased $91 million or 16% in 1997. Excluding
the negative impact of foreign currency translation, ongoing operating profits
increased $97 million or 17%. The increase relates primarily to increased
franchise fees driven by the special 1997 KFC renewal fees of $24 million and
improved restaurant margin, partially offset by an increase in unallocated and
corporate expenses. The increase was driven primarily by increased investment
spending related to improving and updating administrative systems including
initial spending on Year 2000 compliance and remediation efforts, TRICON
start-up costs and higher incentive compensation.
Interest Expense, Net
1998 1997 1996
------------ ------------- ------------
External debt $ 291 $ 102 $ 35
PepsiCo allocation - 188 275
------------ ------------- ------------
Interest expense 291 290 310
Interest income (19) (14) (10)
------------ ------------- ------------
Interest expense, net $ 272 $ 276 $ 300
============ ============= ============
Prior to the Spin-off, our operations were financed through operating cash
flows, proceeds from refranchising activities and investment by and advances
from PepsiCo. At the Spin-off date, we borrowed $4.55 billion under a bank
credit agreement to replace the financing previously provided by PepsiCo and,
additionally, to fund a dividend to PepsiCo. See Notes 2 and 9 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements. For periods prior to the Spin-off, our
interest expense included PepsiCo's allocation of its interest expense
(PepsiCo's weighted average interest rate applied to the average balance of
investments by and advances from PepsiCo) and interest on our external debt,
including capital leases. We believe such allocated interest expense is not
indicative of the interest expense that we would have incurred as an
independent, publicly owned company or will incur in future periods. Subsequent
to the Spin-off date, our interest costs consist primarily of interest expense
related to our bank credit agreement, Unsecured Notes and other external debt.
Most of the other external debt existed at the Spin-off date.
Our net interest expense decreased approximately $4 million in 1998. The
decline was due to an increase in interest income, partially offset by a slight
increase in interest expense. The increase in interest income was driven by
higher average international investment balances. The slight increase in
interest expense was primarily due to higher average outstanding debt balances.
Interest expense decreased in 1997 primarily due to the lower outstanding
amount of PepsiCo-provided financing. This impact was partially offset by the
higher interest rate on our bank credit agreement, as compared to the PepsiCo
rate used in the allocation process, and also higher outstanding debt levels.
36
Income Taxes
1998 1997 1996
-------------- --------------- -----------------
Income taxes $ 311 $ 76 $ 125
Effective tax rate 41.1% NM NM
Ongoing*
Income taxes $ 302 $ 211 $ 183
Effective tax rate 42.1% 45.9% 57.5%
* Adjusted to exclude the effects of the following: (1) the 1997 fourth
quarter charge adjustments and unusual charges in 1998; (2) the 1997 New
Zealand IPO $100 million tax-free gain, the 1997 fourth quarter charge and
the remaining portion of the 1997 unusual charges in 1997; and (3) the
unusual disposal charges related to the Non-core Businesses in 1996.
For periods prior to the Spin-off in 1997, income tax expense was
calculated, to the extent possible, as if we filed income tax returns separate
from PepsiCo. As PepsiCo managed its tax position on a consolidated basis, which
takes into account the results of all its businesses, our effective tax rate in
the future could vary significantly from historical effective tax rates
calculated for periods prior to the Spin-off.
The following reconciles the U.S. Federal statutory tax rate to our ongoing
effective rate:
1998 1997 1996
------------ -------------- ------------
U.S. Federal statutory tax rate 35.0% 35.0% 35.0%
State income tax, net of Federal tax benefit 4.4 4.4 2.2
Foreign and U.S. tax effects attributable to foreign operations 4.4 5.3 17.0
Favorable adjustments relating to prior years (4.5) (0.7) (0.3)
Other, net 2.8 1.9 3.6
------------ -------------- ------------
Ongoing effective tax rate 42.1% 45.9% 57.5%
============ ============== ============
The 1998 ongoing effective tax rate decreased 3.8 points to 42.1%. The
decrease in the 1998 ongoing effective tax rate was primarily due to favorable
adjustments related to prior years.
The 1997 ongoing effective tax rate decreased 11.6 points to 45.9%. The
decrease in the 1997 ongoing effective tax rate was primarily due to the
decrease in taxes attributable to foreign operations, partially offset by an
increase in state taxes. The foreign decrease was due to the absence of the
adjustment recorded in 1996 to establish a valuation allowance. The increase in
state tax was primarily due to an increase in the provision related to prior tax
years.
The effective tax rate attributable to foreign operations varied from
year-to-year but in each year was higher than the U.S. Federal statutory tax
rate. This was primarily due to foreign tax rate differentials, including
foreign withholding tax paid without benefit of the related foreign tax credit
for U.S. income tax purposes and losses of foreign operations for which no tax
benefit could be currently recognized.
37
Earnings (Loss) Per Share
The components of earnings (loss) per common share were as follows:
Diluted(a) Basic Pro Forma Basic(b)
--------------- --------------- ---------------------------------
1998 1998 1997 1996
--------------- --------------- --------------- --------------
Operating earnings - Core $ 1.83 $ 1.88 $ 1.37 $ 0.83
Operating earnings (loss) - Non-core - - 0.05 (0.08)
Facility actions net gain (loss)(c) 1.03 1.06 (1.07) 0.14
Unusual charges - Core(d) (0.02) (0.02) (0.86) -
Unusual charges - Non-core - - (0.22) (1.24)
--------------- --------------- --------------- --------------
Total $ 2.84 $ 2.92 $ (0.73) $ (0.35)
=============== =============== =============== ==============
(a) Based on 156 million shares applicable to diluted earnings. See Note 3 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(b) The shares used to compute pro forma basic loss per common share for the 52
weeks ending December 27, 1997 and December 28, 1996 assumes the 152
million shares of TRICON Common Stock issued on October 7, 1997 had been
outstanding for all periods presented. The dilutive effect of any options
has been excluded because we incurred net losses.
(c) 1998 includes favorable adjustments to our 1997 fourth quarter charge of
$0.21 per diluted share. 1997 includes a loss of $1.98 per basic share
included in our total fourth quarter charge of $2.80 per basic share.
(d) 1998 includes favorable adjustments to our 1997 fourth quarter charge of
$0.04 per diluted share. 1997 includes a loss of $0.82 per basic share
included in our total fourth quarter charge of $2.80 per basic share.
U.S. Results of Operations
1998 1997
----------------------------- -------------------------------
% B(W) vs. % B(W) vs.
Amount 1997 Amount 1996
------------ ------------- ------------ ---------------
SYSTEM SALES - CORE BUSINESSES ONLY $ 14,013 4 $ 13,502 1
============ ============
REVENUES
Company sales $ 6,013 (14) $ 6,994 (8)
Franchise and license fees(1) 415 12 371 20
------------ ------------
Total Revenues $ 6,428 (13) $ 7,365 (7)
============ ============
COMPANY RESTAURANT MARGIN $ 819 - $ 816 4
============ ============
% of sales 13.6% 1.9 pts. 11.7% 1.4 pts.
OPERATING PROFIT(2)
Core Businesses $ 740 26 $ 590 14
Non-core Businesses - NM 13 NM
------------ ------------
$ 740 23 $ 603 19
============ ============
(1) Excluding the special 1997 KFC renewal fees, 1998 and 1997 increased 19%
and 13% over prior year, respectively.
(2) Excludes facility actions net gain (loss) and unusual charges.
38
U.S. Restaurant Unit Activity
Company Franchised Licensed Total
--------------- ------------- ------------ -------------
Balance at Dec. 28, 1996 9,396 8,237 2,903 20,536
New Builds & Acquisitions 141 324 731 1,196
Refranchising & Licensing (1,199) 1,191 8 -
Closures (516) (155) (475) (1,146)
--------------- ------------- ------------ -------------
Balance at Dec. 27, 1997 7,822 9,597 3,167 20,586
New Builds & Acquisitions 77 342 508 927
Refranchising & Licensing (1,249) 1,246 3 -
Closures (418) (209) (403) (1,030)
--------------- ------------- ------------ -------------
Balance at Dec. 26, 1998 6,232(a) 10,976 3,275 20,483
=============== ============= ============ =============
(a) Includes 151 Company units approved for closure, but not yet closed at
December 26, 1998, of which 109 units were included in our 1997 fourth
quarter charge.
System sales increased $511 million or 4% in 1998. The increase was
attributable to new unit development, primarily by franchisees and licensees of
Taco Bell and, to a lesser extent, KFC, and positive same store sales growth at
all three of our brands. These increases were partially offset by the impact of
store closures.
The 1997 increase of $114 million or 1% in system sales was primarily due
to new unit development, principally by franchisees and licensees at Taco Bell.
This increase was partially offset by the impact of store closures.
Revenues decreased $937 million or 13% primarily due to our decline in
Company sales of $981 million or 14% in 1998. Excluding the effect of the
Non-core Businesses, our Company sales decreased $715 million or 11%. The
decline in Company sales was driven by the portfolio effect partially offset by
positive same store sales growth at all three of our brands.
We measure same store sales only for our U.S. Company units. Same store
sales at Pizza Hut increased 6% in 1998. The increase reflects a higher check
average at traditional and delivery units driven by the new product offerings of
"The Edge" and the "Sicilian" pizzas as well as the promotion of the "Stuffed
Crust" Pizza. The increase was partially offset by volume declines. KFC's same
store sales increased 3% in 1998. The improvement was primarily driven by
favorable effective net pricing and strong product promotions including "Popcorn
Chicken," "Honey Barbecue" wings and "Original Recipe." Same store sales for
Taco Bell increased 3% in 1998. The increase was driven by an increase in
average guest check resulting primarily from favorable effective net pricing.
Same store sales also benefited from the introduction of "Gorditas," a higher
priced menu item. The increase was partially offset by volume declines.
Franchise and license fees increased $44 million or 12% in 1998. Excluding
the special 1997 KFC renewal fees (described below), 1998 franchise and license
fees increased $68 million or 19%. The increase was primarily driven by units
acquired from us and new unit development, partially offset by the impact of
store closures by franchisees and licensees.
39
Revenues decreased $558 million or 7% in 1997 primarily due to Company
sales decreases of $621 million or 8%. Excluding the impact of the Non-core
Businesses, Company sales decreased $496 million or 7%. The decrease was driven
primarily by the portfolio effect. The decline was partially offset by higher
overall effective net pricing. This pricing impact occurred primarily at Taco
Bell, which more than offset the impact of lower prices at Pizza Hut.
Same store sales at KFC increased 2% in 1997 driven by product promotions,
favorable effective net pricing and increased delivery sales, partially offset
by lower transaction counts. Same store sales at Pizza Hut decreased 1% for
1997, rebounding from a 7% decline through the second quarter. At Pizza Hut,
lower average guest checks in 1997 and decreasing transaction counts in the
first half of the year were partially offset in the second half by quality
initiatives, increasing transaction counts and the introduction of "The Edge"
Pizza. Taco Bell same store sales increased 2% in 1997 reflecting the successful
Star Wars and Batman promotions, favorable product mix shifts and pricing,
offset by lower transaction counts.
Franchise and license fees increased $63 million or 20% in 1997. In 1997,
we generated $24 million of special KFC renewal fees. Substantially all of KFC's
franchisees renewed their franchise agreements, typically for 20 years, during
1997. As part of this special renewal program at KFC, certain participating
franchisees also committed to attain over the next several years certain
facility standards based on physical assessment of that franchisee's
restaurants. We believe these upgrades of the franchised facilities will
ultimately result in higher system sales and, therefore, higher franchise fees.
Excluding the special 1997 KFC renewal fees, our franchise and license fees
increased $39 million or 13% in 1997. The increase was primarily driven by units
acquired from us and new unit development, partially offset by store closures by
franchisees and licensees.
Restaurant Margin - U.S.
1998 1997 1996
---------- ----------- ----------
Company sales 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Food and paper 31.0 31.1 32.1
Payroll and employee benefits 30.4 30.5 30.2
Occupancy and other operating expenses 25.0 26.7 27.4
---------- ----------- ----------
Restaurant margin 13.6% 11.7% 10.3%
========== =========== ==========
Our restaurant margin as a percentage of sales increased over 190 basis
points in 1998. Portfolio effect contributed approximately 75 basis points and
the suspension of depreciation and amortization relating to our fourth quarter
charge contributed approximately 40 basis points. Excluding the portfolio effect
and the benefit of the fourth quarter charge, our restaurant margin increased
approximately 80 basis points. In 1998, we benefited from favorable effective
net pricing in excess of costs, primarily labor and commodity costs. Our labor
increases were driven by higher wage rates, primarily the September 1997 minimum
wage increase, an increase in the management complement at our Taco Bell
restaurants and lower favorable insurance-related adjustments in 1998. Commodity
cost increases, primarily cheese and produce, were partially offset by a
decrease in other commodity costs. Our occupancy and other operating expenses
were favorably impacted by higher favorable insurance-related adjustments in
1998 and the decreased store condition and quality initiative spending at Pizza
Hut and Taco Bell. These favorable items were partially offset by increased
store refurbishment expenses at KFC in 1998.
40
Our increase in restaurant margin of almost 140 basis points in 1997 was
driven almost equally by effective net pricing in excess of increased costs,
primarily labor, and the portfolio effect. This improvement was partially offset
by the effect of reduced transaction counts. The higher labor costs were due to
the increased minimum wage and to costs incurred to improve customer
satisfaction, partially offset by favorable actuarial adjustments to workers'
compensation liabilities. In 1997, we also benefited from lower commodity costs,
primarily related to favorable cheese and chicken prices, and the disposal of
the Non-core Businesses.
Operating profits from our Core Businesses, excluding facility actions net
gain and unusual charges, increased $150 million or 26% in 1998. The increase
was driven by reduced G&A expenses, higher franchise and license fees and
restaurant margin improvement partially offset by the absence of the special
1997 KFC renewal fees. The decline in G&A was primarily due to the portfolio
effect and a decrease in restaurant support center and field operating overhead
costs. Operating profits included the benefits related to our 1997 fourth
quarter charge of approximately $35 million, of which $19 million related to the
suspension of depreciation and amortization for the stores included in the
charge.
Operating profits from our Core Businesses, excluding facility actions net
gain and unusual charges increased $74 million or 14% in 1997. The increase was
primarily due to higher continuing franchise and license fees, the special 1997
KFC renewal fees and improved restaurant margin. The increases were partially
offset by an increase in G&A and other expenses.
International Results of Operations
1998 1997
------------------------------- -----------------------------
% B(W) vs. % B(W) vs.
Amount 1997 Amount 1996
-------------- ------------- ------------ -------------
SYSTEM SALES $ 6,607 (5) $ 6,963 1
============== ============
REVENUES
Company sales $ 1,839 (13) $ 2,118 -
Franchise and license fees 201 - 202 9
-------------- ------------
Total Revenues $ 2,040 (12) $ 2,320 -
============== ============
COMPANY RESTAURANT MARGIN $ 239 (1) $ 242 2
% of sales 13.0% 1.6 pts. 11.4% .2 pts.
OPERATING PROFIT(1) $ 191 11 $ 172 11
(1) Excludes facility actions net gain (loss) and unusual charges.
41
International Restaurant Unit Activity
Joint
Company Venture Franchised Licensed Total
-------------- ------------ --------------- ------------ ----------
Balance at Dec. 28, 1996 2,480 1,007 4,829 244 8,560
New Builds & Acquisitions 139 123 648 - 910
Refranchising & Licensing (208) (11) 219 - -
Closures (116) (29) (196) (3) (344)
-------------- ------------ --------------- ------------ ----------
Balance at Dec. 27, 1997 2,295 1,090 5,500 241 9,126
New Builds & Acquisitions 189 94 567 42 892
Refranchising & Licensing (131) (9) 63 77 -
Closures (188) (55) (456) (39) (738)
-------------- ------------ --------------- ------------ ----------
Balance at Dec. 26, 1998 2,165(a) 1,120(a) 5,674 321 9,280
============== ============ =============== ============ ==========
(a) Includes 15 Company and 4 Joint Venture units approved for closure, but not
yet closed at December 26, 1998, of which 14 units were included in our
1997 fourth quarter charge.
System sales decreased $356 million or 5% in 1998. Excluding the negative
impact of foreign currency translation, system sales increased $360 million or
5%. The increase was driven by new unit development, primarily in Asia,
partially offset by store closures in other countries/markets.
System sales increased $71 million or 1% in 1997. Excluding the negative
impact of foreign currency translation, system sales increased $411 million or
6% in 1997. This growth was driven by new unit development, partially offset by
store closures. Franchisee activity drove system unit development with
approximately 50% of that activity occurring in Asia.
Revenues decreased $280 million or 12% in 1998. Excluding the negative
impact of foreign currency translation, revenues decreased $86 million or 4%.
Company sales decreased $279 million or 13% in 1998. Excluding the negative
impact of foreign currency translation, Company sales decreased $107 million or
5%. The decrease in 1998 was driven by the portfolio effect, partially offset by
new unit development and effective net pricing. Franchise and license fees
decreased $1 million or less than 1%. Excluding the negative impact of foreign
currency translation, franchise and license fees increased $21 million or 11%.
The increase was primarily driven by new unit development and units acquired
from us, partially offset by store closures by franchisees and licensees.
Revenues increased $12 million or less than 1% in 1997. Excluding the
negative impact of foreign currency translation, revenues increased $93 million
or 4%. This increase relates primarily to higher effective net pricing, new unit
development in Asia and an increase in franchise fees attributable to
development, partially offset by store closures. Company sales in 1997 decreased
$5 million or less than 1%. Excluding the negative impact of foreign currency
translation, Company sales increased $66 million or 3%. This increase was driven
primarily by higher effective net pricing and unit development, partially offset
by the effect of refranchising our restaurants in New Zealand through an initial
public offering in the second quarter. Franchise and license fees increased $17
million or 9% in 1997 primarily driven by new unit development and units
acquired from us, partially offset by store closures by franchisees and
licensees.
42
Restaurant Margin - International
1998 1997 1996
----------- ---------- ----------
Company sales 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Food and paper 35.8 36.5 36.3
Payroll and employee benefits 22.6 22.7 23.2
Occupancy and other operating expenses 28.6 29.4 29.3
----------- ---------- ----------
Restaurant margin 13.0% 11.4% 11.2%
=========== ========== ==========
Our restaurant margin increased over 160 basis points in 1998. Excluding
the negative impact of foreign currency translation, restaurant margin increased
approximately 195 basis points. The increase was driven primarily by the
suspension of depreciation and amortization relating to restaurants included in
our 1997 fourth quarter charge, which contributed 110 basis points. The
portfolio effect also contributed approximately 30 basis points to the
improvement. The remaining margin improvement of approximately 55 basis points
resulted from favorable effective net pricing in excess of costs in Mexico,
Australia and Spain. Restaurant margin improvement was partially offset by
volume declines in Asia, led by Korea. The economic turmoil throughout Asia
resulted in an overall volume decline, even though we had volume increases in
Mexico, Canada and Spain.
Our restaurant margin increased over 20 basis points in 1997. The increase
was driven by effective net pricing in excess of cost increases, primarily
labor, offset by volume declines. Foreign currency translation and the portfolio
effect did not have a significant impact.
Operating profits, excluding facility actions net gain and unusual charges,
increased $19 million or 11% in 1998. Excluding the negative impact of foreign
currency translation, operating profits increased $43 million or 25% in 1998.
The increase was driven by an increase in franchise fees and a decline in G&A.
Operating profits included benefits related to our 1997 fourth quarter charge of
approximately $29 million, of which $14 million related to the suspension of
depreciation and amortization for the stores included in the charge. These
benefits were fully offset by the decline in Asia operating profits and Year
2000 spending.
Operating profits, excluding the fourth quarter charge, other facility
actions and unusual charges, increased $17 million or 11% in 1997. Excluding the
negative impact of foreign currency translation, operating profits increased $23
million or 15%. The increase in 1997 was driven by higher franchise fees, new
unit development and higher restaurant margin dollars. These increases were
partially offset by an increase in G&A.
Consolidated Cash Flows
1998 1997 1996
---------- ---------- ----------
Net cash provided by operating activities $ 674 $ 810 $ 713
Refranchising of restaurants 784 770 355
---------- ---------- ----------
$ 1,458 $ 1,580 $ 1,068
========== ========== ==========
Capital spending $ 460 $ 541 $ 620
========== ========== ==========
43
Net cash provided by operating activities decreased $136 million or 17% to
$674 million in 1998. Cash used for working capital was $106 million for 1998
compared to cash provided by working capital of $27 million in 1997. The 1998
use was primarily due to an increase in current deferred tax assets and reduced
income taxes payable. Excluding net changes in working capital, net income
before facility actions and all other non-cash charges was essentially unchanged
despite the decline in the number of our restaurants in the current year
relating to our portfolio activities.
Net cash provided by operating activities in 1997 increased $97 million or
14% to $810 million. This was driven by an increase in net income prior to
facility actions net loss and unusual charges recorded in 1997 and an increase
in our normal working capital deficit primarily related to higher income tax
payables. These increases were partially offset by reduced depreciation and
amortization in 1997. The decrease in depreciation and amortization related to
refranchisings, store closures and impairment charges.
Net cash provided by investing activities decreased $164 million to $302
million in 1998 compared to $466 million in 1997. The 1998 decrease was
primarily due to the prior year sale of the Non-core Businesses offset by
increased proceeds from refranchising and the sales of property, plant and
equipment. Capital spending decreased by $81 million or 15%.
The 1997 increase of $715 million was primarily attributable to an increase
in proceeds from refranchising of restaurants of $415 million over 1996 and the
proceeds from the sale of the Non-core Businesses of $186 million.
Capital spending in 1997 decreased by $79 million or 13%.
Net cash used for financing activities of $1.1 billion decreased slightly
in 1998 compared to 1997. The 1998 use represents net debt repayments. During
1998, we issued Unsecured Notes resulting in proceeds of $604 million, including
the settlement of our treasury lock agreements. These proceeds were used to
reduce existing borrowings under our unsecured Term Loan Facility and unsecured
Revolving Credit Facility.
Net cash used for financing activities almost tripled in 1997 to $1.1
billion, primarily reflecting the net payments to PepsiCo, partially offset by
the bank borrowings in connection with the Spin-off. This net use was partially
offset by the increase in short-term borrowings of $83 million in 1997 versus a
decrease of $80 million in 1996 and payments on the Revolving Credit Facility.
Financing Activities
--------------------
During 1998, we reduced our reliance on bank debt by over $1 billion by
reducing term debt. Term debt was reduced through a combination of proceeds from
the debt securities offered under our shelf registration discussed below,
proceeds from refranchising activities and operating cash flows. A key component
of our financing philosophy is to build balance sheet liquidity and to diversify
sources of funding. Consistent with that philosophy, we have taken steps to
refinance a portion of our existing bank credit facility referred to below. In
1997, we filed with the SEC a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with
respect to offerings of up to $2 billion of senior unsecured debt. In early May
1998, we issued $350 million 7.45% Unsecured Notes due May 15, 2005, and $250
million 7.65% Unsecured Notes due May 15, 2008, under our shelf registration.
The proceeds were used to reduce existing borrowings under our unsecured Term
Loan Facility and unsecured Revolving Credit Facility. We may offer and sell
from time to time additional debt securities in one or more series, in amounts,
at prices and on terms we determine based on market conditions at the time of
sale, as discussed in more detail in the registration statement.
To fund the Spin-off, we negotiated a $5.25 billion bank credit agreement
comprised of a $2 billion senior, unsecured Term Loan Facility and a $3.25
billion senior, unsecured Revolving Credit Facility which mature on October 2,
2002. Interest is based principally on the London Interbank Offered Rate
("LIBOR") plus a variable margin as defined in the credit agreement. During the
year ended December 26, 1998, we made net payments
44
of $1.04 billion and $620 million under our unsecured bank Term Loan Facility
and the unsecured Revolving Credit Facility, respectively. Amounts outstanding
under the Revolving Credit Facility are expected to fluctuate from time to time,
but term loan reductions cannot be reborrowed. Such payments reduced amounts
outstanding at December 26, 1998, to $926 million and $1.82 billion from $1.97
billion and $2.44 billion at year-end 1997, on the term facility and revolving
facility, respectively. At December 26, 1998, we had unused revolving credit
agreement borrowings available aggregating $1.3 billion, net of outstanding
letters of credit of $173 million. The credit facilities are subject to various
affirmative and negative covenants including financial covenants as well as
limitations on additional indebtedness including guarantees of indebtedness,
cash dividends, aggregate non-U.S. investments, among other things, as defined
in the credit agreement.
This substantial indebtedness subjects us to significant interest expense
and principal repayment obligations, which are limited in the near term, to
prepayment events as defined in the credit agreement. Our highly leveraged
capital structure could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional
financing in the future or to undertake refinancings on terms and subject to
conditions that are acceptable to us.
Since October 7, 1997, we have been in compliance with the bank covenants.
We will continue to closely monitor on an ongoing basis the various operating
issues that could, in aggregate, affect our ability to comply with financial
covenant requirements.
We continue to use various derivative instruments with the objective of
reducing volatility in our borrowing costs. We have utilized interest rate swap
agreements to effectively convert a portion of our variable rate (LIBOR) bank
debt to fixed rate. During 1998, we entered into treasury lock agreements to
partially hedge the anticipated issuance of our senior debt securities discussed
above. We have also entered into interest rate arrangements to limit the range
of effective interest rates on a portion of our variable rate bank debt. At
December 26, 1998, the weighted average interest rate on our variable bank debt,
including the effect of derivatives, was 6.2%. Other derivative instruments may
be considered from time to time as well to manage our debt portfolio and to
hedge foreign currency exchange exposures.
We anticipate that our 1999 combined cash flow from operating and
refranchising activities will be lower than 1998 levels primarily because of our
expectations of reduced refranchising activity. However, we believe it will be
sufficient to support our expected capital spending and still allow us to make
significant debt repayments.
Consolidated Financial Condition
Assets decreased $583 million or 11% to $4.5 billion at year-end 1998. This
decrease is primarily attributable to refranchising and store closures and a
decrease in U.S. cash which was attributable to improved cash management.
Liabilities decreased $1.0 billion or 15% to $5.7 billion primarily due to
net debt repayments. Partially offsetting this decrease is an increase in other
liabilities largely due to increased deferred compensation liabilities, pension
liabilities and self-insured casualty claims. Additional salary and bonus
deferrals and imputed earnings on deferrals under our compensation programs
caused the deferred compensation liability to increase. The pension liability
increased based on current actuarial valuations. The increase in casualty claims
is due to the decision in the current year to effectively self-insure a portion
of our 1998 exposure compared to a fully insured program in 1997.
Our operating working capital deficit, which excludes cash, short-term
investments and short-term borrowings, is typical of restaurant operations where
the vast majority of sales are for cash, and food and supply inventories are
relatively small. Our terms of payment to suppliers generally range from 10-30
days. Our operating working capital deficit decreased $113 million to $960
million at year-end 1998. This decrease
45
was primarily the result of a decrease in income taxes payable and an increase
in deferred tax assets. Also contributing to this decrease was a reduction in
the Core Businesses' working capital deficit due to our reduced number of
restaurants resulting from our portfolio activities and also due to increased
inventories of promotional items. This decrease was partially offset by higher
levels of above-store accounts payable and other current liabilities due to
timing of payments as well as higher levels of outside services and an increase
in total incentive compensation accruals.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Derivative Instruments
Our policy prohibits the use of derivative instruments for trading
purposes, and we have procedures in place to monitor and control their use. Our
current use of derivative instruments is primarily limited to interest rate
swaps and collars and commodity futures contracts.
Interest rate swaps and collars are entered into with the objective of
reducing the volatility in borrowing costs. In 1998 and 1997, we entered into
interest rate swaps to effectively convert a portion of our variable rate bank
debt to fixed rate. Payment dates and the floating rates indices and reset dates
on the swaps match those of our underlying bank debt. At December 26, 1998, our
payables under the related swaps aggregated $1.6 million.
Interest rate collars are entered into with the objective of reducing the
impact of variable interest rate changes in our bank debt thereby reducing
volatility in borrowing costs. In 1998, we entered into interest rate collars to
guarantee an upper (cap) and lower (floor) level of interest rates associated
with a portion of bank debt. Collar reset dates and indices match those of our
underlying bank debt. We make payments when interest rates fall below the floor
level. We receive payments when interest rates rise above the cap. At December
26, 1998, our payables under the related collars were immaterial, and there were
no related receivables.
Our credit risk related to these derivatives is dependent upon both the
movement in interest rates and the possibility of non-payment by counterparties.
We mitigate credit risk by entering into the agreements only with high
credit-quality counterparties, netting payments within each contract and netting
exposures upon default across all contracts with a given counterparty. However,
we believe the risk of default is minimal.
Commodity futures contracts traded on national exchanges are entered into
with the objective of reducing food costs. While this hedging activity has
historically been limited, hedging activity could increase in the future if we
believe it would result in lower total costs. Open contracts, deferred gains and
losses and realized gains and losses were not significant for all years
presented.
Market Risk of Financial Instruments
Our primary market risk exposure with regard to financial instruments is to
changes in interest rates, principally in the United States. In addition, less
than 2% of our debt is denominated in foreign currencies which exposes us to
market risk associated with exchange rate movements. Historically, we have not
used derivative financial instruments to manage our exposure to foreign currency
rate fluctuations since the market risk associated with our foreign currency
denominated debt was not considered significant.
At December 26, 1998, a hypothetical 100 basis point increase in short-term
interest rates would result in a reduction of approximately $15 million in
annual pre-tax earnings. The estimated reduction is based upon the unhedged
portion of our variable rate debt and assumes no change in the volume or
composition of debt at December 26, 1998.
46
In addition, a hypothetical 100 basis point increase in short-term rates at
December 26, 1998 would increase the fair value of our interest rate derivative
contracts approximately $23 million and, the fair value of our Unsecured Notes
would decrease approximately $34 million. Fair value was estimated by
discounting the projected interest rate cash flows.
New Accounting Pronouncements
See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of new
accounting pronouncements.
Cautionary Statements
From time to time, in both written reports and oral statements, we present
"forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended. The statements include those identified by such words as "may,"
"will," "expect," "believe," "plan" and other similar terminology. These
"forward-looking statements" reflect our current expectations and are based upon
data available at the time of the statements. Actual results involve risks and
uncertainties, including both those specific to the Company and those specific
to the industry, and could differ materially from expectations.
Company risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the
limited experience of our management group in operating the Company as an
independent, publicly owned business; potentially substantial tax contingencies
related to the Spin-off, which, if they occur, require us to indemnify PepsiCo;
our substantial debt leverage and the attendant potential restriction on our
ability to borrow in the future, as well as the substantial interest expense and
principal repayment obligations; potential unfavorable variances between
estimated and actual liabilities including accruals for wage and hour litigation
and the liabilities related to the sale of the Non-core Businesses; our failure
or the failure of critical business partners to achieve timely, effective Year
2000 remediation; our ability to complete our conversion plans or the ability of
our key suppliers to be Euro-compliant; and the potential inability to identify
qualified franchisees to purchase the 408 Company units remaining from the
fourth quarter 1997 charge as well as other units at prices we consider
appropriate under our strategy to reduce the percentage of system units we
operate.
Industry risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, global
and local business and economic and political conditions; legislation and
governmental regulation; competition; success of operating initiatives and
advertising and promotional efforts; volatility of commodity costs and increases
in minimum wage and other operating costs; availability and cost of land and
construction; adoption of new or changes in accounting policies and practices;
consumer preferences, spending patterns and demographic trends; political or
economic instability in local markets; and currency exchange rates.
47
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
INDEX TO FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 8 (a) (1) - (2)
Page Reference
---------------
Item 8 (a) (1) Consolidated Financial Statements
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the fiscal years
ended December 26, 1998, December 27, 1997 and December 28, 1996 49
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended
December 26, 1998, December 27, 1997 and December 28, 1996 50
Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 26, 1998 and December 27, 1997 51
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' (Deficit) Equity and
Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended December 26, 1998,
December 27, 1997 and December 28, 1996 52
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 53
Management's Responsibility for Financial Statements 83
Report of Independent Auditors, KPMG LLP 84
Item 8 (a) (2) Financial Statement Schedules
No schedules are required because either the required information is not present
or not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or
because the information required is included in the above listed financial
statements or notes thereto.
48
Consolidated Statement of Operations
TRICON Global Restaurants, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Fiscal years ended December 26, 1998, December 27, 1997 and December 28, 1996
(in millions, except per share amounts)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 1997 1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revenues
Company sales $ 7,852 $ 9,112 $ 9,738
Franchise and license fees 616 573 494
------------ ------------- --------------
8,468 9,685 10,232
------------ ------------- --------------
Costs and Expenses, net
Company restaurants
Food and paper 2,521 2,949 3,215
Payroll and employee benefits 2,243 2,614 2,793
Occupancy and other operating expenses 2,030 2,491 2,709
------------ ------------- --------------
6,794 8,054 8,717
General, administrative and other expenses 906 959 934
Facility actions net (gain) loss (275) 247 (37)
Unusual charges 15 184 246
------------ ------------- --------------
Total costs and expenses, net 7,440 9,444 9,860
------------ ------------- --------------
Operating Profit 1,028 241 372
Interest expense, net 272 276 300
------------ ------------- --------------
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes 756 (35) 72
Income Tax Provision 311 76 125
------------ ------------- --------------
Net Income (Loss) $ 445 $ (111) $ (53)
============ ============= ==============
Basic Earnings Per Common Share $ 2.92
============
Diluted Earnings Per Common Share $ 2.84
============
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
49
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
TRICON Global Restaurants, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Fiscal years ended December 26, 1998, December 27, 1997 and December 28, 1996
(in millions)
1998 1997 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Flows - Operating Activities
Net income (loss) $ 445 $ (111) $ (53)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating
activities:
Depreciation and amortization 417 536 621
Facility actions net (gain) loss (275) 247 (37)
Unusual charges 15 184 246
Deferred income taxes 3 (138) (150)
Other non-cash charges and credits, net. 175 65 73
Changes in operating working capital, excluding effects of acquisitions and
dispositions:
Accounts and notes receivable (8) (22) (16)
Inventories 4 3 27
Prepaid expenses, deferred income taxes and other current assets (20) - (2)
Accounts payable and other current liabilities 10 3 85
Income taxes payable (92) 43 (81)
----------- ----------- ----------
Net change in operating working capital. (106) 27 13
----------- ----------- ----------
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities 674 810 713
----------- ----------- ----------
Cash Flows - Investing Activities
Capital spending (460) (541) (620)
Refranchising of restaurants 784 770 355
Sales of Non-core Businesses - 186 -
Sales of property, plant and equipment 58 40 45
Other, net (80) 11 (29)
----------- ----------- ----------
Net Cash Provided by (Used for) Investing Activities 302 466 (249)
----------- ----------- ----------
Cash Flows - Financing Activities
Proceeds from Notes 604 - -
Proceeds from long-term debt 4 - -
Proceeds from Term Loan Facility - 2,000 -
Proceeds from Revolving Credit Facility 140 2,550 -
Payments on Revolving Credit Facility (760) (115) -
Payments of long-term debt (1,068) (65) (57)
Short-term borrowings-three months or less, net (53) 83 (80)
Decrease in investments by and advances from PepsiCo - (3,281) (285)
Dividend to PepsiCo - (2,369) -
Other, net 13 59 -
----------- ----------- ----------
Net Cash Used for Financing Activities (1,120) (1,138) (422)
----------- ----------- ----------
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents (3) (7) 1
----------- ----------- ----------
Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents (147) 131 43
Cash and Cash Equivalents - Beginning of Year 268 137 94
----------- ----------- ----------
Cash and Cash Equivalents - End of Year $ 121 $ 268 $ 137
=========== =========== ==========
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Interest paid $ 303 $ 64 $ 34
Income taxes paid 310 210 325
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
50
Consolidated Balance Sheet
TRICON Global Restaurants, Inc. and Subsidiaries
December 26, 1998 and December 27, 1997
(in millions)
1998 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSETS
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents $ 121 $ 268
Short-term investments, at cost 87 33
Accounts and notes receivable, less allowance: $17 in 1998 and $20 in 1997 155 149
Inventories 68 73
Prepaid expenses, deferred income taxes and other current assets 194 163
----------- -----------
Total Current Assets 625 686
Property, Plant and Equipment, net 2,896 3,261
Intangible Assets, net 651 812
Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates 159 143
Other Assets 200 212
----------- -----------
Total Assets $ 4,531 $ 5,114
=========== ===========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable and other current liabilities $ 1,283 $ 1,263
Income taxes payable 94 195
Short-term borrowings 96 124
----------- -----------
Total Current Liabilities 1,473 1,582
Long-term Debt 3,436 4,551
Other Liabilities and Deferred Credits 720 568
Deferred Income Taxes 65 33
----------- -----------
Total Liabilities 5,694 6,734
----------- -----------
Shareholders' Deficit
Preferred stock, no par value, 250 shares authorized; no shares issued - -
Common stock, no par value, 750 shares authorized; 153 and 152 shares issued and
outstanding in 1998 and 1997, respectively 1,305 1,271
Accumulated deficit (2,318) (2,763)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (150) (128)
----------- -----------
Total Shareholders' Deficit (1,163) (1,620)
----------- -----------
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Deficit $ 4,531 $ 5,114
=========== ===========
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
51
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' (Deficit) Equity & Comprehensive Income
TRICON Global Restaurants, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Fiscal years ended December 26, 1998, December 27, 1997 and December 28, 1996
(in millions)
Issued Accumulated
Common Stock Investments by Other
--------------------- Accumulated and Advances Comprehensive
Shares Amount Deficit from PepsiCo Income Total
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 30, 1995 $ 4,604 $ (29) $ 4,575
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive Income:
Net loss (53) (53)
Foreign currency translation adjustment 2 2
Minimum pension liability adjustment,
(includes tax of $2 million) (2) (2)
Net investments by and advances from PepsiCo (283) (283)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 28, 1996 $ 4,268 $ (29) $ 4,239
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive Income:
Net income prior to Spin-off 283 283
Net loss after Spin-off (394) (394)
Foreign currency translation adjustment (101) (101)
Minimum pension liability adjustment,
(includes tax of $2 million) 2 2
Net investments by and advances from PepsiCo (1,152) (1,152)
Spin-off dividend and partial repayment of
advances (2,369) (2,131) (4,500)
Issuance of shares of common stock, no par
value, in connection with the Spin-off 152 -
Contribution to capital of remaining unpaid
advances 1,268 (1,268) -
Stock option exercises 3 3
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 27, 1997 152 $ 1,271 $ (2,763) $ - $ (128) $ (1,620)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive Income:
Net income 445 445
Foreign currency translation adjustment (20) (20)
Minimum pension liability adjustment
(includes tax of $1 million) (2) (2)
Adjustment to opening equity related to net
advances from PepsiCo 12 12
Stock option exercises (includes tax
benefits of $3 million) 1 22 22
=====================================================================================
Balance at December 26, 1998 153 $ 1,305 $ (2,318) $ - $ (150) $ (1,163)
=====================================================================================
Total Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years:
December 28, 1996 $ (53)
December 27, 1997 (210)
December 26, 1998 423
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
52
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(tabular amounts in millions, except share data)
Note 1 - Description of Business
TRICON Global Restaurants, Inc. and Subsidiaries (collectively referred to
as "TRICON" or the "Company") was created as an independent, publicly owned
company on October 6, 1997 (the "Spin-off Date") via a tax-free distribution by
our former parent, PepsiCo, Inc. ("PepsiCo"), of our Common Stock (the
"Distribution" or "Spin-off") to its shareholders. TRICON is the world's largest
quick service restaurant company based on the number of system units, with more
than 29,000 restaurants in 101 countries and territories. References to TRICON
throughout these Consolidated Financial Statements are made using the first
person notations of "we" or "our." The worldwide business of our core businesses
of KFC, Pizza Hut and Taco Bell ("Core Business(es)"), include the operations,
development and franchising and licensing of a system of both traditional and
non-traditional quick service restaurant units featuring dine-in, carryout and,
in some instances, drive-thru or delivery service. Each Core Business has
proprietary menu items and emphasizes the preparation of food with high quality
ingredients as well as unique recipes and special seasonings to provide
appealing, tasty and attractive food at competitive prices. We also previously
operated other non-core concepts disposed of in 1997, which included California
Pizza Kitchen, Chevys Mexican Restaurant, D'Angelo's Sandwich Shops, East Side
Mario's and Hot `n Now (collectively, the "Non-core Businesses"). As of year-end
1998, 32% of total worldwide units were operated by us or international joint
ventures in which we participate and 68% by our franchisees and licensees.
Approximately 31% of our system units are located outside the U.S. In late 1994,
we determined that each Core Business system should be rebalanced toward
franchising and that underperforming units should be closed and, since that
time, 3,730 units have been refranchised and 1,941 units have been closed
through December 26, 1998.
Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Our preparation of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires us to make
estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities
and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from our estimates.
Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Preparation. The accompanying
Consolidated Financial Statements present our financial position, results of
operations and cash flows as if we had been an independent, publicly owned
company for all prior periods presented. Intercompany accounts and transactions
have been eliminated. Investments in unconsolidated affiliates in which we
exercise significant influence but do not control are accounted for by the
equity method. Our share of the net income or loss of those unconsolidated
affiliates and net foreign exchange gains or losses are included in general,
administrative and other expenses. The Consolidated Financial Statements prior
to the Spin-off Date represent the combined worldwide operations of the Core
Businesses and the Non-core Businesses disposed of in 1997.
In addition, PepsiCo made certain allocations of its previously unallocated
interest and general and administrative expenses related to the years ended 1997
and 1996, as well as computations of separate tax provisions for its restaurant
segment, to facilitate the presentation.
53
Prior to the Spin-off, our operations were financed through our operating
cash flows, refranchising proceeds and investments by and advances from PepsiCo.
For this reason, our historical financial statements prior to the Spin-off
include interest expense on our relatively insignificant external debt plus an
allocation of interest expense which had not previously been allocated by
PepsiCo. PepsiCo based its interest allocations on its weighted average interest
rate applied to the average annual balance of investments by and advances from
PepsiCo.
PepsiCo based its allocations of general and administrative expenses on our
revenue as a percent of PepsiCo's total revenue.
The amounts, by year, of the historical allocations described above are as
follows:
1997
through
Spin-off Date 1996
--------------- -------------
Interest allocated $ 188 $ 275
PepsiCo weighted-average interest rate 6.1% 6.2%
General and administrative expense allocated $ 37 $ 53
We believe that the bases of allocation of interest expense and general and
administrative expenses were reasonable based on the facts and circumstances
available at the date of their allocation. However, based on current
information, such amounts are not indicative of amounts which we would have
incurred as an independent, publicly owned company for all periods presented.
In addition, as noted in our Consolidated Statement of Shareholders'
(Deficit) Equity and Comprehensive Income, our capital structure changed in 1997
as a result of the Distribution and bears little relationship to the average net
outstanding investments by and advances from PepsiCo prior to the Spin-off. In
connection with the Spin-off, we borrowed $4.55 billion to fund a dividend and
repayments to PepsiCo, which exceeded the net aggregate balance owed at the
Spin-off Date by $1.1 billion.
For periods prior to the Spin-off, PepsiCo calculated income tax expense,
to the extent possible, as if we had filed separate income tax returns. As
PepsiCo managed its tax position on a consolidated basis, which takes into
account the results of all of its businesses, our historical effective tax rates
prior to 1998 are not indicative of our future tax rates.
Changes in Accounting Principles.
Comprehensive Income. Effective December 28, 1997, we adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income." This Statement requires that all items recognized under accounting
standards as components of comprehensive earnings be reported in the financial
statements. We have included these disclosures in the accompanying Consolidated
Statement of Shareholders' (Deficit) Equity and Comprehensive Income. We have
classified items of other comprehensive earnings by their nature in our
financial statements. Prior years' financial statements have been reclassified
to conform to these requirements.
54
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income includes reclassification amounts as
follows:
1998 1997 1996
-------- --------- --------
Foreign currency translation adjustment arising during the period $ (21) $ (90) $ 2
Less: Foreign currency translation adjustment included in net income (loss) 1 (11) -
-------- --------- --------
Net foreign currency translation adjustment $ (20) $ (101) $ 2
======== ========= ========
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income consisted of the following
components as of December 26, 1998 and December 27, 1997:
1998 1997
-------- ---------
Foreign currency translation adjustment $ (148) $ (128)
Minimum pension liability adjustment (2) -
-------- ---------
Total accumulated other comprehensive income $ (150) $ (128)
======== =========
Segment Disclosures. Effective December 28, 1997, we adopted SFAS No. 131,
"Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" ("SFAS
131"). This Statement supersedes SFAS No. 14, "Financial Reporting for Segments
of a Business Enterprise" and requires that a public company report annual and
interim financial and descriptive information about its reportable operating
segments. Operating segments, as defined, are components of an enterprise about
which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by
the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in
assessing performance. This Statement allows aggregation of similar operating
segments into a single operating segment if the businesses are considered
similar under the criteria of this Statement. For purposes of applying this
Statement, we consider our U.S. Core Businesses to be similar and therefore have
aggregated them. As required, our financial information has been reported on the
basis that we use internally for evaluating segment performance and deciding how
to allocate resources to segments. Upon adoption of SFAS 131, certain corporate
expenses PepsiCo previously allocated to our business segments are now reported
as unallocated expenses. We have restated prior year amounts to be comparable to
the current year presentation.
Internal Development Costs. Effective March 18, 1998, we adopted Emerging
Issues Task Force Issue No. 97-11 ("EITF 97-11"), "Accounting for Internal Costs
Relating to Real Estate Property Acquisitions." EITF 97-11 limits the
capitalization of internal real estate acquisition costs to those site-specific
costs incurred subsequent to the time that the real estate acquisition is
considered probable. We consider acquisition of the property probable upon final
site approval. Prior to the adoption of EITF 97-11, all preacquisition real
estate activities were considered capitalizable. The adoption of EITF 97-11
resulted in additional expenses of $6 million ($3 million after-tax) in 1998 for
internal development costs no longer capitalizable.
Fiscal Year. Our fiscal year ends on the last Saturday in December and, as
a result, a fifty-third week is added every five or six years. Fiscal years
1998, 1997 and 1996 comprised 52 weeks. The first, second and third quarters of
each year include 12 weeks each, while the fourth quarter includes 16 weeks. Our
subsidiaries operate on similar fiscal calendars with period end dates suited to
their businesses. Period end dates are within one week of TRICON's period end
date with the exception of our international businesses, which close one period
or month earlier to facilitate consolidated reporting.
Direct Marketing Costs. We report substantially all of our direct marketing
costs in occupancy and other operating expenses in the Consolidated Statement of
Operations, which include costs of advertising and other marketing activities.
We charge direct marketing costs to expense ratably in relation to revenues over
the year in which incurred. Direct marketing costs deferred at year-end consist
of media and related ad production costs. We expense these costs in the first
year the media or ad is used. Our advertising expenses were $462 million, $544
million and $571 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
55
Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses, which
we expense as incurred, were $21 million, $21 million and $20 million in 1998,
1997 and 1996, respectively.
Stock-Based Employee Compensation. We measure stock-based employee
compensation cost for financial statement purposes in accordance with Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and
its related interpretations and include pro forma information in Note 13 as
required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123"). Accordingly, we measure compensation
cost for the stock option grants to our employees as the excess of the average
market price of our Common Stock at the grant date over the amount the employee
must pay for the stock. Our policy is to generally grant stock options at the
average market price of the underlying Common Stock at the date of grant.
Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share. In the accompanying Consolidated
Statement of Operations, we have omitted loss per share information for 1997 and
1996 as our capital structure as an independent, publicly owned company did not
exist in those years.
Derivative Instruments. From time to time, we utilize interest rate swaps
and collars to hedge our exposure to fluctuations in variable interest rates.
We recognize the interest differential to be paid or received on an
interest rate swap as an adjustment to interest expense as the differential
occurs. We recognize the interest differential to be paid or received on an
interest rate collar as an adjustment to interest expense only if the interest
rate falls below or exceeds the contractual collared range. We reflect the
recognized interest differential not yet settled in cash in the accompanying
Consolidated Balance Sheet as a current receivable or payable. If we were to
terminate an interest rate swap or collar position, any gain or loss realized
upon termination would be deferred and amortized to interest expense over the
remaining term of the underlying debt instrument it was intended to modify or
would be recognized immediately if the underlying debt instrument were settled
prior to maturity.
We defer gains and losses on futures contracts that are designated and
effective as hedges of future commodity purchases and include them in the cost
of the related raw materials when purchased. Changes in the value of futures
contracts that we use to hedge commodity purchases are highly correlated to the
changes in the value of the purchased commodity. If the degree of correlation
between the futures contracts and the purchase contracts were to diminish such
that the two were no longer considered highly correlated, we would recognize in
income subsequent changes in the value of the futures contracts.
Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash equivalents represent funds we have
temporarily invested (with original maturities not exceeding three months) as
part of managing our day-to-day operating cash receipts and disbursements.
Inventories. We value our inventories at the lower of cost (computed on the
first-in, first-out method) or net realizable value.
Property, Plant and Equipment. We state property, plant and equipment
("PP&E") at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, impairment
writedowns and valuation allowances. We calculate depreciation and amortization
on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets as
follows: 5 to 25 years for buildings and improvements and 3 to 20 years for
machinery and equipment. We suspend depreciation and amortization on assets
related to restaurants that are held for disposal. Our depreciation and
amortization expense was $372 million, $460 million and $521 million in 1998,
1997 and 1996, respectively.
56
Intangible Assets. Intangible assets include both identifiable intangibles
and goodwill arising from the allocation of purchase prices of businesses
acquired. Where appropriate, the intangibles are allocated to the individual
store level at the times of acquisition. We base amounts assigned to
identifiable intangibles on independent appraisals or internal estimates.
Goodwill represents the residual purchase price after allocation to all
identifiable net assets. Our intangible assets are stated at historical
allocated cost less accumulated amortization, impairment writedowns and
valuation allowances. We amortize intangible assets on a straight-line basis as
follows: 20 years for reacquired franchise rights, 3 to 34 years for trademarks
and other identifiable intangibles and 20 years for goodwill. We suspend
amortization on intangible assets allocated to restaurants that are held for
disposal. Our amortization expense was $52 million, $70 million and $95 million
in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
Franchise and License Fees. We execute franchise or license agreements
covering each point of distribution which provide the terms of our arrangement
with the franchisee/licensee. Our franchise and certain license agreements
generally require the franchisee/licensee to pay an initial, non-refundable fee.
Our agreements also require continuing fees based upon a percentage of sales.
Subject to our approval and payment of a renewal fee, a franchisee may generally
renew its agreement upon its expiration.
We recognize initial fees as revenue when we have performed substantially
all initial services required by the franchising/licensing agreement, which is
generally upon opening of a store. We recognize continuing fees as earned with
an appropriate provision for estimated uncollectible amounts. We recognize
renewal fees in earnings when a renewal agreement becomes effective. We include
initial fees collected upon the sale of a restaurant to a franchisee in
refranchising gains (losses).
Our direct costs of the sales and servicing of franchise and license
agreements are charged to expense as incurred.
Refranchising Gains (Losses). Refranchising gains (losses) include gains or
losses on sales of our restaurants to new and existing franchisees and the
related initial franchise fees. We include direct administrative costs of
refranchising in the gain or loss calculation. We recognize gains on restaurant
refranchisings when the sale transaction closes, the franchisee has a minimum
amount of the purchase price in at-risk equity and we are satisfied that the
franchisee can meet its financial obligations. Otherwise, we defer refranchising
gains until those criteria have been met. We recognize estimated losses on
restaurants to be refranchised and suspend depreciation and amortization when:
(1) we make a decision to refranchise a store; (2) the estimated fair value less
costs to sell is less than the carrying amount of the store; and (3) the store
can be immediately removed from operations. When we make a decision to retain a
store previously held for refranchising, we revalue the store at the lower of
its net book value at our original disposal decision date less normal
depreciation during the period held for disposal or its current fair market
value. This value becomes the store's new cost basis. We charge (or credit) any
difference between the store's carrying amount and its new cost to refranchising
gains (losses). When we make a decision to close a store previously held for
refranchising, we reverse any previously recognized refranchising loss and then
record the store closure costs as described below.
Store Closure Costs. To conform to the Securities and Exchange Commission's
interpretation of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121,
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
Be Disposed Of," our store closure accounting policy was changed in 1998.
Effective for closure decisions made on or subsequent to April 23, 1998, we
recognize store closure costs when we have closed the restaurant within the same
quarter our decision is made. Prior to April 23, 1998, we recognized store
closure costs and generally suspended depreciation and amortization when we
decided to close a restaurant in a future quarter. Store closure costs include
the cost of writing-down (impairing) the carrying amount of a restaurant's
assets to estimated fair market value less costs of disposal. The impact of this
accounting policy change was not significant.
57
When we make a decision to retain a store previously held for closure, we
revalue the store at the lower of net book value at the original disposal
decision date less normal depreciation during the period held for disposal or
the current fair market value. This value becomes the store's new cost basis. We
charge (or credit) any difference between the store's carrying amount and its
new cost to store closure costs. When we make a decision to refranchise a store
previously held for closure, we reverse any previously recognized store closure
costs and then record the estimated refranchising loss, if any, as described
above.
In addition, for all periods presented, we recorded a liability for the net
present value of any remaining operating lease obligations after the expected
closure date, net of estimated sublease income, if any. If we decide to retain
or refranchise a store held for closure, we reverse the post-closing lease
liability previously recorded.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets to be Held and Used in the Business. We
review our long-lived assets, including any allocated intangible assets, related
to each restaurant to be held and used in the business semi-annually for
impairment, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of a restaurant may not be recoverable. We evaluate restaurants
using a "two-year history of operating losses" as our primary indicator of
potential impairment. Based on the best information available, we write down an
impaired restaurant to its estimated fair market value, which becomes its new
cost basis. We generally measure estimated fair market value by discounting
estimated future cash flows. In addition, when we decide to close a store beyond
the quarter in which the closure decision is made, it is reviewed for
impairment. The impairment evaluation is based on the estimated cash flows from
continuing use until the expected disposal date plus the expected terminal
value.
Considerable management judgment is necessary to estimate future cash
flows. Accordingly, actual results could vary significantly from such estimates.
Impairment of Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates and Enterprise-Level
Goodwill. Our methodology for determining and measuring impairment of our
investments in unconsolidated affiliates and enterprise-level goodwill is
similar to the methodology we use for our restaurants except (a) the recognition
test for an investment in an unconsolidated affiliate compares the carrying
amount of our investment to a forecast of our share of the unconsolidated
affiliate's undiscounted cash flows including interest and taxes instead of
undiscounted cash flows before interest and taxes used for our restaurants and
(b) enterprise-level goodwill is generally evaluated at a country level instead
of by individual restaurant. Also, we record impairment charges related to our
investments in unconsolidated affiliates whenever other circumstances indicate
that a decrease in the value of an investment has occurred which is other than
temporary.
Reclassifications. We have reclassified certain items in the accompanying
Consolidated Financial Statements for prior periods to be comparable with the
classification we adopted for the fiscal year ended December 26, 1998. These
reclassifications had no effect on previously reported net losses.
58
Note 3 - Earnings Per Common Share ("EPS")
1998
------------
Net income $ 445
============
Basic EPS:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding 153
============
Basic EPS $ 2.92
============
Diluted EPS:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding 153
Shares assumed issued on exercise of dilutive
share equivalents 20
Shares assumed purchased with proceeds of dilutive
share equivalents (17)
------------
Shares applicable to diluted earnings 156
============
Diluted EPS $ 2.84
============
Unexercised employee stock options to purchase approximately 1 million
shares of our Common Stock for the year ended December 26, 1998 were not
included in the computation of diluted EPS because their exercise prices were
greater than the average market price of our Common Stock during the year.
We have omitted EPS data for the years ended December 27, 1997 and December
28, 1996 since we were not an independent, publicly owned company with a capital
structure of our own during those years.
Note 4 - Items Affecting Comparability of Net Income (Loss)
1997 Fourth Quarter Charge
- --------------------------
Our 1997 fourth quarter charge of $530 million ($425 million after-tax)
represented actions taken to refocus our business. The charge included estimates
for (1) costs of closing underperforming stores during 1998, primarily at Pizza
Hut and internationally; (2) reduction to fair market value, less costs to sell,
of the carrying amounts of certain restaurants we intended to refranchise in
1998; (3) impairment of certain restaurants intended to be used in the business;
(4) impairment of certain joint venture investments to be retained; and (5)
costs of related personnel reductions. The 1997 fourth quarter charge included
liabilities of approximately $129 million and asset writedowns of approximately
$401 million. The liabilities consisted primarily of occupancy-related costs
and, to a much lesser extent, severance. The components of the 1997 fourth
quarter charge are detailed below:
U.S. International Worldwide
------------ --------------- --------------
Store closure costs $ 141 $ 72 $ 213
Refranchising losses 77 59 136
Impairment charges 12 49 61
------------ --------------- --------------
Total facility actions net loss 230 180 410
------------ --------------- --------------
Impairment of investments in unconsolidated affiliates - 79 79
Severance and other 18 23 41
------------ --------------- --------------
Total unusual charges 18 102 120
------------ --------------- --------------
Total fourth quarter charges $ 248 $ 282 $ 530
============ =============== ==============
Total fourth quarter charges, after-tax $ 176 $ 249 $ 425
============ =============== ==============
59
In 1998, favorable adjustments of $54 million ($33 million after-tax) and
$11 million ($7 million after-tax) were included in facility actions net gain
and unusual charges, respectively. These adjustments primarily relate to
decisions to retain certain stores originally expected to be disposed of,
better-than-expected proceeds from refranchisings and lease settlements with
certain lessors related to stores closed.
Facility Actions Net (Gain) Loss
1998(a) 1997(b) 1996
----------------------- ------------------------ -------------------------
Pre-Tax After-Tax Pre-Tax After-Tax Pre-Tax After-Tax
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Facility actions net (gain) loss $ (275) $ (162) $ 247 $ 163 $ (37) $ (21)
(a) 1998 includes $54 million ($33 million after-tax) of favorable adjustments
to our 1997 fourth quarter charge described above.
(b) 1997 includes $410 million ($300 million after-tax) related to our fourth
quarter charge described above.
Facility actions net (gain) loss consists of three components:
o Gains and losses on sales of our restaurants to new and existing
franchisees,
o Costs of closing our underperforming stores and
o Impairment charges both for restaurants we intend to continue to use in the
business and, since April 23, 1998, restaurants we intend to close beyond
the quarter in which the closure decision is made.
60
The components of facility actions net (gain) loss for 1998, 1997 and 1996
were as follows:
1998 1997
-------------------------------- -------------------------------
(Excluding 1997 (Excluding
4th Qtr. Charge 1997 4th Qtr.
Total Adjustments) Total Charge) 1996
------------ ----------------- ----------- ---------------- ------------
U.S.
- ----
Refranchising gains(a) $ (275) $ (249) $ (67) $ (144) $ (134)
Store closure costs (9) 27 154 13 45
Impairment charges 28 28 59 47 54
------------ ----------------- ----------- ---------------- ------------
Facility actions net (gain) loss (256) (194) 146 (84) (35)
------------ ----------------- ----------- ---------------- ------------
International
- -------------
Refranchising gains(a)(b) (4) (32) (45) (104) (5)
Store closure costs, net (18) 2 94 22 (5)
Impairment charges 3 3 52 3 8
------------ ----------------- ----------- ---------------- ------------
Facility actions net (gain) loss (19) (27) 101 (79) (2)
------------ ----------------- ----------- ---------------- ------------
Worldwide
- ---------
Refranchising gains(a)(b) (279) (281) (112) (248) (139)
Store closure costs (27) 29 248 35 40
Impairment charges(c) 31 31 111 50 62
------------ ----------------- ----------- ---------------- ------------
Facility actions net (gain) loss $ (275) $ (221) $ 247 $ (163) $ (37)
============ ================= =========== ================ ============
(a) Includes initial franchise fees in the U.S. of $39 million, $39 million and
$22 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively, and in International of
$5 million and $2 million in 1998 and 1997, respectively. See Note 5.
(b) Includes a tax-free gain of $100 million in 1997 from refranchising our
restaurants in New Zealand through an initial public offering.
(c) Impairment charges for 1998 were recorded against the following asset
categories:
Property, plant and equipment $ 25
Intangible assets:
Goodwill 4
Reacquired franchise rights 2
---------------
Total Impairment $ 31
===============
In executing our refranchising initiatives, we most often offer groups of
restaurants. As discussed in Note 2, we only consider the underlying stores
"held for disposal" where a group of stores is expected to be sold at a loss.
61
The following table displays a summary of the 1998 activity related to
stores closed or held for closure and stores refranchised or held for
refranchising. We believe that the remaining carrying amounts for facility
actions are adequate to complete our current plan of disposal.
(Income) Expense Impact
------------------------------
Carrying Estimate/ Carrying
Amount at New Decision Amount at
12/27/97 Decisions Changes Utilizations Other 12/26/98
-------------- ------------- ------------- -------------- ------------- -------------
Asset Valuation
Allowances $ 291 $ 16 $ (33) $ (148) $ 1 $ 127
Liabilities 115 5 (8) (36) 1 77
The carrying value of assets held for disposal (which include stores, a
minority interest investment in a non-core business and our idle processing
facility in Wichita, Kansas) by reportable operating segment as of December 26,
1998 and December 27, 1997 were as follows:
1998 1997
----------- -----------
U.S. $ 111 $ 149
International 46 93
----------- -----------
Total $ 157 $ 242
=========== ===========
We anticipate that all assets with the possible exception of the Wichita
facility will be sold within the next twelve months.
The results of operations for stores held for disposal or disposed of in
1998 and 1997 were as follows:
1998 1997
-------------------- -------------------
Stores held for disposal or disposed of in 1998:
Sales $ 987 $ 1,528
Restaurant Margin 95 98
Stores disposed of in 1997:
Sales $ - $ 631
Restaurant Margin - 48
We expect that the loss of restaurant margin from the disposal of these
stores will be mitigated by the increased royalty fees for stores refranchised,
lower general and administrative expenses and reduced interest costs primarily
resulting from the reduction of debt by the after-tax cash proceeds from our
refranchising activities. The margin reported above includes the benefit from
the suspension of depreciation and amortization of approximately $37 million
($23 million in the U.S. and $14 million in International) and $17 million in
the U.S. in 1998 and 1997, respectively, on assets held for disposal.
Unusual Charges
1998 1997 1996
--------------- -------------- ---------------
U.S. $ 11 $ 85 $ 246
International 4 99 -
--------------- -------------- ---------------
Worldwide $ 15 $ 184 $ 246
=============== ============== ===============
After-tax $ 3 $ 165 $ 189
=============== ============== ===============
62
Unusual charges in 1998 included: (1) an increase in the estimated costs of
settlement of certain wage and hour litigation and associated defense and other
costs incurred; (2) severance and other exit costs related to strategic
decisions to streamline the infrastructure of our international businesses; (3)
favorable adjustments to our 1997 fourth quarter charge related to anticipated
actions that were not taken, primarily severance; (4) write-down to estimated
fair market value less costs to sell of our minority interest in a privately
held non-core business, previously carried at cost, now held for sale; and (5)
reversals of certain valuation allowances and lease liabilities relating to
better-than-expected proceeds from the sale of properties and settlement of
lease liabilities associated with properties retained upon the sale of a
Non-core Business.
Unusual charges in 1997 included: (1) $120 million ($125 million after-tax)
of unusual asset impairment and severance charges included in our 1997 fourth
quarter charge described above; (2) charges to further reduce the carrying
amounts of the Non-core Businesses held for disposal to estimated market value,
less costs to sell; and (3) charges relating to the estimated costs of
settlement of certain wage and hour litigation and the associated defense and
other costs incurred.
Unusual charges in 1996 resulted from our decision to dispose of our
Non-core Businesses. The charge represented the reduction of the carrying
amounts of the Non-core Businesses to estimated fair market value, less costs to
sell. The estimated fair market value was initially determined by using
estimated selling prices based upon the opinion of an investment banking firm
retained to assist in the selling activity.
Note 5 - Franchise and License Fees
Our franchise and certain license arrangements for our traditional and
non-traditional points of distribution, respectively, provide for initial fees.
The agreements also require the franchisee or licensee to pay continuing fees
based upon a percentage of sales. Initial franchise fees from refranchising
activities arise from an initiative we adopted in late 1994 to reduce our
percentage ownership of total system units by selling our stores to new and
existing franchisees. We include initial franchise fees from refranchising
activities as part of refranchising gains.
1998 1997 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial fees, including renewal fees $ 67 $ 86 $ 43
Initial franchise fees from refranchising activities (44) (41) (22)
-------------- -------------- -------------
23 45 21
Continuing fees 593 528 473
-------------- -------------- -------------
$ 616 $ 573 $ 494
============== ============== =============
Initial fees in 1997 include $24 million of special KFC renewal fees.
Note 6 - Property, Plant and Equipment, net
1998 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Land $ 707 $ 834
Buildings and improvements 2,861 3,163
Capital leases, primarily buildings 124 152
Machinery and equipment 1,795 2,040
------------- -------------
5,487 6,189
Accumulated depreciation and amortization (2,491) (2,720)
Valuation allowances (100) (208)
------------- -------------
$ 2,896 $ 3,261
============= =============
63
Note 7 - Intangible Assets, net
1998 1997
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reacquired franchise rights $ 418 $ 544
Trademarks and other identifiable intangibles 123 132
Goodwill 110 136
------------ -------------
$ 651 $ 812
============ =============
We have subtracted accumulated amortization of $473 million and $508
million and valuation allowances of $18 million and $66 million at year-end 1998
and 1997, respectively, in determining the above amounts.
Note 8 - Accounts Payable and Other Current Liabilities
1998 1997
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accounts payable $ 476 $ 453
Accrued compensation and benefits 310 297
Other accrued taxes 98 103
Other current liabilities 399 410
------------ -------------
$ 1,283 $ 1,263
============ =============
Note 9 - Short-term Borrowings and Long-term Debt
1998 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Short-term Borrowings
Current maturities of long-term debt $ 46 $ 19
Other 50 105
--------------- --------------
$ 96 $ 124
=============== ==============
Long-term Debt
Senior, unsecured Term Loan Facility, due October 2002 $ 926 $ 1,968
Senior, unsecured Revolving Credit Facility, expires October 2002 1,815 2,435
Senior, Unsecured Notes, due May 2005 (7.45%) 352 -
Senior, Unsecured Notes, due May 2008 (7.65%) 251 -
Capital lease obligations (see Note 10) 117 140
Other, due through 2010 (5% - 12%) 21 27
--------------- --------------
3,482 4,570
Less current maturities of long-term debt (46) (19)
--------------- --------------
$ 3,436 $ 4,551
=============== ==============
We have included any related discount or premium in the carrying amount of
long-term debt.
On October 2, 1997, we entered into a $5.25 billion bank credit agreement
comprised of a $2 billion senior, unsecured Term Loan Facility and a $3.25
billion senior, unsecured Revolving Credit Facility (collectively referred to as
the "Facilities") which mature on October 2, 2002. Our principal U.S.
Subsidiaries have guaranteed the Facilities.
Amounts borrowed under the Term Loan Facility that we repay may not be
reborrowed.
64
We used $4.5 billion of the initial $4.55 billion borrowed under the
Facilities to make a Spin-off related payment to PepsiCo. We used the remaining
$50 million of the proceeds to provide cash collateral securing certain
obligations previously secured by PepsiCo, to pay fees and expenses related to
the Spin-off and establishment of the Facilities and for general corporate
purposes. Interest on amounts borrowed is payable at least quarterly at rates
which are variable, based principally on the London Interbank Offered Rate
("LIBOR") plus a variable margin factor as defined in the credit agreement. At
December 26, 1998, the weighted average interest rate on our variable rate debt
was 6.2%, which includes the effects of associated interest rate swaps and
collars. See Note 11 for a discussion of our use of interest rate swaps, our
management of inherent credit risk and fair value information related to debt
and interest rate swaps.
At December 26, 1998, we had unused borrowings available under the
Revolving Credit Facility of $1.3 billion, net of outstanding letters of credit
of $173 million. Once we have repaid the Term Loan in full, mandatory
prepayments may be required of the Revolving Credit Facility which would reduce
the amount available. Absent this circumstance, under the terms of the Revolving
Credit Facility, we may borrow up to $3.25 billion less outstanding letters of
credit until maturity. We pay a facility fee on the Revolving Credit Facility.
The variable margin factor and facility fee rate is determined based on the more
favorable of our leverage ratio or third-party senior debt ratings as defined in
the agreement. Facility fees accrued at December 26, 1998 were $1.7 million.
The Facilities are subject to various covenants including financial
covenants relating to maintenance of specific leverage and fixed charge coverage
ratios. In addition, the Facilities contain affirmative and negative covenants
including, among other things, limitations on certain additional indebtedness
including guarantees of indebtedness, cash dividends, aggregate non-U.S.
investment and certain other transactions, as defined in the agreement. Since
October 6, 1997, we have complied with all covenants governing the Facilities.
The Facilities contain mandatory prepayment terms for certain capital market
transactions and refranchising of restaurants as defined in the agreement.
In 1997, we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a shelf
registration statement with respect to offerings of up to $2 billion of senior
unsecured debt. In May 1998, we issued $350 million 7.45% Unsecured Notes due
May 15, 2005 and $250 million 7.65% Unsecured Notes due May 15, 2008
(collectively referred to as the "Notes"). We used the proceeds, net of issuance
costs, to reduce existing borrowings under the Facilities. We carry the Notes
net of related discounts, which are being amortized over the life of the Notes.
The unamortized discount for both issues was approximately $1.1 million at
December 26, 1998 and the amortization during 1998 was not significant. Interest
is payable May 15 and November 15 and commenced on November 15, 1998. In
anticipation of the issuance of the Notes, we entered into $600 million in
treasury locks (the "Locks") to reduce interest rate sensitivity in pricing of
the Notes. Concurrent with the issuance of the Notes, the Locks were settled at
a gain, which is being amortized to interest expense over the life of the Notes.
The effective interest rate on the 2005 Notes and the 2008 Notes is 7.6% and
7.8%, respectively.
Interest expense on the short-term borrowings and long-term debt was $291
million, $290 million and $310 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
Interest expense in 1997 and 1996 included the PepsiCo interest allocation of
$188 million and $275 million, respectively.
The annual maturities of long-term debt through 2003, excluding capital
lease obligations, are 1999 - $34 million; 2000 - $4 million; 2001 - $2 million;
2002 - $2.72 billion; 2003 - $1 million; and $604 million thereafter.
65
Note 10 - Leases
We have non-cancelable commitments under both capital and long-term
operating leases, primarily for our restaurants. Capital and operating lease
commitments expire at various dates through 2087 and, in many cases, provide for
rent escalations and renewal options. Most leases require us to pay related
executory costs, which include property taxes, maintenance and insurance.
Future minimum commitments and sublease receivables under non-cancelable leases
are set forth below:
Commitments Sublease Receivables
------------------------------ ------------------------------
Direct
Capital Operating Financing Operating
----------- -------------- ------------- ------------
1999 $ 22 $ 227 $ 2 $ 14
2000 21 194 2 12
2001 20 171 2 11
2002 18 152 2 9
2003 18 130 2 8
Thereafter 128 704 12 43
----------- -------------- ------------- ------------
$ 227 $ 1,578 $ 22 $ 97
=========== ============== ============= ============
At year-end 1998, the present value of minimum payments under capital
leases was $117 million, after deducting $110 million representing imputed
interest.
The details of rental expense and income are set forth below:
1998 1997 1996
----------- ------------ ------------
Rental expense
Minimum $ 308 $ 341 $ 333
Contingent 25 30 32
----------- ------------ ------------
$ 333 $ 371 $ 365
=========== ============ ============
Minimum rental income $ 18 $ 19 $ 16
=========== ============ ============
Contingent rentals are based on sales levels in excess of stipulated amounts
contained in the lease agreements.
Note 11 - Financial Instruments
Derivative Instruments
- ----------------------
Our policy prohibits the use of derivative instruments for trading
purposes, and we have procedures in place to monitor and control their use. As
of December 26, 1998, our use of derivative instruments was limited to interest
rate swaps and collars entered into with financial institutions and commodity
futures contracts traded on national exchanges.
We enter into interest rate swaps and collars with the objective of
reducing our exposure to interest rate risk. During 1998 and 1997, we entered
into interest rate swaps to effectively convert a portion of our variable rate
bank debt to fixed rate. Reset dates and the floating rate indices on the swaps
match those of the underlying bank debt. Accordingly, any market risk or
opportunity associated with swaps is offset by the opposite market impact on the
related debt. At December 26, 1998, we had outstanding interest rate swaps with
66
notional amounts of $1.2 billion. Under the contracts, we agree with other
parties to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between variable
rate and fixed rate amounts calculated on a notional principal amount. At
December 26, 1998, our average pay rate was 5.9%. Our payables under the related
swaps aggregated $1.6 million at December 26, 1998. The swaps mature at various
dates through 2001.
During 1998, we entered into interest rate collars to reduce interest rate
sensitivity on a portion of our variable rate bank debt. Interest rate collars
effectively lock in a range of interest rates by establishing a cap and floor.
Reset dates and the floating index on the collars match those of the underlying
bank debt. If interest rates remain within the collared cap and floor, no
payments are made. If rates rise above the cap level, we receive a payment. If
rates fall below the floor level, we make a payment. At December 26, 1998, we
had outstanding interest rate collars with notional amounts of $700 million.
Under the contracts, we agree with other parties to exchange, as required, the
difference between the effective LIBOR rate and the cap or floor rate if the
effective LIBOR rates fall outside the collared range. At December 26, 1998, our
average pay rate on collars was 5.4%. Our payables under the related collars
were immaterial and there were no related receivables at December 26, 1998. The
collars mature at various dates through 1999.
Our credit risk from the swap and collar agreements is dependent both on
the movement in interest rates and possibility of non-payment by counterparties.
We mitigate credit risk by entering into these agreements with high-quality
counterparties, netting swap payments within contracts and limiting payments
associated with the collars to differences outside the collared range.
Open commodity future contracts and deferred gains and losses at year-end
1998 and 1997, as well as gains and losses recognized as part of cost of sales
in 1998, 1997 and 1996, were not significant.
Fair Value
- ----------
Excluding the financial instruments included in the table below, the
carrying amounts of our financial instruments approximate fair value.
The carrying amounts and fair values of TRICON's financial instruments are
as follows:
1998 1997
------------------------------- --------------------------------
Carrying
Carrying Amount Fair Value Amount Fair Value
---------------- ------------ -------------- ------------
Debt
Short-term borrowings and long-term debt, excluding capital
leases $ 3,415 $ 3,431 $ 4,535 $ 4,536
Debt-related derivative instruments
Open contracts in liability position 2 17 - 2
---------------- ------------ -------------- ------------
Debt, excluding capital leases $ 3,417 $ 3,448 $ 4,535 $ 4,538
================ ============ ============== ============
Guarantees $ - $ 24 $ - $ 18
================ ============ ============== ============
We estimated the fair value of debt, debt-related derivative instruments
and guarantees using market quotes and calculations based on market rates. See
Note 18 for recently issued accounting pronouncements relating to financial
instruments.
67
Note 12 - Pension Plans and Postretirement Medical Benefits
We sponsor noncontributory defined benefit pension plans covering
substantially all full-time U.S. salaried employees and certain hourly employees
and noncontributory defined benefit pension plans covering certain international
employees. In addition, we provide postretirement health care benefits to
eligible retired employees and their dependents, principally in the U.S.
Salaried retirees who have 10 years of service and attain age 55 are eligible to
participate in the postretirement benefit plans; since 1994, these plans have
included retiree cost sharing provisions. Prior to the Spin-off, PepsiCo covered
the participants with plans that had similar benefits. Under an agreement with
PepsiCo, we have assumed or retained pension liabilities related to
substantially all of our participants. Assets of the PepsiCo plans have been
allocated and transferred in accordance with regulatory rules between the
PepsiCo plans and our plans. We base benefits generally on years of service and
compensation or stated amounts for each year of service.
Postretirement
Pension Benefits Medical Benefits
1998 1997 1998 1997
------------ ----------- ----------- ------------
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of year $ 286 $ 210 $ 38 $ 31
Service cost 21 18 2 2
Interest cost 20 17 3 2
Curtailment gain - - (3) -
Special termination benefits 1 1 1 -
Benefits and expenses paid (13) (11) (2) (1)
Actuarial loss (gain) - 51 (1) 4
------------ ----------- ----------- ------------
Benefit obligation at end of year 315 286 38 38
------------ ----------- ----------- ------------
Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year 270 224 - -
Actual return on plan assets 1 57 - -
Employer contributions 1 1 - -
Benefits paid (11) (10) - -
Administrative expenses (2) (2) - -
------------ ----------- ----------- ------------
Fair value of plan assets at end of year 259 270 - -
------------ ----------- ----------- ------------
Reconciliation of funded status
Funded status (56) (16) (38) (38)
Unrecognized actuarial loss (gain) 11 (6) (2) -
Unrecognized transition asset - (2) - -
Unrecognized prior service costs 2 3 (4) (6)
------------ ----------- ----------- ------------
Net amount recognized at year-end $ (43) $ (21) $ (44) $ (44)
============ =========== =========== ============
68
Postretirement
Pension Benefits Medical Benefits
1998 1997 1998 1997
------------ ----------- ----------- ------------
Amounts recognized in the statement of financial position
consist of:
Prepaid benefit cost $ - $ 1 $ - $ -
Accrued benefit liability (46) (22) (44) (44)
Accumulated other comprehensive income 3 - - -
------------ ----------- ----------- ------------
Net amount recognized at year-end $ (43) $ (21) $ (44) $ (44)
============ =========== =========== ============
Other comprehensive income attributable to change in
additional minimum liability recognition $ 3 $ (4)
Additional year-end information for pension plans with benefit
obligations in excess of plan assets:
Benefit obligation $ 315 $ 26
Fair value of plan assets 259 -
Additional year-end information for pension plans with
accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets:
Projected benefit obligation $ 46 $ 26
Accumulated benefit obligation 29 7
Fair value of plan assets 15 -
Components of net periodic benefit cost
Service cost $ 21 $ 18 $ 2 $ 2
Interest cost 20 17 3 2
Expected return on plan assets (21) (19) - -
Amortization of prior service cost - - (2) (2)
Amortization of transition (asset) obligation (2) (4) - -
Recognized actuarial (gain) loss 2 1 - -
------------ ----------- ----------- ------------
Net periodic benefit cost $ 20 $ 13 $ 3 $ 2
============ =========== =========== ============
Additional (gain) loss recognized due to:
Curtailment $ - $ - $ (3) $ -
Special termination benefits 3 2 1 -
The assumptions used to compute the information above are set forth below:
Discount rate - projected benefit obligation 6.8% 7.1% 7.0% 7.3%
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets 10.0% 10.0% - -
Rate of compensation increase 4.5% 5.2 - 6.6% 4.5% 5.2%
We have assumed the annual increase in cost of postretirement medical
benefits was 6.5% in 1998 and will be 6.5% in 1999. We are assuming the rate
will decrease 0.5% for 2000 and 2001, reaching an ultimate rate of 5.5% in the
year 2001 and remain at that level thereafter. We implemented a cap on our
medical liability for certain retirees, which is expected to be reached between
the years 2001-2004; at that point our cost will not increase.
69
Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the
amounts reported for our postretirement health care plans. The effects of a one
percentage point increase or decrease in the assumed health care cost trend
rates on postretirement benefit obligations are $1.4 million and $1.3 million,
respectively. The effects of a one percentage point increase or decrease in the
assumed health care cost trend rates on total service and interest cost
components are not significant.
Accounting for pensions requires us to develop an assumed interest rate on
securities with which the pension liabilities could be effectively settled. In
estimating this discount rate, we look at rates of return on high-quality
corporate fixed income securities currently available and expected to be
available during the period to maturity of the pension benefits. As it is
impractical to find an investment portfolio which exactly matches the estimated
payment stream of the pension benefits, we often have projected short-term cash
surpluses. In 1998, we changed the method for determining our pension and
postretirement medical benefit discount rate to better reflect the assumed
investment strategies we would most likely use to invest any short-term cash
surpluses. Previously, we assumed that all short-term cash surpluses would be
invested in U.S. government securities. Our new methodology assumes that our
investment strategies would be equally divided between U.S. government
securities and high-quality corporate fixed income securities. Our new
methodology resulted in a reduction of approximately $24 million in our 1998
accumulated benefit obligation as compared to the previous method. Our change in
methodology had no effect on our 1998 net income.
Note 13 - Employee Stock-Based Compensation
At year-end 1998, we had three stock option plans in effect: the 1997
Long-Term Incentive Plan ("LTIP"), the TRICON Global Restaurants, Inc.
Restaurant General Manager Stock Option Plan ("YUMBUCKS") and the TRICON Global
Restaurants, Inc. SharePower Plan ("SharePower"). We may grant options to
purchase up to 22.5 million shares of stock under the LTIP at a price equal to
or greater than the average market price of the stock on the date of grant. New
options we grant can have varying vesting provisions and exercise periods.
Options granted vest in periods ranging from immediate to 2006 and expire ten to
fourteen years after grant. Potential awards to employees and non-employee
directors under the LTIP include stock options, performance restricted stock
units, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock.
We have issued only stock options and performance restricted stock units under
the LTIP. We may grant options to purchase up to 7.5 million shares of stock
under YUMBUCKS at a price equal to or greater than the average market price of
the stock on the date of grant. YUMBUCKS options granted have a four year
vesting period and expire ten years after grant. We do not anticipate that any
further grants will be made pursuant to the SharePower plan although options
previously granted could be outstanding through 2006.
At the Spin-off Date, we converted certain of the unvested options to
purchase PepsiCo stock that were held by our employees to TRICON stock options
under either the LTIP or the SharePower plan. We converted the options at
amounts and exercise prices that maintained the amount of unrealized stock
appreciation that existed immediately prior to the Spin-off. The vesting dates
and exercise periods of the options were not affected by the conversion. Based
on their original PepsiCo grant date, our converted options vest in periods
ranging from one to ten years and expire ten to fifteen years after grant.
70
Had we determined compensation cost for all TRICON option grants to
employees and non-employee directors consistent with SFAS 123, our net income
(loss) and basic and diluted earnings per Common Share would have been reduced
(increased) to the pro forma amounts indicated below:
1998 1997
---------------- ---------------
Net Income (Loss)
As reported $ 445 $ (111)
Pro forma 422 (112)
Basic Earnings per Common Share
As reported $ 2.92
Pro forma 2.77
Diluted Earnings per Common Share
As reported $ 2.84
Pro forma 2.70
SFAS 123 pro forma loss per Common Share data for 1997 is not meaningful as
we were not an independent, publicly owned company prior to the Spin-off.
The effects of applying SFAS 123 in the pro forma disclosures are not
likely to be representative of the effects on pro forma net income for future
years because variables such as the number of option grants, exercises and stock
price volatility included in the disclosures may not be indicative of future
activity.
We estimated the fair value of each option grant made during 1998 and 1997
subsequent to the Spin-off as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes
option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:
1998 1997
----------------- -----------------
Risk-free interest rate 5.5% 5.8%
Expected life (years) 6.0 6.6
Expected volatility 28.8% 27.5%
Expected dividend yield 0.0% 0.0%
71
A summary of the status of all options granted to employees and
non-employee directors as of December 26, 1998 and December 27, 1997, and
changes during the years then ended is presented below: (tabular options in
thousands)
December 26, 1998 December 27, 1997
------------------------------ -------------------------------
Wtd. Avg. Wtd. Avg.
Exercise Exercise
Options Price Options Price
------------- ------------- ------------- --------------
Outstanding at beginning of year 15,245 $ 23.03 - $ -
Conversion of PepsiCo options - - 13,951 21.48
Granted at price equal to average market price 12,084 29.37 872 32.95
Granted at price greater than average market price - - 1,334 31.63
Exercised (962) 18.93 (112) 24.80
Forfeited (3,668) 25.60 (800) 20.84
------------- ------------- ------------- --------------
Outstanding at end of year 22,699 $ 26.16 15,245 $ 23.03
============= ============= ============= ==============
Exercisable at end of year 3,006 $ 21.16 1,251 $ 23.84
============= ============= ============= ==============
Weighted average of fair value of options granted $ 11.65 $ 13.37
============= =============
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding
and exercisable at December 26, 1998:
Options Outstanding Options Exercisable
---------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------
Weighted
Average Weighted Weighted
Range of Exercise Remaining Average Average
Prices Options Contractual Life Exercise Price Options Exercise Price
- ---------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ---------------- ------------------ ---------------
$ 0.01 - 17.80 2,944 5.83 $ 15.01 1,417 $ 14.34
22.02 - 29.40 13,339 8.10 25.67 1,212 25.76
30.41 - 34.47 5,803 9.27 31.71 366 31.63
35.13 - 43.88 613 9.71 37.66 11 43.88
----------------- ------------------
22,699 3,006
================= ==================
In November 1997, we granted two awards of performance restricted stock
units of TRICON's Common Stock to our Vice Chairman/President. The awards were
made under the LTIP and may be paid in Common Stock of TRICON or cash at the
discretion of the Board of Directors. Payments of the awards of $2.7 million and
$3.6 million are contingent upon the Vice Chairman/President's continued
employment through January 25, 2001 and 2006, respectively, and our attainment
of certain pre-established earnings thresholds, as defined. We expense these
awards over the performance periods stipulated above; the amount included in
earnings in 1998 and 1997 was $1.3 million and $150,000, respectively.
72
Note 14 - Other Compensation and Benefit Programs
We sponsor a contributory plan to provide retirement benefits under the
provision of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code ("401(k) Plan") for
eligible full-time U.S. salaried and certain hourly employees. Participants may
elect to contribute up to 15% of their eligible compensation on a pretax basis.
We are not required to make contributions to the Plan. In 1998, a Stock
Ownership Program ("YUMSOP") was added to the TRICON Common Stock investment
option. Under YUMSOP, we make a partial discretionary match of each
participant's contribution to the TRICON Common Stock Fund. We determine our
percentage match at the beginning of each year based on the immediate prior year
performance of our Core Businesses.
In addition, we sponsor two deferred compensation benefit programs, the
Executive Income Deferral Program and the Restaurant Deferred Compensation Plan
(the "EID Plan" and the "RDC Plan") for eligible employees and non-employee
directors. These plans allow participants to defer receipt of all or a portion
of their annual salary and incentive compensation. As defined by the benefit
programs, we credit the amounts deferred with earnings based on certain
investment options selected by the participants. We expense the earnings amounts
as incurred. Our obligations under these programs as of year-end 1998 and 1997
were $70 million and $37 million, respectively.
In late 1997, we introduced a new investment option for both benefit
programs allowing participants to defer certain incentive compensation into the
purchase of phantom shares of our Common Stock at a 25% discount from the
average market price at the date of deferral. Participants bear the risk of
forfeiture of both the discount and any amounts deferred if they voluntarily
separate from employment during the two year vesting period. We expense the
intrinsic value of the discount over the vesting period.
We will phase in certain structural changes to the EID Plan during 1999 and
2000. These changes include limiting phantom investment options, primarily to
our Common Stock, and requiring the distribution of investments in the TRICON
Common Stock option to be paid in shares of our Common Stock. Due to these
structural changes, in 1998 we agreed to pay a one time premium on January 1,
2000 to participants with an account balance as of December 31, 1999. The
premium payment will equal 10% of the participant's account balance, excluding
investments in discount stock option and 1999 deferrals, as of the date
specified by the EID Plan.
During 1998, RDC participants also became eligible to purchase phantom
shares of our Common Stock under YUMSOP as defined above.
We expensed $22 million, including the estimated premium payment for the
EID Plan, for 1998 and insignificant amounts for 1997 and 1996 for these
programs.
Note 15 - Shareholders' Rights Plan
On July 21, 1998, our Board of Directors declared a dividend distribution
of one right for each share of Common Stock outstanding as of August 3, 1998
(the "Record Date"). Each right initially entitles the registered holder to
purchase a unit consisting of one one-thousandth of a share (a "Unit") of Series
A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, without par value, at a purchase price
of $130 per Unit, subject to adjustment. The rights, which do not have voting
rights, will become exercisable for our Common Stock ten business days following
a public announcement that a person or group has acquired, or has commenced or
intends to commence a tender offer for, 15% or more, or 20% or more if such
person or group owned 10% or more on the adoption date of this plan, of our
Common Stock. In the event the rights become exercisable for Common Stock, each
right will entitle its holder (other than the Acquiring Person as defined in the
Agreement) to purchase, at the right's then-current exercise price, TRICON
Common Stock having a value of twice the exercise price of the right. In the
event the rights become exercisable for Common Stock and thereafter we are
73
acquired in a merger or other business combination, each right will entitle its
holder to purchase, at the right's then-current exercise price, common stock of
the acquiring company having a value of twice the exercise price of the right.
We can redeem the rights in their entirety, prior to becoming exercisable,
at $0.01 per right under certain specified conditions. The rights expire on July
21, 2008, unless we extend that date or we have earlier redeemed or exchanged
the rights as provided in the Agreement.
This description of the rights is qualified in its entirety by reference to
the Rights Agreement between TRICON and BankBoston, N.A., as Rights Agent, dated
as of July 21, 1998 (including the exhibits thereto).
Note 16 - Income Taxes
The details of our income tax provision are set forth below:
1998 1997 1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------
Current: Federal $ 231 $ 106 $ 154
Foreign 55 77 93
State 22 31 28
----------- ----------- ------------
308 214 275
----------- ----------- ------------
Deferred: Federal (2) (66) (127)
Foreign 10 (59) (5)
State (5) (13) (18)
----------- ----------- ------------
3 (138) (150)
----------- ----------- ------------
$ 311 $ 76 $ 125
=========== =========== ============
Our U.S. and foreign income (loss) before income taxes are set forth below:
1998 1997 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. $ 542 $ 13 $ (21)
Foreign 214 (48) 93
------------- ------------- ------------
$ 756 $ (35) $ 72
============= ============= ============
74
Our reconciliation of income taxes calculated at the U.S. Federal tax
statutory rate to our income tax provision is set forth below:
1998 1997 1996
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income taxes computed at the U.S. Federal statutory rate of 35% $ 265 $ (12) $ 25
State income tax, net of Federal tax benefit 32 20 7
Foreign and U.S. tax effects attributable to foreign operations 31 24 49
Effect of unusual charges (5) 79 28
Effect of the New Zealand IPO - (41) -
Favorable adjustments relating to prior years (32) (3) (1)
Nondeductible amortization of U.S. goodwill 9 6 9
Federal tax credits (4) (2) (2)
Other, net 15 5 10
---------------- ---------------- ---------------
Income tax provision $ 311 $ 76 $ 125
================ ================ ===============
Effective income tax rate 41.1% (217.1)% 173.6%
================ ================ ===============
The details of our 1998 and 1997 deferred tax liabilities (assets) are set
forth below:
1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Intangible assets and property, plant and equipment $ 243 $ 253
Other 8 5
--------- ---------
Gross deferred tax liabilities $ 251 $ 258
========= =========
Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards $ (107) $ (89)
Employee benefits (58) (48)
Self-insured casualty claims (46) (57)
Stores held for disposal (62) (105)
Various liabilities and other (183) (141)
--------- ---------
Gross deferred tax assets (456) (440)
Deferred tax assets valuation allowance 133 111
--------- ---------
Net deferred tax assets (323) (329)
--------- ---------
Net deferred tax (asset) liability $ (72) $ (71)
========= =========
Included in:
Prepaid expenses, deferred income taxes and
other current assets $ (137) $ (92)
Other assets - (12)
Deferred income taxes 65 33
--------- ---------
$ (72) $ (71)
======== =========
Our valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets increased by $22
million in 1998 primarily due to additions related to current year operating
losses and temporary differences in a number of foreign and state jurisdictions.
A determination of the unrecognized deferred tax liability for temporary
differences related to our investments in foreign subsidiaries and foreign
corporate joint ventures that are essentially permanent in duration is not
practicable.
75
We have available net operating loss carryforwards totaling $625 million at
year-end 1998 to reduce future tax of TRICON and certain subsidiaries. The
carryforwards are related to a number of foreign and state jurisdictions. Of
these carryforwards, $37 million expire in 1999 and $554 million expire at
various times between 2000 and 2013. The remaining $34 million of carryforwards
do not expire.
Note 17 - Reportable Operating Segments
We are engaged principally in developing, operating, franchising and
licensing the worldwide KFC, Pizza Hut and Taco Bell concepts. We also
previously operated the Non-core Businesses, all of which were sold in 1997
prior to the Spin-off.
KFC, Pizza Hut and Taco Bell operate throughout the U.S. and in 80, 88 and
12 countries and territories outside the U.S., respectively. Principal
international markets include Australia, Canada, China, Japan, Mexico, Puerto
Rico and the U.K. At year-end 1998, we had 12 investments in unconsolidated
affiliates outside the U.S. which operate KFC and/or Pizza Hut restaurants, the
most significant of which are corporate joint ventures located in Japan, the
U.K. and China.
We identify our operating segments based on management responsibility
within the U.S. and International. For purposes of applying SFAS 131, we
consider our U.S. Core Businesses to be similar and have aggregated them into a
single reportable operating segment. Other than the U.S., no individual country
represented 10% or more of our total revenues, profits or assets.
Revenues
1998 1997 1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
United States $ 6,428 $ 7,365 $ 7,924
International 2,040 2,320 2,308
----------------- ---------------- ------------------
$ 8,468 $ 9,685 $ 10,232
================= ================ ==================
Operating Profit, Interest Expense, Net and
Income Before Income Taxes
1998 1997 1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
United States $ 740 $ 603(a) $ 505(a)
International(b) 191 172 155
Facility actions net gain (loss)(c) 275 (247) 37
Unusual charges(c) (15) (184) (246)
Foreign exchange gain (loss) 6 (16) (5)
Unallocated and corporate expenses (169)(d) (87)(e) (74)(e)
----------------- ---------------- ------------------
Total Operating Profit 1,028 241 372
Interest expense, net 272 276(e) 300(e)
----------------- ---------------- ------------------
Income (loss) before income taxes $ 756 $ (35) $ 72
================= ================ ==================
76
Identifiable Assets
1998 1997 1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
United States $ 2,942 $ 3,388 $ 4,566
International(f) 1,447 1,479 1,954
Corporate(g) 142 247 -
----------------- ---------------- ------------------
$ 4,531 $ 5,114 $ 6,520
================= ================ ==================
Depreciation and Amortization
1998 1997 1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
United States $ 300 $ 388 $ 472
International 104 143 149
Corporate 13 5 -
----------------- ---------------- ------------------
$ 417 $ 536 $ 621
================= ================ ==================
Capital Spending
1998 1997 1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
United States $ 305 $ 381 $ 462
International 150 157 158
Corporate 5 3 -
----------------- ---------------- ------------------
$ 460 $ 541 $ 620
================= ================ ==================
(a) Results from the United States in 1997 and 1996 included the Non-core
Businesses disposed of in 1997. Excluding the unusual disposal charges, the
Non-core Businesses contributed the following:
1997 1996
-------------- -------------
Revenues $ 268 $ 394
Operating profit (loss) 13 (10)
Interest expense, net 3 5
Income before income taxes 10 (15)
(b) Included equity income of unconsolidated affiliates of $18 million, $8
million and $7 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
(c) See Note 4 for a discussion and breakout by reportable operating segment of
facility actions net gain (loss) and unusual charges.
(d) Corporate and unallocated expenses increased in 1998 primarily due to
spending on Year 2000 compliance and remediation efforts, costs to relocate
our processing center from Wichita to other facilities and expenses
incurred as an independent, publicly owned company as well as additional
expenses related to the efforts to improve and standardize our operating,
administrative and accounting systems.
(e) Included amounts allocated by PepsiCo prior to the Spin-off of $37 million
and $53 million in 1997 and 1996, respectively, related to general and
administrative expenses and $188 million and $275 million in 1997 and 1996,
respectively, related to interest expense.
(f) Included investment in unconsolidated affiliates of $159 million, $143
million and $228 million for 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
(g) Included restricted cash, capitalized debt issuance costs, advances to our
voluntary employees' beneficiary association trust, leasehold improvements
in certain of our office facilities and non-core assets held for sale.
77
See Note 4 for additional operating segment disclosures related to
impairment, suspension of depreciation and amortization and the carrying amount
of assets held for disposal.
The 1997 and 1996 financial data we reported above is materially consistent
with restaurant segment information previously reported by PepsiCo. We made
adjustments to these amounts primarily to remove the impact of the restaurant
distribution business previously included by PepsiCo in its restaurant segment,
and to include the investment in and our equity income (loss) of unconsolidated
affiliates within the international segment. We made this change to align our
reporting with the way we internally review and make decisions regarding our
international business.
Note 18 - New Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
a. Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained
for Internal Use
Statement of Position 98-1 (SOP 98-1), "Accounting for the Costs of
Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use," was issued in March
1998. SOP 98-1 identifies the characteristics of internal-use software and
specifies that once the preliminary project stage is complete, certain external
direct costs, certain direct internal payroll and payroll-related costs and
interest costs incurred during the development of computer software for internal
use should be capitalized and amortized. SOP 98-1 is effective for financial
statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998 and must be
applied to internal-use computer software costs incurred in those fiscal years
for all projects, including those projects in progress upon initial application
of this SOP. We currently expense all these costs as incurred.
b. Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 133,
"Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS 133").
This Statement establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that
every derivative instrument (including certain derivative instruments embedded
in other contracts) be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or
liability measured at its fair value. This Statement requires that changes in
the derivative's fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific
hedge accounting criteria are met. Special accounting for qualifying hedges
allows a derivative's gains and losses to offset the related change in fair
value on the hedged item in the income statement, and requires that a company
must formally document, designate and assess the effectiveness of transactions
that receive hedge accounting.
SFAS 133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999. A
company may also implement the Statement as of the beginning of any fiscal
quarter after issuance (that is, fiscal quarters beginning June 16, 1998 and
thereafter). SFAS 133 cannot be applied retroactively. When adopted, SFAS 133
must be applied to (a) derivative instruments and (b) certain derivative
instruments embedded in hybrid contracts that were issued, acquired, or
substantively modified after December 31, 1997 (and, at the company's election,
before January 1, 1998).
We have not yet quantified the effects of adopting SFAS 133 on our
financial statements or determined the timing of or method of our adoption of
SFAS 133. However, the Statement could increase volatility in our earnings and
other comprehensive income.
78
Note 19 - Commitments and Contingencies
Relationship with PepsiCo After Spin-off
After the Spin-off, PepsiCo had no ownership interest in us. Immediately
after the Spin-off, however, certain of our shares were held by the PepsiCo
pension trust on behalf of PepsiCo employees. We entered into separation and
other related agreements (the "Separation Agreement"), outlined below, governing
the Spin-off transaction and our subsequent relationship with PepsiCo. These
agreements provide certain indemnities to the parties, and provide for the
allocation of tax and other assets, liabilities and obligations arising from
periods prior to the Spin-off. In addition, prior to the Spin-off, our U.S. Core
Businesses each entered into a multi-year agreement with Pepsi-Cola Company, a
wholly owned subsidiary of PepsiCo, regarding the purchase of beverage products.
Prior to the Spin-off and PepsiCo's sale to Ameriserve of PFS, our primary U.S.
food and supplies distributor, our Core Businesses signed a multi-year
distribution agreement with PFS. Neither contract is for quantities expected to
exceed normal usage.
The Separation Agreement provided for, among other things, our assumption
of all liabilities relating to the restaurant businesses, inclusive of the
Non-core Businesses, and our indemnification of PepsiCo with respect to these
liabilities. We have included our best estimates of these liabilities in the
accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements. Subsequent to Spin-off, claims
have been made by certain Non-core Business franchisees and a purchaser of one
of the businesses. We are disputing the validity of these claims; however, we
believe that any settlement of these claims at amounts in excess of previously
recorded liabilities is not likely to have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
In addition, we must pay a fee to PepsiCo for all letters of credit,
guarantees and contingent liabilities relating to our businesses under which
PepsiCo remains liable. This obligation ends at the time they are released,
terminated or replaced by a qualified letter of credit covering the full amount
of contingencies under the letters of credit, guarantees and contingent
liabilities. Our fee payments to PepsiCo during 1998 were immaterial. We have
also indemnified PepsiCo for any costs or losses it incurs with respect to these
letters of credit, guarantees and contingent liabilities.
Under the separation agreements, PepsiCo maintains full control and
absolute discretion with regard to any combined or consolidated tax filings for
periods through the Spin-off Date. PepsiCo also maintains full control and
absolute discretion regarding any common tax audit issues. Although PepsiCo has
contractually agreed to, in good faith, use its best efforts to settle all joint
interests in any common audit issue on a basis consistent with prior practice,
there can be no assurance that determinations made by PepsiCo would be the same
as we would reach, acting on our own behalf. We have agreed to certain
restrictions on future actions to help ensure that the Spin-off maintains its
tax-free status. Our restrictions include, among other things, limitations on
our liquidation, merger or consolidation with another company, certain issuances
and redemptions of our Common Stock, our granting of stock options and our sale,
refranchising, distribution or other disposition of assets. If we fail to abide
by these restrictions or to obtain waivers from PepsiCo and, as a result, the
Spin-off fails to qualify as a tax-free reorganization, we will be obligated to
indemnify PepsiCo for any resulting tax liability which could be substantial. We
have not been required to make any payments under these indemnities.
Additionally, under the terms of the tax separation agreement, PepsiCo is
entitled to the federal income tax benefits related to the exercise after the
Spin-off of vested PepsiCo options held by our employees.
79
Other Commitments and Contingencies
We were directly or indirectly contingently liable in the amounts of $327
million and $302 million at year-end 1998 and 1997, respectively, for certain
lease assignments and guarantees. In connection with these contingent
liabilities, after the Spin-off Date, we were required to maintain cash
collateral balances at certain institutions of approximately $30 million, which
is included in Other Assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet. At
year-end 1998, $261 million represented contingent liabilities to lessors as a
result of assigning our interest in and obligations under real estate leases as
a condition to the refranchising of Company restaurants. The $261 million
represented the present value of the minimum payments of the assigned leases,
excluding any renewal option periods, discounted at our pre-tax cost of debt. On
a nominal basis, the contingent liability resulting from the assigned leases was
$385 million. The balance of the contingent liabilities primarily reflected
guarantees to support financial arrangements of certain unconsolidated
affiliates and other restaurant franchisees.
We are currently, and for a significant portion of the three years ended
December 26, 1998, have been, effectively self-insured for most workers'
compensation, general liability and automobile liability losses, subject to per
occurrence and aggregate annual liability limitations. During the first two
quarters of 1997, prior to the Spin-off, we participated with PepsiCo in a
guaranteed cost program for certain coverages. We are also effectively
self-insured for health care claims for eligible participating employees subject
to certain deductibles and limitations. We determine our liabilities for claims
reported and for claims incurred but not reported based on information provided
by independent actuaries.
In July 1998, we entered into severance agreements with certain key
executives which are triggered by a termination, under certain conditions, of
the executive following a change in control of the Company, as defined in the
agreements. Once triggered, the affected executives would receive twice the
amount of their annual base salary and their annual incentive in a lump sum,
outplacement services and a tax gross-up for any excise taxes. The agreements
expire December 31, 2000. Since the timing of any payments under these
agreements cannot be anticipated, the amounts are not estimable. However, these
payments, if made, could be substantial. In connection with the execution of
these agreements, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors has
authorized amendment of the deferred and incentive compensation plans and,
following a change in control, an establishment of rabbi trusts which will be
used to provide payouts under these deferred compensation plans following a
change in control.
We are subject to various claims and contingencies related to lawsuits,
taxes, environmental and other matters arising out of the normal course of
business. Like some other large retail employers, Pizza Hut and Taco Bell
recently have been faced in a few states with allegations of purported
class-wide wage and hour violations.
On May 11, 1998, a purported class action lawsuit against Pizza Hut, Inc.,
and one of its franchisees, PacPizza, LLC, entitled Aguardo, et al. v. Pizza
Hut, Inc., et al. ("Aguardo"), was filed in the Superior Court of the State of
California of the County of San Francisco. The lawsuit was filed by three former
Pizza Hut restaurant general managers purporting to represent approximately
1,300 current and former California restaurant general managers of Pizza Hut and
PacPizza. The lawsuit alleges violations of state wage and hour laws involving
unpaid overtime wages and vacation pay and seeks an unspecified amount in
damages. This lawsuit is in the early discovery phase. A trial date of October
28, 1999 has been set.
80
On October 2, 1996, a class action lawsuit against Taco Bell Corp.,
entitled Mynaf, et al. v. Taco Bell Corp. ("Mynaf"), was filed in the Superior
Court of the State of California of the County of Santa Clara. The lawsuit was
filed by two former restaurant general managers and two former assistant
restaurant general managers purporting to represent all current and former Taco
Bell restaurant general managers and assistant restaurant general managers in
California. The lawsuit alleges violations of California wage and hour laws
involving unpaid overtime wages. The complaint also includes an unfair business
practices claim. The four named plaintiffs claim individual damages ranging from
$10,000 to $100,000 each. On September 17, 1998, the court certified a class of
approximately 3,000 current and former assistant restaurant general managers and
restaurant general managers. Taco Bell petitioned the appellate court to review
the trial court's certification order. The petition was denied on December 31,
1998. Taco Bell has filed a petition for review to the California Supreme Court
which is currently pending. No trial date has been set.
Plaintiffs in the Aguardo and Mynaf lawsuits seek damages, penalties and
costs of litigation, including attorneys' fees, and also seek declaratory and
injunctive relief. We intend to vigorously defend these lawsuits. However, the
outcome of these lawsuits cannot be predicted at this time. We believe that the
ultimate liability, if any, arising from such claims or contingencies is not
likely to have a material adverse effect on our annual results of operations,
financial condition or cash flows. It is, however, reasonably possible that any
ultimate liability could be material to our year-over-year growth in earnings in
the quarter and year recorded.
On August 29, 1997, a class action lawsuit against Taco Bell Corp.,
entitled Bravo, et al. v. Taco Bell Corp. ("Bravo"), was filed in the Circuit
Court of the State of Oregon of the County of Multnomah. The lawsuit was filed
by two former Taco Bell shift managers purporting to represent approximately
16,000 current and former hourly employees statewide. The lawsuit alleges
violations of state wage and hour laws, principally involving unpaid wages
including overtime, and rest and meal period violations, and seeks an
unspecified amount in damages. Under Oregon class action procedures, Taco Bell
was allowed an opportunity to "cure" the unpaid wage and hour allegations by
opening a claims process to all putative class members prior to certification of
the class. In this cure process, Taco Bell has currently paid out less than $1
million. On January 26, 1999, the Court certified a class of all current and
former shift managers and crew members who claim one or more of the alleged
violations.
On February 10, 1995, a class action lawsuit, entitled Ryder, et al. v.
Taco Bell Corp. ("Ryder"), was filed in the Superior Court of the State of
Washington for King County on behalf of approximately 16,000 current and former
Taco Bell employees claiming unpaid wages resulting from alleged uniform, rest
and meal period violations and unpaid overtime. In April 1996, the Court
certified the class for purposes of injunctive relief and a finding on the issue
of liability. The trial was held during the first quarter of 1997 and resulted
in a liability finding. In August 1997, the Court certified the class for
purposes of damages as well. Prior to the damages phase of the trial, the
parties reached a court-approved settlement process in April 1998.
We have provided for the estimated costs of the Bravo and Ryder
litigations, based on a projection of eligible claims, the cost of each eligible
claim and the estimated legal fees incurred by plaintiffs. We believe the
ultimate cost of the Bravo and Ryder cases in excess of the amounts already
provided will not be material to our annual results of operations, financial
condition, or cash flows.
81
Note 20 - Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
1998
----------------------------------------------------------------
First Second Third Fourth
Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Total
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revenues:
Company sales $ 1,790 $ 1,867 $ 1,869 $ 2,326 $ 7,852
Franchise and license fees 132 136 148 200 616
Total costs and expenses 1,754 1,741 1,738 2,207 7,440
Operating profit 168 262 279 319 1,028
Net income 54 112 128 151 445
Income per common share - diluted .35 .72 .82 .95 2.84
Operating profit (loss) attributable to:
Facility actions net gain 29 73 54 119 275
Unusual (charges) credits - - 5 (20) (15)
Net income (loss) attributable to:
Facility actions net gain 16 42 34 70 162
Unusual (charges) credits - - 3 (6) (3)
1997
----------------------------------------------------------------
First Second Third Fourth
Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Total
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revenues:
Company sales $ 2,123 $ 2,214 $ 2,162 $ 2,613 $ 9,112
Franchise and license fees 114 140 138 181 573
Total costs and expenses 2,075 2,122 2,105 3,142 9,444
Operating profit (loss) 162 232 195 (348) 241
Net income (loss) 52 121 79 (363) (111)
Loss per share - basic(a) - - - (2.39) -
Operating profit (loss) attributable to:
Facility actions net gain (loss) 12 73 51 (383) (247)
Unusual charges - (39) (15) (130) (184)
Net income (loss) attributable to:
Facility actions net gain (loss) 6 65 43 (277) (163)
Unusual charges - (22) (12) (131) (165)
(a) Earnings per share data has not been provided for periods prior to the
fourth quarter of 1997 as our capital structure as an independent, publicly
owned company did not exist prior to the Spin-off.
See Note 4 for details of facility actions net gain (loss) and unusual charges.
82
Management's Responsibility for Financial Statements
To Our Shareholders:
We are responsible for the preparation, integrity and fair presentation of
the Consolidated Financial Statements, related notes and other information
included in this annual report. The financial statements were prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and include certain
amounts based upon our estimates and assumptions, as required. Other financial
information presented in the annual report is derived from the financial
statements.
We maintain a system of internal control over financial reporting, designed
to provide reasonable assurance as to the reliability of the financial
statements, as well as to safeguard assets from unauthorized use or disposition.
The system is supported by formal policies and procedures, including an active
Code of Conduct program intended to ensure employees adhere to the highest
standards of personal and professional integrity. Our internal audit function
monitors and reports on the adequacy of and compliance with the internal control
system, and appropriate actions are taken to address significant control
deficiencies and other opportunities for improving the system as they are
identified.
The financial statements have been audited and reported on by our
independent auditors, KPMG LLP, who were given free access to all financial
records and related data, including minutes of the meetings of the Board of
Directors and Committees of the Board. We believe that management
representations made to the independent auditors were valid and appropriate.
The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is composed solely of
outside directors, provides oversight to our financial reporting process and our
controls to safeguard assets through periodic meetings with our independent
auditors, internal auditors and management. Both our independent auditors and
internal auditors have free access to the Audit Committee.
Although no cost-effective internal control system will preclude all errors
and irregularities, we believe our controls as of December 26, 1998 provide
reasonable assurance that our assets are reasonably safeguarded.
Robert C. Lowes
Chief Financial Officer
83
Report of Independent Auditors
The Board of Directors
TRICON Global Restaurants, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of TRICON
Global Restaurants, Inc. and Subsidiaries ("TRICON") as of December 26, 1998 and
December 27, 1997, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash
flows and shareholders' (deficit) equity and comprehensive income for each of
the years in the three-year period ended December 26, 1998. These consolidated
financial statements are the responsibility of TRICON's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of TRICON as of
December 26, 1998 and December 27, 1997, and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 26,
1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
KPMG LLP
Louisville, Kentucky
February 10, 1999
84
Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure.
None.
PART III
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.
Information regarding directors is incorporated by reference from the
Company's definitive proxy statement which will be filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after December 26, 1998.
Information regarding executive officers of the Company is included in Part
I.
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
Information regarding executive compensation is incorporated by reference
from the Company's definitive proxy statement which will be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after December 26,
1998. Information appearing in the sections entitled "Compensation Committee
Report on Executive Compensation" and "Performance Graph" contained in the
Company's definitive proxy statement shall not be deemed to be incorporated by
reference in this Form 10-K, notwithstanding any general statement contained
herein incorporating portions of such proxy statement by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.
Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and
management is incorporated by reference from the Company's definitive proxy
statement which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no
later than 120 days after December 26, 1998.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.
Tricon and PepsiCo have entered into certain agreements, described below,
governing their relationship subsequent to the Spin-off and providing for the
allocation of tax and certain other liabilities and obligations arising from
periods prior to and after the Spin-off. The following summarizes the material
terms of such agreements, but is qualified by reference to the text of such
agreements.
Separation Agreement
PepsiCo and Tricon have entered into a Separation Agreement (the
"Separation Agreement"), which provides for, among other things, certain
services, records and personnel which PepsiCo and Tricon will make available to
each other after the Spin-off. The Separation Agreement also provides for the
assumption by Tricon of liabilities relating to PepsiCo's restaurant businesses
inclusive of the Non-Core Businesses and the indemnification of PepsiCo with
respect to such liabilities. Pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreement,
Tricon paid to PepsiCo the sum of $4.5 billion as repayment of certain amounts
due to PepsiCo from Tricon and to fund a dividend to PepsiCo prior to Spin-off.
Tax Separation Agreement
PepsiCo and Tricon have entered into a Tax Separation Agreement (the "Tax
Separation Agreement"), on behalf of themselves and their respective
consolidated groups, that reflects each party's rights and obligations with
respect to payments and refunds of taxes that are attributable to periods
beginning prior to and including the Spin-off and taxes resulting from
transactions effected in connection with the Spin-off. The Tax Separation
Agreement also expresses each party's intention with respect to certain tax
attributes of Tricon after the Spin-off. The Tax Separation Agreement provides
for payments between the two companies for certain tax adjustments made after
the Spin-off that cover pre-Spin-off tax
85
liabilities. Other provisions cover the handling of audits, settlements, stock
options, elections, accounting methods and return filing in cases where both
companies have an interest in the results of these activities.
Pursuant to the Tax Separation Agreement, Tricon has agreed to refrain from
engaging in certain transactions for two years following the Spin-off without
the prior written consent of PepsiCo. Transactions subject to this restriction
include, among other things, the liquidation, merger or consolidation with
another company, certain issuances and redemptions of Tricon Common Stock, the
granting of stock options, the sale, refranchising, distribution or other
disposition of assets in a manner that would adversely affect the tax
consequences of the Spin-off or any transaction effected in connection with the
Spin-off, and the discontinuation of certain businesses. If the Company fails to
abide by this restriction and, as a result, the Spin-off fails to qualify as a
tax-free reorganization, the Company will be obligated to indemnify PepsiCo for
any resulting tax liability, which could be substantial.
Employee Programs Agreement
PepsiCo and Tricon entered into an Employee Programs Agreement, which
allocated assets, liabilities and responsibilities between them with respect to
certain employee compensation and benefit plans and programs and certain other
related matters.
Telecommunications, Software and Computing Services Agreement
PepsiCo and Tricon have entered into a Telecommunications, Software and
Computing Services Agreement setting forth the arrangements between the parties
with respect to internal software, third-party agreements, telecommunications
services and computing services.
Certain Letters of Credit, Guarantees and Contingent Liabilities
Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, Tricon agreed to use its best efforts
to release, terminate or replace, prior to the Spin-off, all letters of credit,
guarantees and contingent liabilities relating to PepsiCo's restaurant
businesses under which PepsiCo was liable. Nevertheless, after the Spin-off,
PepsiCo remains liable on certain of such letters of credit, guarantees and
contingent liabilities which were not able to be released, terminated or
replaced prior to the Spin-off. Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, from and
after the Spin-off, Tricon will pay a fee to PepsiCo with respect to any such
letters of credit, guarantees and contingent liabilities until such time as they
are released, terminated or replaced by a qualified letter of credit with a
maximum drawing amount equal to the full amount of all remaining obligations and
foreseeable claims under such letters of credit, guarantees and contingent
liabilities. At all times Tricon is required to indemnify PepsiCo with respect
to such letters of credit, guarantees and contingent liabilities.
Information about the agreements described above is included in the
Consolidated Financial Statements and footnotes in Part II, Item 8 pages 48
through 82, respectively, of this Form 10-K.
Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions is
also incorporated by reference from the Company's definitive proxy statement
which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than
120 days after December 26, 1998.
86
PART IV
Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K.
(a) (1) Financial Statements: Consolidated financial statements filed as part
of this report are listed under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
(2) Financial Statement Schedules: No schedules are required because
either the required information is not present or not present in
amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because
the information required is included in the financial statements or
the related notes thereto filed as a part of this Form 10-K.
(3) Exhibits: The exhibits listed in the accompanying Index to Exhibits
are filed as part of this Form 10-K. The Index to Exhibits
specifically identifies each management contract or compensatory plan
required to be filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K.
(b) No reports on Form 8-K were filed during the quarter ended December 26,
1998.
87
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Form 10-K annual
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Dated: March 22, 1999
TRICON GLOBAL RESTAURANTS, INC.
By: /s/ Andrall E. Pearson
-----------------------
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
Form 10-K annual report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of
the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature Title Date
/s/ Andrall E. Pearson Chairman of the Board March 22, 1999
- ---------------------------- and Chief Executive
Andrall E. Pearson Officer (principal
executive officer)
/s/ Robert C. Lowes Chief Financial March 22, 1999
- ---------------------------- Officer (principal
Robert C. Lowes financial officer)
/s/ Robert L. Carleton Senior Vice President March 22, 1999
- ---------------------------- and Controller
Robert L. Carleton (principal accounting
officer)
/s/ D. Ronald Daniel Director March 22, 1999
- ----------------------------
D. Ronald Daniel
/s/ James Dimon Director March 22, 1999
- ----------------------------
James Dimon
/s/ Massimo Ferragamo Director March 22, 1999
- ----------------------------
Massimo Ferragamo
/s/ Robert Holland, Jr. Director March 22, 1999
- ----------------------------
Robert Holland, Jr.
88
Signature Title Date
/s/ Sidney Kohl Director March 22, 1999
- ----------------------------
Sidney Kohl
/s/ Kenneth G. Langone Director March 22, 1999
- ----------------------------
Kenneth G. Langone
/s/ David C. Novak Vice Chairman of the March 22, 1999
- ---------------------------- Board and President
David C. Novak
/s/ Jackie Trujillo Director March 22, 1999
- ----------------------------
Jackie Trujillo
/s/ Robert J. Ulrich Director March 22, 1999
- ----------------------------
Robert J. Ulrich
/s/ Jeanette S. Wagner Director March 22, 1999
- ----------------------------
Jeanette S. Wagner
/s/ John L. Weinberg Director March 22, 1999
- ----------------------------
John L. Weinberg
89
TRICON Global Restaurants, Inc.
Exhibit Index
(Item 14)
Exhibit
Number Description of Exhibits
- ------- ------------------------
3.1 Restated Articles of Incorporation of Tricon.
3.2 Amended and restated Bylaws of Tricon.
4.1* Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1998, between Tricon and The First
National Bank of Chicago, pertaining to 7.45% Senior Notes and 7.65%
Senior Notes due May 15, 2005 and May 15, 2008, respectively, which is
incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to Tricon's Report
on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 13, 1998.
4.2 Rights Agreement, dated as of July 21, 1998, between Tricon and
BankBoston, N.A., which is incorporated herein by reference from
Exhibit 4.01 to Tricon's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended June 13, 1998.
10.1 Separation Agreement between PepsiCo, Inc. and Tricon. effective as of
August 26, 1997, and the First Amendment thereto dated as of October
6, 1997, which is incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.1
to Tricon's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
December 27, 1997.
10.2 Tax Separation Agreement between PepsiCo, Inc. and Tricon effective as
of August 26, 1997, which is incorporated herein by reference from
Exhibit 10.2 to Tricon's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
year ended December 27, 1997.
10.3 Employee Programs Agreement between PepsiCo, Inc. and Tricon effective
as of August 26, 1997, which is incorporated herein by reference from
Exhibit 10.3 to Tricon's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
year ended December 27, 1997.
10.4 Telecommunications, Software and Computing Services Agreement between
PepsiCo, Inc. and Tricon effective as of August 26, 1997, which is
incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to Tricon's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 27, 1997.
10.5 Amended and Restated Sales and Distribution Agreement between
AmeriServe Food Distribution, Inc., Tricon, Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and
KFC, effective as of November 1, 1998.
10.6 Credit Agreement dated as of October 2, 1997 among Tricon, the lenders
party thereto, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent, and
Chase Manhattan Bank as Issuing Bank, which is incorporated herein by
reference from Exhibit 10 to Tricon's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 6, 1997.
10.7+ Tricon Director Deferred Compensation Plan, as effective October 7,
1997, which is incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.7 to
Tricon's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December
27, 1997.
90
10.8+ Tricon 1997 Long Term Incentive Plan, as effective October 7, 1997,
which is incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.8 to
Tricon's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December
27, 1997.
10.9+ Tricon Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, as effective October 7,
1997, which is incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.10 to
Tricon's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December
27, 1997.
10.10+ Tricon Executive Income Deferral Program, as effective October 7,
1997, which is incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.11 to
Tricon's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December
27, 1997.
10.11+ Tricon Long Term Savings Program, as effective October 7, 1997,
which is incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.12 to
Tricon's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December
27, 1997.
10.12+ Tricon Restaurant Deferred Compensation Plan (in draft form), as
effective October 7, 1997, which is incorporated herein by reference
from Exhibit 10.13 to Tricon's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended December 27, 1997.
10.13+ Tricon Pension Equalization Plan, as effective October 7, 1997,
which is incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.14 to
Tricon's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December
27, 1997.
10.14+ Employment Agreement between Tricon and Andrall E. Pearson dated as
of June 25, 1997, and subsequently amended as of October 20, 1997,
which is incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.15 to
Tricon's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December
27, 1997.
10.15+ Terms of Employment Agreement between Tricon and Robert L. Carleton,
which is incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.16 to
Tricon's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December
27, 1997.
10.16 Form of Directors' Indemnification Agreement, which is incorporated
herein by reference from Exhibit 10.17 to Tricon's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 27, 1997.
10.17 Form of Severance Agreement (in the event of a change in control),
which is incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.18 to
Tricon's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September
5, 1998.
10.18+ Employment Agreement between Tricon and Robert C. Lowes, dated as of
July 22, 1997.
10.19+ Employment Agreement between Tricon and Christian L. Campbell, dated
as of September 3, 1997.
10.20 Tricon Purchasing Coop Agreement, dated as of March 1, 1999, between
Tricon and the Unified FoodService Purchasing Coop, LLC.
12.1 Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges
91
21.1 Active Subsidiaries of Tricon.
23.1 Consent of KPMG LLP
27.1 Financial Data Schedule
- -------------------
* Neither Tricon nor any of its subsidiaries is party to any other long-term
debt instrument under which securities authorized exceed 10 percent of the
total assets of Tricon and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.
Copies of instruments with respect to long-term debt of lesser amounts
will be furnished to the Commission upon request.
+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.
92
EXHIBIT 3.1
RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
Tricon Global Restaurants, Inc.
FIRST: The name of the corporation is TRICON Global Restaurants, Inc.,
hereinafter referred to as the "Corporation."
SECOND: The Corporation shall have authority to issue 1,000,000,000 shares,
without par value, of which 750,000,000 shall be Common Shares, and of which
250,000,000 shares shall be Preferred Shares, with the following powers,
preferences and rights, and qualifications, limitations and restrictions.
(a) Except as otherwise provided by law, each Common Share shall have one
vote, and, except as otherwise provided in respect of any series of
Preferred Shares hereafter classified or reclassified, the exclusive
voting power for all purposes shall be vested in the holders of the
Common Shares. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders
of the Common Shares shall be entitled, after payment or provision for
payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and the
amount to which the holders of any series of Preferred Shares
hereafter classified or reclassified having a preference on
distribution in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation shall be entitled, to share ratably in the remaining net
assets of the Corporation.
(b) The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to limitations
prescribed by the North Carolina Business Corporation Act ("NCBCA")
and these Articles of Incorporation, to adopt and file from time to
time articles of amendment that authorize the issuance of Preferred
Shares which may be divided into two or more series with such
preferences, limitations, and relative rights as the Board of
Directors may determine; provided, however, that no holder of any
Preferred Share shall be authorized or entitled to receive upon the
involuntary liquidation of the Corporation an amount in excess of
$100.00 per Preferred Share.
(c) Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock. A series of Preferred
Shares of the Corporation is hereby created, and the designation and
amount thereof and the voting powers, preferences and relative,
participating, optional and other special rights of the shares of such
series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof
are as follows:
1. Designation and Amount. The shares of such series shall be
designated as "Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock" and
the number of shares constituting such series shall be 750,000.
2. Dividends and Distributions.
(A) Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of
any Preferred Shares ranking prior and superior to the
shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock with
respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be entitled to
receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors
out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly
dividends payable in cash on the first day of January,
April, July and October in each year (each such date being
referred to herein as a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"),
commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date
after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share
of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, in an
amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the
greater of (a) $10.00 or (b) subject to the provision for
adjustment hereinafter set forth, 1,000 times the aggregate
per share amount of all cash dividends, and 1,000 times the
aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash
dividends or other distributions other than a dividend
payable in Common Shares or a subdivision of the outstanding
Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise), declared
on the Common Shares of the Corporation since the
immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or,
with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date,
since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share
of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock. In the
event the Corporation shall at any time after July 21, 1998
(the "Rights Declaration Date") (i) declare any dividend on
Common Shares payable in Common Shares,(ii) subdivide the
outstanding Common Shares, or (iii) combine the outstanding
Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, then in each
such case the amount to which holders of shares of Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock were entitled
immediately prior to such event under clause (b) of the
preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such
amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of
Common Shares outstanding immediately after such event and
the denominator of which is the number of Common Shares that
were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
(B) The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on
the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as
provided in Paragraph (A) above immediately after it
declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Shares
(other than a dividend payable in Common Shares); provided
that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have
been declared on the Common Shares during the period between
any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $10.00 per
share on the Series A Junior
2
Participating Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable
on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.
(C) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on
outstanding shares of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date
next preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock, unless the date of
issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the
first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case
dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date
of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the
record date for the determination of holders of shares of
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock entitled to
receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such
dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid
dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the
shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock in
an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at
the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be
allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such
shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may
fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares
of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock entitled to
receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared
thereon, which record date shall be no more than 30 days
prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.
3. Voting Rights. The holders of shares of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock shall have the following voting
rights:
(A) Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set
forth, each share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred
Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 1,000 votes on all
matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the
Corporation. In the event the Corporation shall at any time
after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend
on Common Shares payable in Common Shares, (ii) subdivide
the outstanding Common Shares, or (iii) combine the
outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares,
then in each such case the number of votes per share to
which holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such
event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a
fraction the numerator of which is the number of Common
Shares outstanding immediately after such event and the
denominator of which is the number of Common Shares that
were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
3
(B) Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, the holders
of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock
and the holders of Common Shares shall vote together as one
class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders of
the Corporation.
(C) (i) If at any time dividends on any Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock shall be in arrears in an
amount equal to six (6) quarterly dividends thereon,
the occurrence of such contingency shall mark the
beginning of a period (herein called a "default
period") which shall extend until such time when all
accrued and unpaid dividends for all previous quarterly
dividend periods and for the current quarterly dividend
period on all shares of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have been
declared and paid or set apart for payment. During each
default period, all holders of Preferred Shares
(including holders of the Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock) with dividends in arrears in an amount
equal to six (6) quarterly dividends thereon, voting as
a class, irrespective of series, shall have the right
to elect two (2) directors.
(ii) During any default period, such voting right of the
holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred
Stock may be exercised initially at a special meeting
called pursuant to subparagraph (iii) of this Section
3(C) or at any annual meeting of shareholders, and
thereafter at annual meetings of shareholders, provided
that neither such voting right nor the right of the
holders of any other series of Preferred Shares, if
any, to increase, in certain cases, the authorized
number of directors shall be exercised unless the
holders of ten percent (10%) in number of Preferred
Shares outstanding shall be present in person or by
proxy. The absence of a quorum of the holders of Common
Shares shall not affect the exercise by the holders of
Preferred Shares of such voting right. At any meeting
at which the holders of Preferred Shares shall exercise
such voting right initially during an existing default
period, they shall have the right, voting as a class,
to elect directors to fill such vacancies, if any, in
the Board of Directors as may then exist up to two (2)
directors or, if such right is exercised at an annual
meeting, to elect two (2) directors. If the number
which may be so elected at any special meeting does not
amount to the required number, the holders of the
Preferred Shares shall have the right to make such
increase in the number of directors as shall be
necessary to permit the election by them of the
required number. After the holders of the Preferred
Shares shall have exercised their right to elect
directors in any default period and during the
continuance of such period, the
4
number of directors shall not be increased or
decreased except by vote of the holders of Preferred
Shares as herein provided or pursuant to the rights of
any equity securities ranking senior to or pari passu
with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.
(iii)Unless the holders of Preferred Shares shall, during
an existing default period, have previously exercised
their right to elect directors, the Board of Directors
may order, or any shareholder or shareholders owning in
the aggregate not less than ten percent (10%) of the
total number of shares of Preferred Shares outstanding,
irrespective of series, may request, the calling of a
special meeting of the holders of Preferred Shares,
which meeting shall thereupon be called by the
President, a Vice-President or the Secretary of the
Corporation. Notice of such meeting and of any annual
meeting at which holders of Preferred Shares are
entitled to vote pursuant to this Paragraph (C)(iii)
shall be given to each holder of record of Preferred
Shares by mailing a copy of such notice to him at his
last address as the same appears on the books of the
Corporation. Such meeting shall be called for a time
not earlier than 20 days and not later than 60 days
after such order or request or in default of the
calling of such meeting within 60 days after such order
or request, such meeting may be called on similar
notice by any shareholder or shareholders owning in the
aggregate not less than ten percent (10%) of the total
number of shares of Preferred Shares outstanding.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Paragraph
(C)(iii), no such special meeting shall be called
during the period within 60 days immediately preceding
the date fixed for the next annual meeting of the
shareholders.
(iv) In any default period, the holders of Common Shares,
and other classes of stock of the Corporation if
applicable, shall continue to be entitled to elect the
whole number of directors until the holders of
Preferred Shares shall have exercised their right to
elect two (2) directors voting as a class, after the
exercise of which right (x) the directors so elected by
the holders of Preferred Shares shall continue in
office until their successors shall have been elected
by such holders or until the expiration of the default
period, and (y) any vacancy in the Board of Directors
may (except as provided in Paragraph (C)(ii) of this
Section 3) be filled by vote of a majority of the
remaining directors theretofore elected by the holders
of the class of stock which elected the director whose
office shall have become vacant. References in this
Paragraph (C) to directors elected by the holders of a
particular class of stock shall include directors
elected by such directors to
5
fill vacancies as provided in clause (y) of the
foregoing sentence.
(v) Immediately upon the expiration of a default period,
(x) the right of the holders of Preferred Shares as a
class to elect directors shall cease, (y) the term of
any directors elected by the holders of Preferred
Shares as a class shall terminate, and (z) the number
of directors shall be such number as may be provided
for in the Restated Articles of Incorporation or
By-laws of the Corporation (the "By-laws") irrespective
of any increase made pursuant to the provisions of
Paragraph (C)(ii) of this Section 3 (such number being
subject, however, to change thereafter in any manner
provided by law or in the Restated Articles of
Incorporation or By-laws). Any vacancies in the Board
of Directors effected by the provisions of clauses (y)
and (z) in the preceding sentence may be filled by a
majority of the remaining directors.
(D) Except as set forth herein, holders of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock shall have no special voting
rights and their consent shall not be required (except to
the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common
Shares as set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.
4. Certain Restrictions.
(A) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or
distributions payable on the Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears,
thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and
distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series
A Junior Participating Preferred Stock outstanding shall
have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not
(i) declare or pay dividends on, make any other
distributions on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise
acquire for consideration any shares of stock ranking
junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation,
dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock;
(ii) declare or pay dividends on or make any other
distributions on any shares of stock ranking on a
parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation,
dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock, except dividends paid
ratably on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred
Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are
payable or in arrears in proportion to the total
amounts to which the holders of all such shares are
then entitled;
6
(iii)redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for
consideration shares of any stock ranking on a parity
(either as to dividends or upon liquidation,
dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock, provided that the
Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or
otherwise acquire shares of any such parity stock in
exchange for shares of any stock of the Corporation
ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon
dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock; or
(iv) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any
shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred
Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with
the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock,
except in accordance with a purchase offer made in
writing or by publication (as determined by the Board
of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such
terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration of
the respective annual dividend rates and other relative
rights and preferences of the respective series and
classes, shall determine in good faith will result in
fair and equitable treatment among the respective
series or classes.
(B) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the
Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for
consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless
the Corporation could, under Paragraph (A) of this Section
4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time
and in such manner.
5. Reacquired Shares. Any shares of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the
Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and
cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares
shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued
Preferred Shares and may be reissued as part of a new series of
Preferred Shares to be created by resolution or resolutions of
the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions and
restrictions on issuance set forth herein.
6. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.
(A) Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation, no distribution shall be made to the holders of
shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or
upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto,
the holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock shall have received an amount equal to
$1,000 per share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock,
plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and
distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date
of
7
such payment (the "Series A Liquidation Preference").
Following the payment of the full amount of the Series A
Liquidation Preference, no additional distributions shall be
made to the holders of shares of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the
holders of Common Shares shall have received an amount per
share (the "Common Adjustment") equal to the quotient
obtained by dividing (i) the Series A Liquidation Preference
by (ii) 1,000 (as appropriately adjusted as set forth in
subparagraph (C) below to reflect such events as stock
splits, stock dividends and recapitalizations with respect
to the Common Shares) (such number in clause (ii), the
"Adjustment Number"). Following the payment of the full
amount of the Series A Liquidation Preference and the Common
Adjustment in respect of all outstanding shares of Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock and Common Shares,
respectively, holders of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock and holders of Common Shares shall receive
their ratable and proportionate share of the remaining
assets to be distributed in the ratio of the Adjustment
Number to 1 with respect to such Preferred Shares and Common
Shares, on a per share basis, respectively.
(B) In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets
available to permit payment in full of the Series A
Liquidation Preference and the liquidation preferences of
all other series of Preferred Shares, if any, which rank on
a parity with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred
Stock, then such remaining assets shall be distributed
ratably to the holders of such parity shares in proportion
to their respective liquidation preferences. In the event,
however, that there are not sufficient assets available to
permit payment in full of the Common Adjustment, then such
remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders
of Common Shares.
(C) In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the
Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on Common
Shares payable in Common Shares, (ii) subdivide the
outstanding Common Shares, or (iii) combine the outstanding
Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, then in each
such case the Adjustment Number in effect immediately prior
to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such
Adjustment Number by a fraction the numerator of which is
the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after
such event and the denominator of which is the number of
Common Shares that were outstanding immediately prior to
such event.
(D) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 6, no
holder of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred
Stock shall be authorized or entitled to receive upon the
8
involuntary liquidation of the Corporation an amount in
excess of $100.00 per share.
7. Consolidation, Merger, etc. In case the Corporation shall enter
into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction
in which the Common Shares are exchanged for or changed into
other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then
in any such case the shares of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or
changed in an amount per share (subject to the provision for
adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to 1,000 times the
aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other
property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for
which each Common Share is changed or exchanged. In the event the
Corporation shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date
(i) declare any dividend on Common Share payable in Common
Shares, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Shares, or (iii)
combine the outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of
shares, then in each such case the amount set forth in the
preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of
shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be
adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator
of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately
after such event and the denominator of which is the number of
Common Shares that were outstanding immediately prior to such
event.
8. No Redemption. The shares of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.
9. Ranking. The Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall
rank junior to all other series of the Corporation's Preferred
Shares, if any, as to the payment of dividends and the
distribution of assets, unless the terms of any such series shall
provide otherwise.
10. Amendment. At any time when any shares of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Restated
Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation shall not be amended
in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers,
preferences or special rights of the Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely
without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority or more
of the outstanding shares of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class.
11. Fractional Shares. Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock
may be issued in fractions of a share which shall entitle the
holder, in proportion to such holder's fractional shares, to
exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in
distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of
holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.
9
THIRD: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State
of North Carolina is 225 Hillsborough Street, Raleigh, Wake County, North
Carolina 27603; and the name of its initial registered agent at such address is
CT Corporation System.
FOURTH: No holder of any share of the Corporation, whether now or
hereinafter authorized, shall have any preemptive right to subscribe for or to
purchase any shares or other securities of the Corporation, nor have any right
to cumulate his votes for the election of Directors. At all meetings of the
Shareholders of the Corporation, a quorum being present, all matters (other than
the election of Directors) shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a
majority of the stock of the Corporation, present in person or by proxy, and
entitled to vote thereat.
FIFTH: The following provisions are intended for the management of the
business and for the regulation of the affairs of the Corporation, and it is
expressly provided that the same are intended to be in furtherance and not in
limitation of the powers conferred by statute:
(a) The Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power and authority to
direct management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and
shall exercise all corporate powers, and possess all authority,
necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent of this provision,
and which are customarily exercised by the board of directors of a
public company. In furtherance of the foregoing, but without
limitation, the Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power and
authority to: (a) elect all executive officers of the Corporation as
the Board may deem necessary or desirable from time to time, to serve
at the pleasure of the Board; (b) fix the compensation of such
officers; (c) fix the compensation of Directors; and (d) determine the
time and place of all meetings of the Board of Directors and
Shareholders of the Corporation. A scheduled meeting of Shareholders
may be postponed by the Board of Directors by public notice given at
or prior to the time of the meeting.
(b) The number of Directors constituting the Board of Directors shall not
be less than three nor more than fifteen, as may be fixed from time to
time by resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors. Provided
that the number of members of the Board of Directors equals or exceeds
the number required under the NCBCA to stagger the terms of Directors,
from and after the first annual Shareholders' meeting, the Board of
Directors shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in
number as may be possible, to serve respectively until the annual
meetings in 1998, 1999 and 2000 in the classes designated by the
shareholder of the Corporation at the 1997 Annual Meeting, and until
their successors shall be elected and shall qualify, and thereafter
the successors shall be elected to serve for terms of three years and
until their successors shall be elected and shall qualify. In the
event of any increase or decrease in the number of Directors, the
additional or eliminated directorships shall be so classified or
chosen such that all classes of Directors shall remain or become equal
in number, as nearly as may be possible.
(c) A vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors, including, without
limitation, a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of
Directors or from the failure by Shareholders of the Corporation to
elect the full authorized
10
number of Directors, may only be filled by a majority of the remaining
Directors or by the sole remaining Director in office. In the event of
the death, resignation, retirement, removal or disqualification of a
Director during his elected term of office, his successor shall serve
until the next Shareholders' meeting at which Directors are elected.
Directors may be removed from office only for cause.
(d) The Board of Directors may adopt, amend or repeal the Corporation's
Bylaws, in whole or in part, including amendment or repeal of any
Bylaw adopted by the Shareholders of the Corporation.
(e) The Corporation may in its Bylaws confer upon Directors powers
additional to the foregoing and the powers and authorities conferred
upon them by statute.
(f) The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change, or repeal
any provision herein contained, in the manner now or hereafter
prescribed by law, and all the rights conferred upon Shareholders
hereunder are granted, and are to be held and enjoyed, subject to such
rights of amendment, alteration, change or repeal.
(g) The only qualifications for Directors of the Corporation shall be
those set forth in these Articles of Incorporation. Directors need not
be residents of the State of North Carolina or Shareholders of the
Corporation.
(h) The Board of Directors may create and make appointments to one or more
committees of the Board comprised exclusively of Directors who will
serve at the pleasure of the Board and who may have and exercise such
powers of the Board in directing the management of the business and
affairs of the Corporation as the Board may delegate, in its sole
discretion, consistent with the provisions of the NCBCA and these
Articles of Incorporation. The Board of Directors may not delegate its
authority over the expenditure of funds of the Corporation except to a
committee of the Board and except to one or more officers of the
Corporation elected by the Board. No committee comprised of persons
other than members of the Board of Directors shall possess or exercise
any authority in the management of the business and affairs of the
Corporation.
SIXTH:
(a) The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent from time to time
permitted by law, indemnify its Directors and officers against all
liabilities and expenses in any suit or proceedings, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether or not brought
by or on behalf of the Corporation, including all appeals therefrom,
arising out of their status as such or their activities in any of the
foregoing capacities, unless the activities of the person to be
indemnified were at the time taken known or believed by such Director
or officer to be clearly in conflict with the best interests of the
Corporation. The Corporation shall likewise and to the same extent
indemnify any person who, at the request of the Corporation, is or was
serving as a Director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of
another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust
11
or other enterprise, or as a trustee or administrator under any
employee benefit plan.
(b) The right to be indemnified hereunder shall include, without
limitation, the right of a Director or officer to be paid expenses in
advance of the final disposition of any proceedings upon receipt of an
undertaking to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be
determined that he or she is entitled to be indemnified hereunder.
(c) A person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall also be paid
reasonable costs, expenses and attorneys' fees (including expenses) in
connection with the enforcement of rights to the indemnification
granted hereunder.
(d) The foregoing rights of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any
other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled
and shall not be limited by the provisions of Section 55-8-51 of the
NCBCA or any successor statute.
(e) The Board of Directors may take such action as it deems necessary or
desirable to carry out these indemnification provisions, including
adopting procedures for determining and enforcing the rights
guaranteed hereunder, and the Board of Directors is expressly
empowered to adopt, approve and amend from time to time such Bylaws,
resolutions or contracts implementing such provisions or such further
indemnification arrangement as may be permitted by law.
(f) Neither the amendment or repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of
any provision of these Articles of these Articles of Incorporation
inconsistent with this Article, shall eliminate or reduce any right to
indemnification afforded by this Article to any person with respect to
their status or any activities in their official capacities prior to
such amendment, repeal or adoption.
SEVENTH: To the full extent from time to time permitted by law, no person
who is serving or who has served as a Director of the Corporation shall be
personally liable in any action for monetary damages for breach of any duty as a
Director, whether such action is brought by or in the right of the Corporation
or otherwise. Neither the amendment or repeal of this Article, nor the adoption
of any provision of these Articles of Incorporation inconsistent with this
Article, shall eliminate or reduce the protection afforded by this Article to a
Director of the Corporation with respect to any matter which occurred, or in any
cause of action, suit or claim which but for this Article would have accrued or
arisen, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.
EIGHTH: The provisions of Article 9A of the NCBCA shall not be applicable
to the Corporation.
NINTH: Except as may be otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the
Shareholders of the Corporation shall have access as a matter of right only to
the books and records of the Corporation as may be required to be made available
to qualified shareholders by the NCBCA.
12
TENTH: To the extent that there ever may be inconsistency between these
Articles of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Corporation as may be adopted or
amended from time to time, the Articles of Incorporation shall always control.
13
EXHIBIT 3.2
Restated February 18, 1999
BYLAWS
OF
TRICON GLOBAL RESTAURANTS, INC.
ARTICLE 1 - OFFICES
Section 1. Offices. The principal office of Tricon Global Restaurants, Inc.
(the "Corporation") in the State of North Carolina shall be in the City of
Raleigh. The Corporation may have offices at such other places, either within or
without the State of North Carolina, as the Board of Directors may from time to
time determine.
ARTICLE 2 - MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
Section 1. Place of Meeting. Meetings of Shareholders shall be held at such
places, either within or without the State of North Carolina, as shall be
designated in the notice of the meeting.
Section 2. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of Shareholders shall be held
on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors shall determine each
year in advance thereof, for the purpose of electing Directors of the
Corporation and the transaction of such business as may be a proper subject for
action at the meeting.
Section 3. Special Meetings. Special Meetings of Shareholders shall be held
at such places and times as determined by the Board of Directors in their
discretion as provided in the Articles of Incorporation.
Section 4. Notice of Meetings. At least 10 and no more than 60 days prior
to any annual or special meeting of Shareholders, the Corporation shall notify
Shareholders of the date, time and place of the meeting and, in the case of a
special meeting or where otherwise required by the Articles of Incorporation or
by statute, shall briefly describe the purpose or purposes of the meeting. Only
business within the purpose or purposes described in the notice may be conducted
at a special meeting. Unless otherwise required by the Articles of Incorporation
or by statute, the Corporation shall be required to give notice only to
Shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting. If an annual or special
Shareholders' meeting is adjourned to a
different date, time or place, notice thereof need not be given if the new date,
time or place is announced at the meeting before adjournment. If a new record
date for the adjourned meeting is fixed pursuant to Article 7, Section 5 hereof,
notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to persons who are Shareholders
as of the new record date. If mailed, notice shall be deemed to be effective
when deposited in the United States mail with postage thereon prepaid, correctly
addressed to the Shareholders' address shown in the Corporation's current record
of Shareholders.
Section 5. Quorum, Presiding Officer. Except as otherwise prescribed by
statute, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, at any meeting of the
Shareholders of the Corporation, the presence in person or by proxy of the
holders of record of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of capital
stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat shall constitute a quorum for
the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum at such meeting or any
adjournment or adjournments thereof, the holders of record of a majority of such
shares so present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat may adjourn
the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present. At any such
adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transaction
which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. Meetings
of Shareholders shall be presided over by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the
Board, or, if neither is present, by another officer or Director who shall be
designated to serve in such event by the Board. The Secretary of the
Corporation, or an Assistant Secretary designated by the officer presiding at
the meeting, shall act as Secretary of the meeting.
Section 6. Voting. Except as otherwise prescribed by statute, the Articles
of Incorporation or these Bylaws, at any meeting of the Shareholders of the
Corporation, each Shareholder shall be entitled to one vote in person or by
proxy for each share of voting capital stock of the Corporation registered in
the name of such Shareholder on the books of the Corporation on the date fixed
pursuant to these Bylaws as the record date for the determination of
Shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting. No proxy shall be voted after
eleven (11) months from its date unless said proxy provides for a longer period.
Shares of its voting capital stock belonging to the Corporation shall not be
voted either directly or indirectly. The vote for the election of Directors,
other matters expressly prescribed by statute, and, upon the direction of the
presiding officer of the meeting, the vote on any other question before the
meeting, shall be by ballot.
Section 7. Notice of Shareholder Proposal. No business may be transacted at
an annual meeting of Shareholders, other than business that is either (a)
specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at
the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee
thereof), (b) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the
direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof)
or (c) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any Shareholder
of the Corporation (i) who is a
2
Shareholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in
this Section 7 and on the record date for the determination of Shareholders
entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice
procedures set forth in this Section 7.
In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be
properly brought before an annual meeting by a Shareholder, such Shareholder
must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of
the Corporation.
To be timely, a Shareholder's notice to the Secretary must be delivered to
or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not
less than ninety (90) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately
preceding annual meeting of Shareholders; provided, however, that in the event
that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days
before or after such anniversary date, notice by the Shareholder in order to be
timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth
(10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual
meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting
was made, whichever first occurs.
To be in proper written form, a Shareholder's notice to the Secretary must
set forth as to each matter such Shareholder proposes to bring before the annual
meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the
annual meeting and the reasons to be brought before the annual meeting and the
reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and
record address of such Shareholder, (iii) the class or series and number of
shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of
record by such Shareholder, (iv) a description of all arrangements or
understandings between such Shareholder and any other person or persons
(including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such
Shareholder and any material interest of such Shareholder in such business and
(v) a representation that such Shareholder intends to appear in person or by
proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.
No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of Shareholders except
business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set
forth in this Section 7; provided, however, that, once business has been
properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with such procedures,
nothing in this Section 7 shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any
Shareholder of any such business. If the Chairman of an annual meeting
determines that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in
accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the
meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such
business shall not be transacted.
3
Section 8. Postponement of Shareholders Meeting. A scheduled annual or
special meeting of Shareholders may be postponed by the Board of Directors by
public notice given at or prior to the time of the meeting.
Section 9. Shareholder Nominations of Directors. Only persons who are
nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for
election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to
the Board of Directors may be made at any annual meeting of Shareholders, or at
any special meeting of Shareholders called for the purpose of electing
directors, (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly
authorized committee thereof) or (b) by any Shareholder of the Corporation (i)
who is a Shareholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided
for in this Section 9 and on the record date for the determination of
Shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting and (ii) who complies with the
notice procedures set forth in this Section 9.
In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be
made by a Shareholder, such Shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in
proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation.
To be timely, a Shareholder's notice to the Secretary must be delivered to
or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (a)
in the case of an annual meeting, not less than ninety (90) days prior to the
anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of Shareholders;
provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a
date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date,
notice by the Shareholder in order to be timely must be so received not later
than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which
such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public
disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs;
and (b) in the case of a special meeting of Shareholders called for the purpose
of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th)
day following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was
mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made,
whichever first occurs.
To be in proper written form, a Shareholder's notice to the Secretary must
set forth (a) as to each person whom the Shareholder proposes to nominate for
election as a director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address
of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii)
the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation
which are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (iv) any other
information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a
proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with
solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder; and (b) as to the Shareholder giving the notice (i) the
name and record address of such Shareholder, (ii) the class or
4
series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned
beneficially or of record by such Shareholder, (iii) a description of all
arrangements or understandings between such Shareholder and each proposed
nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to
which the nomination(s) are to be made by such Shareholder, (iv) a
representation that such Shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at
the annual meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice and (v) any other
information relating to such Shareholder that would be required to be disclosed
in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with
solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of
each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if
elected.
No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation
unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 9.
If the Chairman of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in
accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the
meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be
disregarded.
ARTICLE 3 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 1. General Powers. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the
Articles of Incorporation or by statute, the Board of Directors shall have the
exclusive power and authority to direct management of the business and affairs
of the Corporation and shall exercise all corporate powers, and possess all
authority, necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent of this provision,
and which are customarily exercised by the board of directors of a public
company.
Section 2. Number, Term and Qualification. The number, term and
qualification of Directors of the Corporation shall be as provided in the
Articles of Incorporation.
Section 3. Removal. Directors may be removed from office only for the
reasons, if any, specified in the Articles of Incorporation.
Section 4. Vacancies. Vacancies occurring in the Board of Directors shall
be filled only as provided in the Articles of Incorporation.
Section 5. Compensation. Compensation for the services of Directors as such
shall be determined exclusively by the Board of Directors as provided in the
Articles of Incorporation.
5
ARTICLE 4 - MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS
Section 1. Annual and Regular Meetings. All annual and regular meetings of
the Board of Directors shall be held at such places and times as determined by
the Board of Directors in their discretion as provided in the Articles of
Incorporation.
Section 2. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors
shall be held at such places and times as determined by the Board of Directors
in their discretion as provided in the Articles of Incorporation.
Section 3. Notice of Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors by resolution
determines otherwise in accordance with authority set forth in the Articles of
Incorporation, all meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice
of the date, time, place or purpose of the meeting. The Secretary shall give
such notice of any meetings called by the Board by such means of communication
as may be specified by the Board.
Section 4. Quorum. A majority of the Directors in office shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors.
Section 5. Manner of Acting. A majority of Directors who are present at a
meeting at which a quorum is present will constitute the required vote to effect
any action taken by the Board of Directors.
Section 6. Action Without Meeting. Action required or permitted to be taken
at a meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if the
action is taken by all members of the Board. The action must be evidenced by one
or more written consents signed by each Director before or after such action,
describing the action taken, and included in the minutes or filed with the
corporate records. Action taken without a meeting is effective when the last
Director signs the consent, unless the consent specifies a different effective
date.
Section 7. Meeting by Communications Device. The Board of Directors may
permit Directors to participate in any meeting of the Board of Directors by, or
conduct the meeting through the use of, any means of communication by which all
Directors participating may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. A
Director participating in a meeting by this means is deemed to be present in
person at the meeting.
6
ARTICLE 5 - COMMITTEES
Section 1. Election and Powers. The Board of Directors may appoint such
committees with such members who shall have such powers and authority as may be
determined by the Board as provided in the Articles of Incorporation. To the
extent specified by the Board of Directors or in the Articles of Incorporation,
each committee shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board in the
management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, except that no
committee shall have authority to do the following:
(a) Authorize distributions.
(b) Approve or propose to Shareholders action required to be approved by
Shareholders.
(c) Fill vacancies on the Board of Directors or on any of its committees.
(d) Amend the Articles of Incorporation.
(e) Adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws.
(f) Approve a plan of merger not requiring Shareholder approval.
(g) Authorize or approve the reacquisition of shares, except according to
a formula or method prescribed by the Board of Directors.
(h) Authorize or approve the issuance, sale or contract for sale of
shares, or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences
and limitations of a class or series of shares, except that the Board
of Directors may authorize a committee (or a senior executive officer
of the Corporation) to do so within limits specifically prescribed by
the Board of Directors.
Section 2. Removal; Vacancies. Unless the Board of Directors by resolution
determines otherwise in accordance with authority specified in the Articles of
Incorporation, any member of a committee may be removed at any time exclusively
by the Board of Directors with or without cause, and vacancies in the membership
of a committee as a result of death, resignation, disqualification or removal
shall be filled by a majority of the whole Board of Directors. The Board may
discharge any committee, either with or without cause, at any time.
7
Section 3. Meetings. The provisions of Article 4 governing meetings of the
Board of Directors, action without meeting, notice, waiver of notice and quorum
and voting requirements shall apply to the committees of the Board and its
members to the extent not otherwise prescribed by the Board in the resolution
authorizing the establishment of the committee.
Section 4. Minutes. Each committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings
and shall report thereon to the Board of Directors at or before the next meeting
of the Board.
ARTICLE 6 - OFFICERS
Section 1. Titles. Pursuant to authority conferred in the Articles of
Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power and
authority to elect from time to time such officers of the Corporation, including
a Chairman and a President (one of whom shall be the Chief Executive Officer), a
Vice Chairman, one or more Executive Vice Presidents, one or more Senior Vice
Presidents, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a General
Counsel, a Controller, a Treasurer, a Secretary, one or more Assistant
Controllers, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and one or more Assistant
Secretaries, and such other officers as shall be deemed necessary or desirable
from time to time. The officers shall have the authority and perform the duties
set forth herein or as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of
Directors. Any two or more offices may be held by the same individual, but no
officer may act in more than one capacity where action of two or more officers
is required.
The officers of the Corporation may appoint one or more individuals to hold
a title which includes Assistant or Deputy together with one of the officer
titles indicated above. An individual holding such title by virtue of being so
appointed rather than by virtue of being elected to such position by the Board
of Directors shall not be an officer of the Corporation for purposes of the
Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws.
Section 2. Election; Removal. Pursuant to authority conferred in the
Articles of Incorporation, the officers of the Corporation shall be elected
exclusively by the Board of Directors and shall serve at the pleasure of the
Board as specified at the time of their election, until their successors are
elected and qualify, or until the earlier of their resignation or removal.
Pursuant to authority conferred in the Articles of Incorporation, any officer
may be removed by the Board at any time with or without cause.
Section 3. Compensation. Pursuant to authority conferred in the Articles of
Incorporation, the compensation of the officers shall be fixed by the Board of
Directors.
8
Section 4. General Powers of Officers. Except as may be otherwise provided
in these Bylaws or in the North Carolina Business Corporation Act, the Chairman,
the Vice Chairman, the President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice
President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the General Counsel,
the Controller, the Treasurer, the Secretary, or any one of them, may (i)
execute and deliver in the name of the Corporation, in the name of any division
of the Corporation, or in both names, any agreement, contract, deed, instrument,
power of attorney or other document pertaining to the business or affairs of the
Corporation or any division of the Corporation, and (ii) delegate to any
employee or agent the power to execute and deliver any such agreement, contract,
deed, instrument, power of attorney or other document.
Section 5. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer of the
Corporation shall report directly to the Board. Except in such instances as the
Board may confer powers in particular transactions upon any other officer, and
subject to the control and direction of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer
shall manage the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall communicate
to the Board and any committee thereof reports, proposals and recommendations
for their respective consideration or action. He may do and perform all acts on
behalf of the Corporation.
Section 6. Chairman. The Chairman shall preside at meetings of the Board of
Directors and the Shareholders and shall have such other powers and perform such
other duties as the Board may prescribe or as may be prescribed in these Bylaws.
Section 7. Vice Chairman. The Vice Chairman shall have such powers and
perform such duties as the Board or the Chairman (to the extent he is authorized
by the Board of Directors to prescribe the authority and duties of other
officers) may from time to time prescribe or as may be prescribed by these
Bylaws.
Section 8. President. The President shall have such powers and perform such
duties as the Board and the Chief Executive Officer (to the extent he is
authorized by the Board of Directors to prescribe the authority and duties of
other officers) may from time to time prescribe or as may be prescribed by these
Bylaws.
Section 9. Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents and Vice
Presidents. The Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents and Vice
Presidents shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board or the
Chief Executive Officer (to the extent he is authorized by the Board of
Directors to prescribe the authority and duties of other officers) may from time
to time prescribe or as may be prescribed by these Bylaws.
9
Section 10. Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have
powers and perform such duties as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer (to
the extent he is authorized by the Board of Directors to prescribe the authority
and duties of other officers) may from time to time prescribe or as may be
prescribed in these Bylaws. The Chief Financial Officer shall present to the
Board such balance sheets, income statements, budgets and other financial
statements and reports as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer (to the
extent he is authorized by the Board of Directors to prescribe the authority and
duties of other officers) may require and shall perform such other duties as may
be prescribed or assigned pursuant to these Bylaws and all other acts incident
to the position of Chief Financial Officer.
Section 11. Controller. The Controller shall be responsible for the
maintenance of adequate accounting records of all assets, liabilities, capital
and transactions of the Corporation. The Controller shall prepare such balance
sheets, income statements, budgets and other financial statements and reports as
the Board or the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer (to the
extent they are authorized by the Board of Directors to prescribe the authority
and duties of other officers) may require, and shall perform such other duties
as may be prescribed or assigned pursuant to these Bylaws and all other acts
incident to the position of Controller.
Section 12. Treasurer.
(a) The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all funds and
securities of the Corporation except as may be otherwise ordered by the Board,
and shall cause such funds (i) to be invested or reinvested from time to time
for the benefit of the Corporation as may be designated by the Board or by the
Chairman, the Vice Chairman, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the
Treasurer (to the extent they are authorized by the Board of Directors to make
such designations), or (ii) to be deposited to the credit of the Corporation in
such banks or depositories as may be designated by the Board or by the Chairman,
the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer (to the extent they
are authorized by the Board of Directors to make such designations), and shall
cause such securities to be placed in safekeeping in such manner as may be
designated by the Board or by the Chairman, the President, the Chief Financial
Officer or the Treasurer (to the extent they are authorized by the Board of
Directors to make such designations).
(b) The Treasurer or such other person or persons as may be designated for
such purpose by the Board or by the Chairman, the President, the Chief Financial
Officer or the Treasurer (to the extent they are authorized by the Board of
Directors to make such designations) may endorse in the name and on behalf of
the Corporation all instruments for the payment of money, bills of lading,
warehouse receipts, insurance policies and other commercial documents requiring
such endorsement.
10
(c) The Treasurer or such other person or persons as may be designated for
such purpose by the Board or by the Chairman, the President, the Chief Financial
Officer or the Treasurer (to the extent they are authorized by the Board of
Directors to make such designations), (i) may sign all receipts and vouchers for
payments made to the Corporation; (ii) shall provide a statement of the cash
account of the Corporation to the Board as often as it shall require the same;
and (iii) shall enter regularly in the books to be kept for that purpose full
and accurate account of all moneys received and paid on account of the
Corporation and of all securities received and delivered by the Corporation.
(d) The Treasurer shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed or
assigned pursuant to these Bylaws and all other acts incident to the position of
Treasurer.
Section 13. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings
of the Shareholders, the Board and the Committees of the Board. The Secretary
shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation, in
accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws and as required by the laws of
the State of North Carolina. The Secretary shall cause to be prepared and
maintained (i) at the office of the Corporation a stock ledger containing the
names and addresses of all Shareholders and the number of shares held by each,
and (ii) any list of Shareholders required by law to be prepared for any meeting
of Shareholders. The Secretary shall be responsible for the custody of all stock
books and of all unissued stock certificates. The Secretary shall be the
custodian of the seal of the Corporation. The Secretary shall affix or cause to
be affixed the seal of the Corporation, and when so affixed may attest the same
and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed or assigned pursuant to
these Bylaws and all other acts incident to the position of Secretary.
Section 14. Voting upon Securities. Unless otherwise ordered by the Board
of Directors, the Chairman, the President, any Executive Vice President, any
Senior Vice President or any Vice President shall have full power and authority
on behalf of the Corporation to attend, act and vote at meetings of the security
holders of any entity in which this Corporation may hold securities, and at such
meetings shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident
to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner, the Corporation
might have possessed and exercised if present. The Board of Directors may by
resolution from time to time confer such power and authority upon any person or
persons.
Section 15. Continuing Determination by Board. All powers and duties of the
officers shall be subject to a continuing determination by the Board of
Directors.
11
ARTICLE 7 - CAPITAL STOCK
Section 1. Certificates. Unless the Board determines otherwise, shares of
the capital stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates. The
name and address of the persons to whom shares of capital stock of the
Corporation are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be
entered on the stock transfer records of the Corporation. Certificates for
shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be in such form not
inconsistent with the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation as shall be
approved by the Board of Directors. Each certificate shall be signed (either
manually or by facsimile) by (a) the Chairman, the President or any Vice
President, and by the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or any
Assistant Treasurer or (b) any two officers designated by the Board of
Directors. Each certificate may be sealed with the seal of the Corporation or
facsimile thereof.
Section 2. Transfer of Shares. Transfers of shares shall be made on the
stock transfer records of the Corporation, and transfers shall be made only upon
surrender of the certificate for the shares sought to be transferred by the
holder of record or by a duly authorized agent, transferee or legal
representative. All certificates surrendered for transfer or reissue shall be
cancelled before new certificates for the shares shall be issued.
Section 3. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board of Directors may appoint
one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars of transfers and may
require all stock certificates to be signed or countersigned by the transfer
agent and registered by the registrar.
Section 4. Regulations. The Board of Directors may make such rules and
regulations as it deems expedient concerning the issue, transfer and
registration of shares of capital stock of the Corporation.
Section 5. Fixing Record Date. For the purpose of determining Shareholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Shareholders, or entitled to
receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of
Shareholders for any other purpose, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a
date as the record date for the determination of Shareholders. The record date
shall not be more than 60 days before the meeting or action requiring a
determination of Shareholders. A determination of Shareholders entitled to
notice of or to vote at a Shareholders' meeting shall be effective for any
adjournment of the meeting unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record
date, which it shall do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days
after the date fixed for the original meeting. If no record date is fixed for
the determination of Shareholders, the record date shall be the day the notice
of the meeting is mailed or the day the action requiring a determination of
Shareholders is taken.
12
Section 6. Lost Certificates. In case of loss, theft, mutilation or
destruction of any certificate evidencing shares of the capital stock of the
Corporation, another may be issued in its place upon proof of such loss, theft,
mutilation or destruction and upon the giving of an indemnity or other
undertaking to the Corporation in such form and in such sum as the Board may
direct.
ARTICLE 8 - GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 1. Dividends and other Distributions. The Board of Directors may
from time to time declare and the Corporation may pay dividends or make other
distributions with respect to its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the
terms and conditions provided by law.
Section 2. Seal. The seal of the Corporation shall be any form approved
from time to time by the Board of Directors.
Section 3. Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given to a
Shareholder, Director or other person under the provisions of these Bylaws, the
Articles of Incorporation or applicable statute, a waiver in writing signed by
the person or persons entitled to the notice, whether before or after the date
and time stated in the notice, and delivered to the Corporation, shall be
equivalent to giving the notice.
Section 4. Depositaries. The Chairman, the President, the Chief Financial
Officer, and the Treasurer are each authorized to designate depositaries for the
funds of the Corporation deposited in its name or that of a division of the
Corporation, or both, and the signatories with respect thereto in each case, and
from time to time, to change such depositaries and signatories, with the same
force and effect as if each such depository and the signatories with respect
thereto and changes therein had been specifically designated or authorized by
the Board; and each depositary designated by the Board or by the Chairman, the
President, the Chief Financial Officer, or the Treasurer shall be entitled to
rely upon the certificate of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the
Corporation setting forth the fact of such designation and of the appointment of
the officers of the Corporation or of other persons who are to be signatories
with respect to the withdrawal of funds deposited with such depositary, or from
time to time the fact of any change in any depositary or in the signatories with
respect thereto.
Section 5. Signatories. Unless otherwise designated by the Board or by the
Chairman, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer, all
notes, drafts, checks, acceptances and orders for the payment of money shall be
(a) signed by the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, and (b) countersigned by
the Controller or any Assistant Controller, or either signed or countersigned by
the Chairman, the Vice Chairman, the President, any Executive Vice President,
any Senior Vice
13
President or any Vice President in lieu of either the officers designated in (a)
or the officers designated in (b) of this Section.
Section 6. Proxies. Unless otherwise provided for by a resolution of the
Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or any Vice President or Secretary or
Assistant Secretary designated by the Board, may from time to time appoint an
attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the Corporation to cast, in the name
and on behalf of the Corporation, the votes which the Corporation may be
entitled to cast as the holder of stock or other securities in any other
corporation, any of whose stock or other securities may be held by the
Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock or other securities of such
other corporation or to consent in writing, in the name of the Corporation as
such holder, to any action by such other corporation, and may instruct the
person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving
such consent, and may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf
of the Corporation and under its corporate seal, or otherwise, all such written
proxies or other instruments as he may deem necessary or proper in the premises.
Section 7. Fiscal Year. The Fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed
by the Board of Directors.
Section 8. Amendments. These Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the Board
of Directors, including any Bylaw adopted, amended, or repealed by the
Shareholders generally. These Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the
Shareholders even though the Bylaws may also be amended or repealed by the Board
of Directors.
14
EXHIBIT 10.5
AMENDED AND RESTATED
SALES AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
This Sales and Distribution Agreement ("Agreement") dated as of the 1st day
of November, 1998 (the "Effective Date"), by and among AmeriServe Food
Distribution, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Seller"), Tricon Global
Restaurants, Inc., a North Carolina corporation ("Tricon"), Pizza Hut, Inc., a
Delaware corporation ("Pizza Hut"), Taco Bell Corp., a California corporation
("Taco Bell"), Kentucky Fried Chicken Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and
Kentucky Fried Chicken of California, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Kentucky
Fried Chicken Corporation and Kentucky Fried Chicken of California, Inc. are
together referred to herein as "KFC"); (Tricon, Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and KFC are
collectively referred to herein as the "Buyer").
WHEREAS, Seller is an approved distributor of all proprietary and
non-proprietary food, supplies, equipment, smallwares, uniforms, beverages,
promotional items and point of purchase materials sold to Pizza Hut, Taco Bell
and KFC company owned and franchised (including licensed) restaurants; and
WHEREAS, the Buyer desires to appoint Seller, and Seller desires to act, as
the exclusive distributor of certain proprietary and non proprietary food and
packaging products as described in Section 2(b) herein sold to the company owned
Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and KFC restaurants of the Buyer within the continental
United States, (not including certain restaurants subject to a sales contract or
letter of intent as described below), all on the terms and conditions set forth
herein;
WHEREAS, Buyer and Seller are parties to a Sales and Distribution Agreement
dated May 6, 1997 (the "Original Agreement");
WHEREAS, Buyer and Seller desire to amend and restate the Original
Agreement with this Agreement as of the Effective Date;
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Appointment as Approved Distributor of all Company Owned and Franchised
Restaurants.
(a) Buyer hereby appoints Seller as an approved distributor during the term
of this Agreement of the Restaurant Products (defined below) sold to all Pizza
Hut, Taco Bell and KFC restaurants, whether franchised or owned by Buyer or its
subsidiaries or affiliates, in the United States (including Hawaii and Alaska),
Canada and the countries where Seller currently exports Restaurant Products from
its distribution centers in the United States, which countries are listed in
Exhibit A attached hereto (the "Export Countries"). Seller understands that the
appointment contained in this Section 1 is not exclusive and that Seller shall
only have the exclusive distribution rights for the
Page 1 of 45 December 18, 1998
restaurants and products described in Section 2 below. In addition, Seller
understands that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as an approval by
Buyer of Seller as a purchasing organization or purchasing agent with respect to
any of the restaurants described in the first sentence of this Section 1, and
that such approval must be separately requested by Seller and may be granted by
Buyer, in its sole discretion, from time to time.
(b) For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Restaurant Products" shall
mean all of the proprietary and non-proprietary food, equipment, office
supplies, non-office supplies (cleaning chemicals, trash can liners, etc.),
packaging products (including, without limitation, all paper products),
smallwares (pans, brooms, cutting knives, salt and pepper shakers, etc.),
uniforms, beverages, promotional items (as defined in Exhibit D hereto) and
point of purchase materials (table tents, door hangers, etc.) currently or in
the future approved by the respective Buyer for purchase by any Pizza Hut, Taco
Bell or KFC company owned or franchised restaurants. For purposes of clarity,
smallwares, as generally known, are reusable items with small dollar values such
as the ones described above which are used in the operation of the business and
(i) expensed under the Buyer's accounting practices in place on the Effective
Date when they are for replacements and (ii) capitalized under the Buyer's
accounting practices in place on the Effective Date when they are purchased as
part of a new restaurant opening or a major rollout of a new Restaurant Product.
The key smallwares categories are as follows: (A) Utensils (spoodles, spatulas,
tongs, cooking knives/forks/spoons, wire whips, etc.); (B) Food prep and storage
(pans, separators, containers and lids, bowls, squeeze bottles, etc.); (C)
Tabletop Items (stainless cutlery, glassware, plates, cruet sets, tablecloths,
etc.); (D) Parts (can opener blades, slicer blades, fryer gaskets, etc.); and
(E) Janitorial & cleaning reusables (mops, buckets, brushes, garbage cans, spray
bottles, urinal screens, etc.). In contrast, equipment items are always
capitalized under the Buyer's current accounting practice (whether as a new or
replacement item) and food and supplies are always expensed.
(c) All suppliers and specifications for all Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and KFC
Restaurant Products purchased by Seller must be approved in advance in writing
by Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and KFC, respectively. Seller hereby acknowledges that
it shall have no role in the process of approving any supplier or the
specifications for the Restaurant Products. As described in Section 7 below, the
Buyer's Supply Chain Management division or other equivalent or designated
purchasing function, (referred to collectively as "SCM") and any person
designated in writing by SCM (together with SCM, an "SCM Party") as having the
right, whether as agent or independent contractor for, or assignee, of, SCM, to
exercise the rights of SCM or an SCM Party under this Agreement, shall negotiate
the price and other purchase terms of all Restaurant Products sold by Seller to
the Exclusive Restaurants (defined below). Buyer shall provide at least thirty
(30) days prior written notice to Seller of the designation of an SCM Party and
shall not permit there to be any overlap among SCM Parties for responsibility
for the purchase of any Restaurant Product. Seller agrees that it shall not
purchase Restaurant Products under agreements negotiated by an SCM Party for any
customers other than Pizza Hut, Taco Bell or KFC restaurants without the prior
written approval of such SCM Party. Any
Page 2 of 45 December 18, 1998
breach of the preceding sentence by Seller shall constitute a material breach of
this Agreement.
(d) As described in this Section 1, during the term of this Agreement
(including as extended solely for non-exclusive distributor status pursuant to
Section 9), Seller is an approved distributor of Restaurant Products for all
Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and KFC restaurants throughout the United States, Canada
and the Export Countries. All sections of this Agreement after this Section 1
shall, however, only describe the relationship between Buyer and Seller with
respect to certain Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and KFC restaurants within the 48
contiguous States of the United States of America (the "Continental United
States"). To the extent that Seller sells Restaurant Products to Pizza Hut, Taco
Bell or KFC restaurants outside of the Continental United States, Buyer and
Seller shall separately agree on the terms of their relationship for these
restaurants.
2. Appointment as Exclusive Distributor of Company Owned Restaurants.
(a) Buyer hereby appoints Seller as the exclusive distributor during the
term of this Agreement of the "Exclusive Restaurant Products" (defined below)
purchased by (i) the Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and KFC restaurants (traditional and
nontraditional units) within the Continental United States which are owned by
Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries (defined below) on the Effective Date, except
for Restaurants Under Definitive Contract or Letter of Intent (defined below) or
(ii) any additional Pizza Hut, Taco Bell or KFC restaurants (traditional and
nontraditional) within the Continental United States which are acquired or built
by Buyer or its Subsidiaries during the Initial Term or any Extension Term of
this Agreement (the "Exclusive Restaurants"). The term "Restaurants Under
Definitive Contract or Letter of Intent" shall mean any Pizza Hut, Taco Bell or
KFC restaurants owned by Buyer which the Buyer has agreed to sell pursuant to a
definitive agreement or Letter of Intent signed by the parties thereto prior to
the Effective Date, provided, however, that until any restaurant included in the
transactions the subject of such definitive agreement or letter of intent is
sold, it shall remain an Exclusive Restaurant, and if it is not sold pursuant to
such definitive agreement or letter of intent, it shall remain an Exclusive
Restaurant. A list of "Restaurants Under Definitive Contract or Letter of
Intent" is attached hereto as Exhibit B. During the term of this Agreement,
Buyer and its Subsidiaries shall purchase, and Seller agrees to sell, 100
percent of the Exclusive Restaurant Products required by the Exclusive
Restaurants, except incidental purchases in emergency situations and as
otherwise provided herein. The Buyer agrees that during the term of this
Agreement no supplier or distributor other than Seller shall sell the Exclusive
Restaurant Products to the Exclusive Restaurants; provided, however, that if
Seller for any reason fails to deliver any Exclusive Restaurant products on a
scheduled delivery date which was ordered within the time required for ordering
as described in subsection 5(c) hereof, the Exclusive Restaurant shall be
permitted to purchase such Exclusive Restaurant Products from another source or
sources to meet its requirements (but only for such order and not for any future
orders), and no such purchase shall be construed as a breach of Buyer's
obligations or require additional compensation to Seller. The term Exclusive
Restaurants shall include all types of nontraditional restaurants including
kiosks, carts, delivery units and restaurants in hotels,
Page 3 of 45 December 18, 1998
schools, airports, hospitals, or in joint consumer outlets, including
supermarkets, convenience stores, gas stations or similar arrangements, but it
shall not include any restaurants owned, acquired or built by Buyer which are
not Pizza Hut, Taco Bell or KFC restaurants.
For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Concept" shall mean each of the
Buyer's KFC, Pizza Hut and Taco Bell restaurant businesses, and the term
"Concepts" shall mean such businesses in the aggregate. To the extent the Buyer
owns, acquires or builds any restaurant concept(s) other than the Concepts, they
will only be considered Exclusive Restaurants under this Agreement if the Buyer
and Seller specifically agree in writing to include them under this Agreement.
(b) For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Exclusive Restaurant
Products" shall mean all proprietary and non-proprietary food (including fresh
produce but excluding fresh chicken, as defined by FDA regulations), packaging
products (including, without limitation, all paper products), national soft
drinks and promotional items (as defined in Exhibit D hereto) currently or in
the future approved by the respective Buyer for purchase by any Exclusive
Restaurant. Smallwares and non-office supplies (which include, but are not
limited to, cleaning chemicals and trash can liners) will become an Exclusive
Restaurant Product, provided that Buyer and Seller, negotiating in good faith,
agree on a comprehensive operations and pricing arrangement. Until that time,
smallwares and non-office supplies will be priced and serviced under current
arrangements as set forth in Exhibit C. Fresh chicken, equipment, uniforms,
smallwares (except as set forth above), office supplies, non-office supplies
(except as set forth above) and point of purchase materials shall not be within
the definition of Exclusive Restaurant Products. National soft drinks will not
be included in the definition of Exclusive Restaurant Products to the extent
that the distribution thereof by Seller could, in the reasonable judgment of
Buyer, be expected to subject the Buyer to contractual restrictions that could
operate to limit the ability of the Buyer to offer certain brands of national
soft drinks to its customers. Buyer will use reasonable efforts to negotiate the
removal of such contractual restrictions. New Exclusive Restaurant Products
which are being tested can be distributed by a company other than Seller in one
test market for up to 90 days. As a result, Seller shall be an approved
distributor as described in Section 1 above (but not an exclusive distributor)
of all such nonexclusive Restaurant Products which are excluded from the
definition of Exclusive Restaurant Products. The above definition of Exclusive
Restaurant Products may be changed only by written agreement of Buyer and
Seller.
(c) Buyer and Seller agree to reasonably cooperate to work towards a
generic product procurement program for generic items (e.g., trash can liners,
toilet paper, cleaning materials, etc.) with Seller acting as the supplier of
these products and which would result in price reductions of at least 1 percent
below current levels. The program is subject to Buyer's final approval and the
generic products to be included within such program shall be agreed to in
writing in advance from time to time by the parties hereto. Buyer retains all
rights to grant and revoke the approval of all specifications and qualifications
of such generic products thereof and Seller agrees not to disclose any
Page 4 of 45 December 18, 1998
proposed changes or modifications of such specifications or qualifications to
existing suppliers prior to the Buyer's written approval thereof. It is
understood that the intent of such product program would be to permit volume
purchases from vendors and, as such, generic product negotiations with vendors
would from time to time include negotiations in respect of Buyer's needs for
such products and the concurrent needs of other customers of Seller for such
products. Seller agrees that for any specific generic product for which Seller
is designated as the sole supplier to the Exclusive Restaurants, Buyer will be
charged no more on a per item basis for such product (meeting substantially
similar specifications) than Seller charges any other customer therefor.
(d) For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Subsidiaries" shall mean the
companies, partnerships or other entities in which the Buyer owns at least a
majority of the total equity interests. For purposes of convenience only, the
numerous Subsidiaries of the Buyer who own the Exclusive Restaurants are not
signing this Agreement. The Buyer hereby unconditionally guarantees the full
performance of the obligations of its Subsidiaries who own the Exclusive
Restaurants during the term of this Agreement and the fact that such
Subsidiaries are not signing this Agreement shall not affect in any way the
rights or obligations of the Buyer or Seller under this Agreement.
(e) A list of the Exclusive Restaurants on the Effective Date will be
provided by the Buyer to Seller on or about the Effective Date, which list will
be the initial list of the Exclusive Restaurants. If during the Initial Term or
any Extension Term of this Agreement the Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries
acquires or builds any additional Pizza Hut, Taco Bell or KFC restaurants, the
Buyer shall so notify Seller and such additional restaurants shall be added to
the list of Exclusive Restaurants and become subject to the terms of this
Agreement for the remaining period of the Initial Term or any Extension Term of
this Agreement. If the Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries sell, or enters into a
definitive agreement to sell, any Pizza Hut or Taco Bell Exclusive Restaurants
prior to December 31, 1999, and the buyer of such Exclusive Restaurants is,
immediately prior to the sale, a Pizza Hut or Taco Bell franchisee, and is among
the buyers that acquire the initial two hundred Pizza Hut Exclusive Restaurants,
in the case of a Pizza Hut franchisee, or the initial two hundred Taco Bell
Exclusive Restaurants, in the case of a Taco Bell franchisee, sold by the Buyer
in the period following the Effective Date (excluding Restaurants under
Definitive Contract or Letter of Intent), the buyer of such Exclusive
Restaurants shall be required prior to such sale to enter into a Sales and
Distribution Agreement with Seller with respect to such purchased Exclusive
Restaurants either, at the election of such buyer, in the form attached hereto
as Exhibit G-1(B) (having a term the same as the Original Agreement plus a six
(6) month extension) or Exhibit G-2 (having a term the same as this Agreement).
The buyer of "Restaurants Under Definitive Contract or Letter of Intent"
(excluding KFC restaurants) shall be required prior to such sale to enter into a
Sales and Distribution Agreement with Seller with respect to such restaurants
either, at the election of such buyer, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
G-1(A) (having a term the same as the Original Agreement) or Exhibit G-2 (having
a term the same as this Agreement). If the Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries
sell, or enters into a definitive agreement to sell, any Pizza Hut or Taco Bell
Exclusive Restaurant during the Initial Term of this Agreement, to a buyer not
covered by either of
Page 5 of 45 December 18, 1998
the two immediately preceding sentences, the buyer of such Exclusive Restaurant
shall be required prior to such sale, to enter into a Sale and Distribution
Agreement with the Seller in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G-2. Once such
buyer enters into such a Sales and Distribution Agreement with Seller with
respect to such purchased Exclusive Restaurants, the Buyer shall have no further
obligations under this Agreement with respect to such purchased Exclusive
Restaurants and the Buyer shall not guarantee in any way the payment or other
obligations of such buyer to Seller. If the buyer of such Exclusive Restaurant
already owns other franchised Pizza Hut or Taco Bell restaurants, such other
restaurants owned by such buyer shall not be required to become Exclusive
Restaurants subject to the terms of the applicable Sales and Distribution
Agreement. The requirement that refranchised Pizza Hut and Taco Bell Exclusive
Restaurants must continue to be Exclusive Restaurants under this Agreement shall
not apply to KFC Exclusive Restaurants sold by Buyer or its Subsidiaries during
the term of this Agreement. If a KFC Exclusive Restaurant is sold by the Buyer
or its Subsidiaries during the term of this Agreement and becomes a franchised
KFC restaurant, the terms of this Agreement shall not apply to said KFC
restaurant which will be removed from the list of Exclusive Restaurants.
3. Prices for Exclusive Restaurant Products.
(a) The prices to be paid by the Exclusive Restaurants for the Exclusive
Restaurant Products purchased from Seller during the term of this Agreement
shall be equal to (x) the "Landed Cost" (defined below) of the Exclusive
Restaurant Products plus a mark-up described in Exhibit D attached hereto plus
(y) the costs of SCM allocated to the Exclusive Restaurant Products and charged
to Seller as described in Section 7 below. The mark-ups listed on Exhibit D
become effective on January 1, 1999. Until that date, the Landed Cost, mark-ups,
freight and other pricing provisions will be those provided for under the
Original Agreement. Buyer will give Seller 60 days prior written notice of any
changes in the amount of or manner of the SCM fee. As described in Exhibit D,
the mark-up will be different for the different restaurant chains, Pizza Hut,
Taco Bell and KFC. The mark-up applicable to Exclusive Restaurant Products that
are used in common by each Concept in a "2n1" or "3n1" Exclusive Restaurant
shall be the markup specified for the Concept under which such "2n1" or "3n1"
Exclusive Restaurant is operated and numbered by the Buyer. The mark-up
applicable to Exclusive Restaurant Products that are proprietary to a Concept
shall be that Concept's specified mark-up.
(b) As used in this Agreement, the term "Landed Cost" for Exclusive
Restaurant Products shall mean F.O.B. vendor's dock price for the Exclusive
Restaurant Products, plus standard freight from the F.O.B. point to Seller's
distribution center dock. All weight and quantity discounts, promotional
allowances, rebates and special discounts reasonably allocable to the Exclusive
Restaurants, will be deducted in computing the Landed Cost. Seller shall retain
all prompt pay discounts which will not be factored into the calculation of
Landed Cost. Buyer will not knowingly permit any SCM Party to negotiate away any
standard vendor prompt pay discounts. Seller and its subsidiaries perform
value-added services for suppliers in addition to the procurement activities
typically provided. These value-added services include regional and national
marketing,
Page 6 of 45 December 18, 1998
administrative services, quality assurance and performance based product
marketing. Seller and its subsidiaries may recover from such supplier the costs
of providing these services and may also be compensated by such supplier for
these services and consider this compensation to be earned income, provided that
receipt of such cost recovery or earned income will not affect Landed Cost.
Seller will disclose to Buyer on a semi-annual basis the dollar amount of
"earned income" received by Seller from vendors on a product category basis.
Neither Buyer nor any SCM Party shall have any restrictions on receiving
supplier "earned income" or other supplier incentives such as rebates and
discounts. Subject to Buyer's prior written approval, Landed Cost may also
include reasonable freight and handling costs associated with inventory
transfers between Seller's distribution centers in cases where vendor minimum or
full truck load order quantities cannot reasonably be met, said costs to be
reflected in the Landed Cost of the receiving Seller distribution center. Seller
will not charge for transfers of inventory that are required to be made by
Seller to correct inventory shortages caused by Seller's inventory management
mistakes. As indicated in Exhibit E attached hereto, Seller and Buyer will
jointly develop a process to manage such approvals.
For purposes of determining Landed Cost, Seller shall price its inventory
of Restaurant Products on a last in, first out (LIFO) basis where all product
will be sold at current market value, whether that value is higher or lower than
actual inventory value. For items priced in four-week periods, current market
value is defined as the purchase order cost if there is an outstanding purchase
order with a delivery date into Seller's distribution center prior to the 10th
day of the period for the period which pricing is being determined, or in the
absence of such a purchase order, the current Landed Cost of that item. Buyer or
the SCM Party will require vendors to give 4 weeks notice prior to a price
change in a period priced Restaurant Product. For weekly priced items (certain
commodities, such as cheese, produce and other products specified in a written
notice from Buyer to Seller), current market value is the current Landed Cost at
the time pricing is determined (not to exceed three (3) days prior to the
beginning of the weekly period). Buyer or the SCM Party will require vendors to
give at least three (3) days notice prior to a price change in a weekly priced
Restaurant Product to the extent consistent with agreements between Buyer and
vendors in effect on the Effective Date, or any renewal or extension of said
agreements.
(c) Freight Management Rules. The Freight Management Rules attached hereto
as Exhibit E (the "Freight Management Rules") shall establish the standards of
performance that shall be required to be adhered to. The freight rates and other
information necessary for establishing the pricing under the Freight Management
Rules shall be redetermined annually to be effective January 1, 1999 and each
anniversary thereof. Freight standards will be based on shipment sizes that
approximate current product mix.
(d) Case Size and Weight Changes and New Restaurant Products. The case
mark-ups provided for in this Agreement were based upon the actual calculations
of average weight per case of Exclusive Restaurant Products delivered in 1997
(the "Weight to Case Ratio"), and average case size of Exclusive Restaurant
Products delivered in 1997 (the "Cube to Case Ratio"), each as set forth in
Exhibit D hereto. The per case
Page 7 of 45 December 18, 1998
markup of case-priced Exclusive Restaurant Products (not the percentage markup)
will be equitably adjusted for any material change (as defined below) in the
Weight to Case Ratio or the Cube to Case Ratio, or for any new product, where
either party determines in good faith that such change or new product is
detrimental to its financial position under the terms of this Agreement,
including, without limitation, a material change in product mix (e.g., an
increase in frozen Restaurant Products). For case-priced Exclusive Restaurant
Products, a material change shall be defined as 10 percent change in either the
Weight to Case Ratio or the Cube to Case Ratio for all products on a Concept by
Concept basis. Buyer shall not, and shall cause a SCM Party not to, request a
supplier to increase the weight or case size unless there is a reasonable
business purpose other than lowering the distribution fees paid to Seller. The
parties agree to review these changes for each Buyer's Concept on a quarterly
basis. For all other products, parties will negotiate changes in good faith.
Should Buyer decide to add or modify any Restaurant Products in a manner which
fundamentally alters the storage and/or delivery requirements outside of the
current methods (e.g., ice cream, bulk oil, commissary pizza dough, high
security promotional items and game pieces), the parties shall work together in
good faith to develop, on mutually acceptable terms, alternative storage and/or
delivery methods which meet Buyer's distribution requirements. For this purpose,
mutually acceptable terms shall include prices and rates which are market
competitive with respect to the alternative storage or delivery methods
developed by the parties. If Buyer, in its reasonable judgment, determines that
mutually acceptable terms have not been agreed to within a reasonable amount of
time, Buyer may, after requesting written bid(s) for storage and delivery
methods that meet its requirements, enter into an agreement for the distribution
of the applicable Exclusive Restaurant Product with any person(s) providing such
a bid(s); provided that Seller shall have the right of first refusal with
respect to the terms of any such bid(s), for a period of 30 business days after
its receipt of the terms of such bid(s).
(e) The parties will agree on the specific method of billing the Exclusive
Restaurants (e.g., electronic billing, faxed invoice or other format) and
whenever possible electronic billing will be used. From time to time during the
term of this Agreement, Buyer shall have the right to review all financial and
business records of Seller which are reasonably requested by Buyer to determine
the Landed Costs of the Exclusive Restaurant Products sold to the Exclusive
Restaurants. Within 90 days after the end of each calendar year, Seller shall
provide to the Buyer a calculation by a major independent international public
accounting firm, agreed upon by Seller and Buyer, of the Landed Costs of all
Exclusive Restaurant Products sold to each of the respective Pizza Hut, Taco
Bell and KFC Exclusive Restaurants during that calendar year. Seller or Buyer,
as the case may be, will then promptly make an adjusting payment in respect of
any overcharges or undercharges. Seller shall make available to the independent
accounting firm all financial records necessary to make such calculation. The
costs of the independent accounting firm shall be shared equally by the Buyer
and Seller (50 percent by each).
(f) The prices described in the paragraphs above shall apply only to the
Exclusive Restaurant Products. For all Restaurant Products which are not
included within the definition of Exclusive Restaurant Products (e.g., fresh
chicken, equipment,
Page 8 of 45 December 18, 1998
office supplies, uniforms, smallwares (except as provided in Section 2(b)
above), non-office supplies (except as provided in Section 2(b) above) and point
of purchase materials), the prices will be negotiated from time to time by
Seller and Buyer.
(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties agree that the prices of the
Restaurant Products which are food, paper products and similar restaurant
supplies purchased by all Pizza Hut franchised restaurants within the
Continental United States (not including the Exclusive Restaurants) will
continue until the expiration of the term of the Original Agreement (July 11,
2002) to be subject to the 2.5 percent net pre-tax profit margin limit set forth
in clause D(ii) of Section 8.3 of the standard Pizza Hut Franchise Agreement, a
copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit F. Seller agrees to maintain during
the Initial Term of this Agreement the rebate program for this 2.5 percent net
pre-tax profit margin limit for Pizza Hut restaurants in a manner to be agreed
upon by Buyer and Seller, including a basis for allocating costs and providing
to Pizza Hut franchisees the audit of all allocated costs and rebate payments
provided for under Section 8.3 of the standard Pizza Hut Franchise Agreement.
Seller will be relieved of this profit limitation if any distributor servicing
Pizza Hut franchisees is not subject to the same profit limitations.
4. Payment Terms for the Restaurant Products.
(a) The Buyer shall pay to Seller the purchase price for the Restaurant
Products delivered to and accepted by the Buyer within 30 calendar days after
the date of invoice (which invoice will be the same day as delivery). No
interest shall be charged to the Buyer with respect to payments made on or
before the due date. Seller agrees that all credits for product on which Seller
has received telephonic or other notice that such product was invoiced but not
received on the scheduled delivery date or product picked up for return (RMA)
will be processed within 24 hours of the applicable driver's return to the
distribution center, provided that the data transmittal for all weekend and
holiday returns is processed before the evening of the following business day.
(b) If any amounts due to Seller are not paid in accordance with the
payment terms when due as described in subsection 4(a) above, a service charge
shall be added to the sums due, which charge shall be equal to the lesser of (i)
an interest charge determined by applying to the delinquent balance an interest
rate equal to the prime rate of interest of Citibank N.A. (as published from
time to time) plus 2 percent per annum or (ii) the amount determined by applying
the maximum rate permitted to be charged under applicable state law.
5. Deliveries and Orders of the Restaurant Products excluding Equipment and
Non Fleet Smallwares.
(a) The provisions of this Section 5 describe the mechanics and procedures
for ordering and delivering all of the Restaurant Products distributed and sold
by Seller to the Exclusive Restaurants except for the new and replacement
equipment and furnishings which Seller sells to the Exclusive Restaurants
through its equipment business and certain
Page 9 of 45 December 18, 1998
smallware items which are not delivered through the Seller's distribution
centers (the "Non Fleet Smallwares"). The Restaurant Products, excluding
equipment and furnishings and the Non Fleet Smallwares, is hereinafter referred
to as the "Covered Products." The specific mechanics and procedures for ordering
and delivering of equipment and furnishings is not described in this Agreement
and will be subject to the agreement of Seller and the Exclusive Restaurants
from time to time. The specific mechanics and procedures for ordering and
delivering of Non Fleet Smallwares are set forth in Exhibit C hereto.
(b) Deliveries of the Covered Products shall be made twice a week to the
Exclusive Restaurants. If the Buyer desires to have more than two deliveries per
week for any particular Exclusive Restaurants, the Buyer will be required to pay
an additional charge to Seller in an amount to be negotiated and agreed upon by
Seller and Buyer. Seller will offer to Buyer a discount off the purchase price
of the Covered Products (in an amount determined by Seller) if an Exclusive
Restaurant agrees to reduce the number of its scheduled deliveries per week.
Seller may deliver the ordered Covered Products to the Exclusive Restaurant at
any time during which the Exclusive Restaurant is open for business except for
the black out periods described in Exhibit H attached hereto, or such other
black out periods which are previously agreed upon in writing by Seller and the
regional managers of the Exclusive Restaurants. Before the beginning of each
black out period, Seller's drivers must complete their deliveries and be out of
the Exclusive Restaurant and failure to do so will not be considered as an on
time delivery. Seller agrees to start deliveries within one hour (before or
after) of the expected delivery time that Seller notifies an Exclusive
Restaurant. As examples: (i) if the expected delivery time is 9:00am and
Seller's driver starts the delivery between 8:00am and 10:00am, the delivery
will be on time but (ii) if the expected delivery time is 11:00am for a Taco
Bell restaurant and Seller's driver starts the delivery at 11:00am but does not
complete the delivery by 11:30am, the delivery will not be on time. Seller will
notify the Exclusive Restaurants of the expected delivery time no later than the
day preceding the date of delivery. If the delivery cannot be started within
such two hour period (one hour before and one hour after the scheduled delivery
time), Seller will notify the Exclusive Restaurant in advance but the delivery
will still be made the same day. The regional managers of the Exclusive
Restaurants may waive in writing the black out period delivery prohibition and
accept delivery during the black out period. Seller will be allowed to deliver
the Covered Products when the Exclusive Restaurant is closed (so called "key"
deliveries) only with the prior written approval of an authorized representative
of the Buyer (or other appropriate level employee of the Exclusive Restaurants
as designated by the Buyer). If Seller's driver sets off an alarm at a key
delivery (other than because the Exclusive Restaurant did not provide the
correct alarm code) and there are charges incurred by the Exclusive Restaurant
as a result of such alarm, Seller will reimburse the Exclusive Restaurant for
such charges. Delivery days and times will be scheduled so as to cause as little
interruption to the operation of the Exclusive Restaurants as is practical under
the circumstances.
(c) Orders by the Buyer for the Covered Products must be made to Seller no
later than 5:00pm on the day which is two days prior to the scheduled delivery
date;
Page 10 of 45 December 18, 1998
provided, however, that for Exclusive Restaurants which are not close to a
distribution center of Seller (not within one day normal driving time from the
nearest Seller's distribution center), Seller may require that these orders be
made no later than 5:00pm on the day which is three days prior to the scheduled
delivery date. If there are any exceptional cases where Seller wishes to receive
orders four days prior to the scheduled delivery date, they must be approved in
writing by the local manager of the affected Exclusive Restaurant. Seller agrees
to continue to maintain the "Sourcelink" electronic ordering system (or
equivalent up to date electronic ordering system) which currently allows the
Exclusive Restaurants to make electronic orders for the Covered Products. If the
Sourcelink orders are not received within two hours before the 5:00pm order
deadline, Seller will call the restaurant before the order deadline in order to
try to receive the order. If the distribution center of Seller is still unable
to receive an order from an Exclusive Restaurant prior to the 5:00pm order
deadline, Seller shall automatically order for the Exclusive Restaurant for the
exact same order it received for the same day of the previous week (excluding
smallwares) and the Exclusive Restaurant will be required to accept such
delivery when made. To the extent the Exclusive Restaurant is late in ordering
or changes its order after the 5:00pm order deadline, Seller is not required to
accept such late or changed order. If Seller decides to accept such late or
changed order, Seller may charge the Buyer a special delivery charge to be
negotiated by Seller and Buyer. Seller agrees that its Sourcelink computer
software and hardware (or such other electronic ordering software and hardware
used by Seller which is at least functionally equivalent to Sourcelink) will be
free from errors or "bugs" related to the Year 2000 issue on or before September
30, 1999. Seller shall prepare a back-up plan for making orders should such
software suffer errors or "bugs" related to the Year 2000 issue and will make
reasonable efforts to correct any such errors or "bugs" it may suffer.
(d) Deliveries shall be to such location on the Exclusive Restaurant
premises as the Exclusive Restaurants shall reasonably direct. Covered Products
shall be deemed delivered when actually placed in the storage areas of the
Exclusive Restaurant (including the temperature controlled compartments in the
case of the frozen or refrigerated Covered Products) by Seller's drivers, as
reasonably directed by employees of the Exclusive Restaurant. Seller's drivers
will not be required to stock shelves or rotate the Covered Products. The
Exclusive Restaurants will be responsible to keep the back door and aisle free
of debris for Seller's drivers to deliver the Covered Products to the storage
areas. To the extent practicable, deliveries by Seller shall have unloading
priority over all other vendors. The Exclusive Restaurants shall assign and make
available an employee or employees to accept delivery, subject to the terms of
paragraph (f) below, of Covered Products, and to sign the invoice documenting
receipt of the ordered Covered Products (to the extent received and not
damaged).
(e) Seller will only deliver the Covered Products specified by the Buyer
and shall not substitute products for the Covered Products; provided, however,
that the delivery on an infrequent basis of the Covered Products in a different
size than ordered shall not be considered a substitute if the total quantity of
the Covered Products is the amount ordered (e.g., delivery of two 12 ounce jars
instead of four 6 ounce jars). Seller agrees to comply with all quality
assurance programs and guidelines consistently required
Page 11 of 45 December 18, 1998
by the Buyer for other similarly situated distributors of Restaurant Products in
the United States from time to time during the term of this Agreement to ensure
that the quality of the Covered Products is maintained while the Restaurant
Product is being stored, handed and transported by Seller. If Tricon quality
assurances programs and guidelines are materially modified after the date of the
Original Agreement, Buyer agrees to discuss in good faith the reasonableness of
such change with Seller. The current quality assurance programs and guidelines
of each of Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and KFC have been provided to Seller prior to
the date hereof.
(f) If ordered Covered Products are not delivered by Seller on the
scheduled delivery date (including key deliveries), or are delivered damaged or
not meeting the required specification, at the request of the Exclusive
Restaurant, Seller will make a special delivery to redeliver the Covered
Products as quickly as possible. In addition, Seller shall take back all Covered
Products which are damaged or out of specification and give a credit to the
Exclusive Restaurant for the purchase price charged by Seller to the Exclusive
Restaurant for that product. If the Covered Products were out of specification
or the damages were internal and not visible to Seller upon receiving delivery
of the Covered Products from the vendor, the vendor shall be responsible to
Seller for all costs relating to making such special deliveries and to take back
damaged or out of specification Covered Products. The Buyer and Seller each
agree to use their respective best efforts to collect such costs from the
vendors.
(g) If the Buyer decides to return any nonperishable Covered Products
ordered by Buyer and delivered to it within specification, not damaged and on
the scheduled delivery date, Seller shall, within 30 days after such return,
charge the Buyer for taking back such Covered Product an amount equal to 15
percent of the invoice price of such Covered Product (as a restocking fee).
(h) Title and risk of loss for the Covered Products purchased by the
Exclusive Restaurants from Seller shall pass to the Exclusive Restaurants upon
delivery by Seller inside the Exclusive Restaurant. In the event that any
Covered Products are delivered and subsequently returned or rejected by an
Exclusive Restaurant, title and risk of loss shall revert to Seller upon the
physical transfer of possession of the Covered Products back to Seller at the
time such Covered Products are picked up by Seller from Buyer's Exclusive
Restaurant.
(i) Buyer acknowledges and agrees that Seller has full discretion to direct
all deliveries from any distribution center which Seller operates, and to make
such changes to the routing process as Seller, in its sole discretion,
determines appropriate; provided, however, that Seller shall notify the affected
Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and KFC restaurants of any changes in its routes. In
addition, the Buyer acknowledges and agrees that Seller's fleet may not be
solely dedicated to the distribution of Covered Products to Pizza Hut, Taco Bell
and KFC restaurants. As a result, Seller's fleet which distribute the Covered
Products to Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and KFC restaurants may also carry other
products for delivery to other customers (including competing customers) on the
same routes so long as they do not in any way damage, contaminate or adversely
affect the quality of the
Page 12 of 45 December 18, 1998
Covered Products during the delivery or adversely affect deliveries to the
Exclusive Restaurants.
(j) Management of the inventory levels in the distribution centers of
Seller will be the responsibility of Seller except that Seller agrees that it
will not buy any Covered Products which Seller expects to keep in inventory for
more than 60 days without the consent of the Buyer. Seller agrees to provide to
the extent practicable weekly information to the Buyer by distribution center of
its inventory levels of all Restaurant Products purchased through Seller. Seller
shall not be required to buy promotional items or new or test market Covered
Products until it first receives a firm commitment from the Buyer and, in the
case of such promotional items, or new or test market Covered Products which are
for sale to franchised Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and KFC restaurants, until it first
receives a firm commitment from such franchisees to purchase such promotional
items or new or test market Covered Products. If any promotional items or any
other Covered Products which are unique to the Buyer's operations are purchased
by Seller based on the Buyer's projections and such Covered Products remain in
Seller's inventory for more than 90 days after Buyer's projected need, Seller
may charge the Buyer a storage and handling charge equal to 1 percent of the
Landed Cost of such Covered Products per month until Covered Products are
delivered to the Buyer. Each month during the term of this Agreement the Buyer
and Seller shall meet to review the amount of promotional items or other unique
Covered Products which have remained in inventory for more than 90 days after
Customer's projected need and use their respective best efforts to agree on a
schedule for delivery of such excess inventory to the Exclusive restaurants as
quickly as possible and in any event not more than an additional 90 days after
such initial 90 day period. At the end of such additional 90 day period, Seller
may require the Buyer to either order such excess inventory or direct Seller to
dispose of such excess inventory at the Buyer's cost. Unless either (i) a
Covered Product is discontinued by the Buyer or (ii) the Buyer approves an AIP
(authorization for inventory purchase) for Covered Products ordered by
franchised Pizza Hut, Taco Bell or KFC restaurants, the Buyer shall not be
responsible to Seller for any storage charges or purchase commitments of any
franchised Pizza Hut, Taco Bell or KFC restaurants. Buyer agrees that that it
will cause vendors of Promotional Items to make available to Seller payment
terms at least as favorable as terms available to any other distributor with
similar credit ratings and histories of Promotional Items to the Concepts. The
payment terms on Promotional items will not be considered in calculating the
"Weighted Average Payment Term" as defined in Section 7(a) of this Agreement.
(k) In the event the Buyer decides to recall any Restaurant Product, Seller
agrees to assist the Buyer, to the extent reasonably requested by the Buyer, in
its recall efforts, including, without limitation, promptly assisting the Buyer
in determining exactly which Pizza Hut, Taco Bell or KFC restaurants may need to
be notified of a product recall. Unless such recall was needed as a result of
any action or omission to act by Seller, the Buyer (or the vendor at the Buyer's
direction) shall reimburse Seller for all additional costs incurred by Seller
(e.g. labor, fuel, etc.) in such recall efforts to the extent such recall was
requested by the Buyer.
Page 13 of 45 December 18, 1998
(l) Seller warrants that all Covered Products to be distributed by it to
Pizza Hut, Taco Bell or KFC restaurants shall be inspected, handled, stored,
shipped and sold by Seller in strict compliance with all applicable (i) federal
and state laws (ii) rules and regulations of all governmental agencies having
jurisdiction and (iii) municipal ordinances. Upon its receipt of any citation
issued by any governmental or regulatory authority which might result in the
interruption in Seller's distribution service to any Pizza Hut, Taco Bell or KFC
restaurant customers, Seller, shall promptly notify such customers who may be
affected.
(m) Seller agrees to use its best efforts to take and respond to emergency
calls from the Exclusive Restaurants for delivery of Covered Products. Seller
and the Exclusive Restaurants will agree upon the additional charges to be paid
to Seller for special deliveries needed to respond to such emergency calls.
6. Minimum Service Levels.
(a) Seller agrees to maintain during the term of this Agreement on a total
basis for all Exclusive Restaurants serviced by Seller, each of the following
monthly service levels:
(i) The actual number of Perfect Orders (defined below) of the Covered
Products which are delivered to the Exclusive Restaurants during each
month as a percentage of the total number of deliveries of the Covered
Products ordered shall not be less than 85 percent; and
(ii) The number of deliveries of the Covered Products during any month
which are on time (within one hour before or after the scheduled
delivery time as described in Section 5(b) above) shall not be less
than 80 percent.
The above service levels shall be measured on a total basis for all
distribution centers of Seller together (not separately for each individual
distribution center). Key deliveries will be factored into the measurement of on
time deliveries described in (ii) above.
If Seller fails to achieve either of such service levels during any three
months of any calendar year during the term of this Agreement (commencing in
1999), this failure shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement
entitling the Buyer to terminate this Agreement upon notice to Seller as
described in Section 10 below. Seller will provide Buyer with monthly service
level reports using data collected from each Exclusive Restaurant in a
systematic manner (including the store manager or regional manager signoff on
delivery documentation) that is a data input in an electronically produced
service level report.
Page 14 of 45 December 18, 1998
(b) Seller agrees to maintain during the term of this Agreement, for the
Exclusive Restaurants serviced by each distribution center of Seller, the
following monthly service level:
The actual number of Perfect Orders of the Exclusive Restaurant Products
which are delivered to the Exclusive Restaurants from that distribution
center during each month as a percentage of the total number of deliveries
of the Exclusive Restaurant Products ordered shall not be less than 75
percent.
The above service level shall be measured separately for each distribution
center of Seller which delivers to the Exclusive Restaurants.
If Seller fails to achieve the above service level during any three months
of any calendar year during the term of this Agreement (commencing in 1999), the
Buyer shall have the right upon notice to Seller given at any time during the
ninety (90) day period after the end of the third month in which it has failed
to meet such service level to remove the Exclusive Restaurants which were
serviced by such distribution center from the list of Exclusive Restaurants. As
a result, if the Buyer gives such notice, Seller will lose the exclusive right
under this Agreement to deliver the Exclusive Restaurant Products to the
Exclusive Restaurants which were customers of such underperforming distribution
center.
(c) The term "Perfect Order" shall mean a delivery where 100 percent of the
cases of the delivered Exclusive Restaurant Products are (i) exactly the items
ordered by the Exclusive Restaurant, (ii) not damaged and (iii) within
specification; provided, however, that any order which fails to be a "Perfect
Order" because (x) a vendor was not able to supply a Covered Product which is
part of the order, or (y) a Covered Product which is part of the order is not
shipped to Seller in a timely manner and the Buyer is responsible for arranging
or directing the manner of freight of such Covered Product to Seller, shall be
disregarded for purposes of this paragraph (c).
Within two (2) weeks of the end of each month Seller shall notify Buyer of
its service levels described in paragraphs (a) and (b) above for the month and,
at the request of the Buyer, Seller shall make available to the Buyer all of its
records which support its determination of the service levels and such other
records reasonably requested by the Buyer. By September 30, 1999, the service
level data will be subdivided and totaled for the Exclusive Restaurants owned by
Buyer, the franchisee-owned Exclusive Restaurants and franchisee owned
non-Exclusive Restaurants which buy through SCM.
7. Supply Chain Management.
(a) Seller and SCM intend that their relationship will be based on a spirit
of cooperation where they will support each other whenever possible. During the
term of this Agreement, SCM or another SCM Party will negotiate with the vendors
all price and other purchase terms for all Restaurant Products which are
distributed and sold by Seller to any Exclusive Restaurants at such prices
described in Section 3 above. The
Page 15 of 45 December 18, 1998
commitment by Seller to exclusively buy under terms and agreements negotiated by
an SCM Party all Restaurant Products sold to the Exclusive Restaurants is
subject to the exception that if Seller is able to buy such Restaurant Products
for the Exclusive Restaurants on terms more favorable to the Exclusive
Restaurants than those negotiated by an SCM Party, Seller will notify the Buyer
of such better terms and offer Buyer the opportunity to buy such Restaurant
Products on such better terms negotiated by Seller. Any SCM Party shall have the
right to allocate among two or more vendors the total purchases of the
Restaurant Products purchased under terms and agreements negotiated by such SCM
Party. In addition, each SCM Party shall have the right to determine which
vendors will supply the Restaurant Products purchased under terms and agreements
negotiated by such SCM Party to each of the respective distribution centers of
Seller. Buyer agrees that the "Weighted Average Payment Term" (defined below)
for the Restaurant Products purchased during any calendar quarter by Seller and
negotiated through any SCM Party will be no less than 15 calendar days. For
purposes of this Agreement, the term "Weighted Average Payment Term" shall mean
the average number of days after invoice which the suppliers of the Restaurant
Products purchased through each SCM Party (taken together) require for payment
by Seller, weighted by the dollar volumes for the different items of the
Restaurant Products and the different required terms for payment.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, SCM (and with the written consent of SCM, any
other SCM Party) may negotiate payment terms for Restaurant Products purchased
by Seller for sale to the Exclusive Restaurants owned by the Buyer (not
franchised Exclusive Restaurants) which result in a Weighted Average Payment
Term for such Restaurant Products below 15 calendar days so long as there is an
equivalent reduction in the receivable payment terms for such Exclusive
Restaurants to fully compensate Seller for paying earlier than a Weighted
Average Payment Term of 15 days. As described in Section 3(b) above, Seller
shall be entitled to receive all early pay discounts and such discounts shall
not reduce the amount of the Landed Costs. Any SCM Party shall have the right to
negotiate early pay discounts which Seller will receive so long as the Weighted
Average Payment Term, after taking into account such discounts, is not less than
15 calendar days as described above. Buyer agrees and shall cause such SCM Party
to agree that Seller shall have the right to receive standard vendor prompt pay
discounts. In addition, any SCM Party may negotiate payment terms which include
an interest charge for late payments by Seller to the supplier equal to the
lesser of: (i) the prime rate of interest of Citibank, N.A. (as published from
time to time) plus 2 percent per annum or (ii) the maximum rate permitted to be
charged under applicable state law.
(b) Except as described below, all inbound freight of the Restaurant
Products to the distribution centers of Seller, including the selection of the
carriers and the negotiation of the freight charges, will be managed by and
incurred by Seller as part of its distribution services provided under this
Agreement (without any additional fee to Buyer). The parties agree to comply
with the Freight Management Rules attached hereto as Exhibit E.
(c) SCM fee will continue to be charged by AmeriServe in such amount and in
such manner as directed by Tricon. Tricon will give AmeriServe 60 days prior
notice of any changes in the SCM fee.
Page 16 of 45 December 18, 1998
(d) Seller shall promptly submit to Buyer accurate and complete monthly
reports on such forms as Buyer shall from time to time prescribe showing (i) the
identity of each Exclusive Restaurant to which Seller has sold Products; (ii)
the identity and quantity of Restaurant Products sold by Seller to the Exclusive
Restaurants; and (iii) the net price (exclusive of permissible prompt pay
discounts) paid by the Distributor (or if not conveniently available the net
price paid to Seller by each Exclusive Restaurant) as the form of such reports
and reporting requirements shall be revised in any Distributor Participation
Agreement to which Seller and any SCM Party are a party. Seller shall be
obligated, during the term of this Agreement, to deliver the invoice information
detailed by components (Landed Cost, Seller's mark-up and any other invoice
information provided by Seller), for each distribution center and separately for
Exclusive Restaurants owned and not owned by Buyer.
(e) Seller shall keep and preserve adequate records to support all
information provided by Seller to Buyer pursuant to this paragraph for a
commercially reasonable period of time (at least one year).
8. Continuation of Equipment Business.
Although the equipment products of Seller are not part of the Covered
Products sold to the Exclusive Restaurants, Seller currently plans to maintain
the equipment business and to make the equipment products available for purchase
by the Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and KFC restaurant customers of Seller. Seller
agrees to provide to the Buyer and its other Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and KFC
franchised restaurant customers at least six months prior notice before either
(i) any significant reduction by Seller in the distribution services it offers
for equipment products or (ii) Seller sells the equipment business. Buyer will
continue to purchase 80 percent of its equipment needs for the Exclusive
Restaurants owned by Buyer until November 1, 1999 at prices mutually agreed to
in writing by the parties from time to time.
9. Term.
This Agreement is for a term beginning on the Effective Date and ending on
January 11, 2005 (the "Initial Term"). This Agreement may be extended until July
11, 2007 upon one year's prior written notice by either party (the "Extension
Term"). If Buyer opts to extend the Initial Term, contract rates, as adjusted by
CPI adjustments, shall continue to apply. If Seller but not Buyer opts to extend
the Initial Term, Buyer and Seller will negotiate in good faith contract rates
for the Extension Term. If parties cannot agree on rates, Buyer may put the
business out for competitive bid, but Seller will have right of first refusal to
maintain the business on same terms as those of the lowest bona fide bid(s)
obtained by Buyer. In the alternative, Seller will retain the business for the
Extension Term, at the contract rates, as adjusted by CPI adjustments, if the
Seller's actual average composite landed restaurant price for the Exclusive
Restaurant Products for the Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and KFC Exclusive Restaurants
owned by Buyer during the last year of the Initial Term is within one tenth of
one percent (0.1%) of the average
Page 17 of 45 December 18, 1998
composite landed restaurant price for the Exclusive Restaurant Products for the
Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and KFC Exclusive Restaurants owned by Buyer offered by
third parties in connection with bona fide market basket bid(s) obtained by
Buyer for the business. In the event Seller opts to extend but the business
hereunder is placed elsewhere, Seller shall remain an approved distributor as
provided in Section 1 through July 11, 2007.
10. Termination.
This Agreement may be terminated prior to the end of the Initial Term or
Extension Term hereof, without affecting the rights or obligations of either
party with respect to the Restaurant Products already delivered by Seller, as
follows:
(a) In the event that the other party breaches any material term of this
Agreement, and such breach shall remain unremedied for a period of thirty
calendar days after written notice of such breach from the non-breaching party,
the non-breaching party may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the
breaching party; provided that this Agreement may not be terminated by Buyer for
breach of Section 6 above, except as provided in Section 10(b) below.
(b) If Seller is in material breach of this Agreement for failure to
maintain either of the service levels described in Section 6(a) hereof for any
three months of any calendar year during the Initial Term or Extension Term
(commencing in 1999), the Buyer may terminate this Agreement upon written notice
to Seller at any time during the 90 day period after the end of the third month
in which it failed to meet such service level.
(c) In the event that either party (i) makes an assignment for the benefit
of its creditors, (ii) has a petition initiating a proceeding under applicable
bankruptcy laws filed against it and such petition is not set aside within 60
days after such filing, (iii) files any voluntary petition for bankruptcy,
liquidation or dissolution or has a receiver, trustee or custodian appointed for
all or part of its assets, or (iv) seeks to make an adjustment settlement or
extension of its debt with its creditors generally, the other party may
terminate this Agreement upon written notice to such party.
11. Insurance.
Each party shall obtain and maintain comprehensive general liability
insurance (including product liability) in amounts equal to at least Ten Million
Dollars ($10,000,000.00) combined single limit for death, personal injury, and
property damage, and worker's compensation insurance as required by law. Each
party shall file with the other certificates evidencing such insurance and shall
promptly pay all premiums on said policies as and when the same become due. In
addition, said policies shall contain a provision requiring thirty days prior
written notice to the other of any proposed cancellation or termination of
insurance. The insurance requirements set forth above are
Page 18 of 45 December 18, 1998
minimum coverage requirements and are not to be construed in any way as a
limitation of liability under this Agreement.
12. Trademarks.
(a) Neither the Buyer nor Seller shall acquire any right or interest in the
trademarks or trade names of the other party pursuant to this Agreement. Except
as specifically set forth herein, neither the Buyer nor Seller shall use the
name of the other or any part of any trademark or trade name of the other party
without the express written permission of such other party.
(b) Seller may continue to display the Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and KFC
trademarks on its delivery fleet in the same manner as such trademarks are
currently displayed. Any change in the way such trademarks are displayed on
Seller's delivery fleet shall require the prior written approval of the Buyer.
Buyer may, in its discretion, either (i) require Seller, at Buyer's cost (unless
Seller is refurbishing its fleet pursuant to a normal maintenance schedule), to
change the way the Pizza Hut, Taco Bell, and KFC trademarks are displayed on the
fleet of Seller in order to update the logos for any changes in the way such
trademarks are generally displayed by Seller or (ii) require Seller to remove
such trademarks form its fleet at any time, at Buyer's cost. Seller further
agrees that, without Buyer's prior written consent, Seller's delivery trucks
which display the Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and KFC trademarks will not be used for
any deliveries to any customers of Seller other than Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and
KFC restaurants. Seller shall not be required, however, to continue to display
the Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and KFC trademarks on its delivery fleet and shall be
free, in its discretion, to remove such trademarks at any time. Seller agrees
that its delivery fleet which deliver the Restaurant Products to any Pizza Hut,
Taco Bell or KFC restaurants (the Exclusive Restaurants or any franchised Pizza
Hut, Taco Bell or KFC restaurants) shall not display the trademarks of any other
restaurants of any other restaurant customer of Seller.
13. Confidentiality by Seller.
(a) Seller acknowledges the Buyer's need to maintain the confidentiality of
certain proprietary information disclosed by the Buyer to Seller. All
information communicated by Buyer to Seller which contains vendor pricing
information negotiated by any SCM Party, marketing and restaurant data, new
product information, promotional activities or other information specifically
relating to the Buyer's business shall be kept confidential and not used or
disclosed by Seller to any third party; provided, however, that the foregoing
restriction shall not apply to the Landed Cost information which Seller is
required to provide to the independent international public accounting firm as
described in subsection 3(c) hereof (but only to the extent so provided). Such
confidential information shall not include information (i) which becomes
generally known to the public through no disclosure by Seller, (ii) which Seller
can show was known by it prior to disclosure to it by Buyer, or (iii) which is
required by law to be disclosed. Seller shall inform its employees of the
confidential nature of all information provided by Buyer which is confidential
pursuant to the terms of this Section 13 and
Page 19 of 45 December 18, 1998
Seller shall be fully responsible for any breach by its employees of the terms
of this Section 13.
(b) Each party hereto agrees to keep the terms of this Agreement
confidential and not disclose them to any third party without the prior written
consent of the other parties hereto, except to the extent such disclosure is
required by law.
14. Indemnity.
(a) Seller shall indemnify and hold Buyer, as well as Buyer's parents,
subsidiaries, affiliates, successors and assigns, and each of their respective
officers, directors, and employees, harmless from and against any and all loss,
liability, claims, demands or suits (including, without limitation, reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses) which arise out of:
(i) the breach of any of the representations, warranties or agreements
made by Seller in this Agreement (including, without limitation, damages
caused by any violations by law by Seller or recalls caused by Seller); or
(ii) the warehousing, delivery, storage, handling or transporting of
any Restaurant Products while under the care, custody, or control of
Seller.
(b) The Buyer shall indemnify Seller, as well as Seller's parents,
subsidiaries, affiliates, successors and assigns, and each of their respective
officers, directors, and employees, harmless from and against any and all loss,
liability, claims, demands or suits (including, without limitation, reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses) which arise out of:
(i) the breach of any of the representations, warranties or agreements
made by Buyer in this Agreement; or
(ii) the operations or business of Buyer (including, without
limitation, SCM) and the Exclusive Restaurants.
15. No Franchise or Agency.
Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to make either party the agent or
representative of the other party for any purpose whatsoever. Nothing provided
in this Agreement shall be deemed to grant either party any right or authority
to assume, create or expand any obligation or responsibility, express or
implied, on behalf of or in the name of the other party, or to bind the other
party in any manner or matter whatsoever. Neither party to this Agreement shall
have any authority to employ any person as agent or employee for or on behalf of
the other party to this Agreement for any purpose. It is the express intention
of the parties that each party hold the other party harmless from and against
any and all claims, liability and expense arising out of any unauthorized act of
its respective employees and agents.
Page 20 of 45 December 18, 1998
16. General Provisions.
(a) Appointment of Executive Officers of Buyer. During the term of this
Agreement, Tricon, Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and KFC shall notify Seller in writing
of the names of the executive officers who shall have the authority to bind all
four companies, Tricon, Pizza Hut, Taco Bell and KFC and act on behalf of Buyer,
in connection with any matter relating to this Agreement, including, without
limitation, amending the terms of this Agreement as described in Section 16(e)
below.
(b) Dispute Resolution. Each of Buyer and Seller shall appoint one or more
employees who will meet with each other on a regular basis to review the
performance by each party pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Buyer and
Seller shall each appoint an executive officer to meet for the purpose of
resolving any claim, dispute and/or controversy arising out of or relating to
the performance of this Agreement. If the dispute is not resolved by negotiation
within thirty (30) days, the parties shall endeavor to settle the dispute by
mediation under the then current Center for Public Resources ("CPR") Model
Procedure for Mediation of Business Disputes. The neutral third party will be
selected from the CPR panel of neutrals, with the assistance of CPR, unless the
parties agree otherwise. In the event that the parties are unsuccessful in
resolving the dispute via mediation, the parties agree promptly to resolve any
such claim, dispute and/or controversy through binding confidential arbitration
conducted in Louisville, Kentucky, in accordance with the then current rules of
the American Arbitration Association ("AAA"). The parties irrevocably consent to
such jurisdiction for purposes of the arbitration, and judgment may be entered
thereon in any state or federal court in the same manner as if the parties were
residents of the state or federal district in which said judgment is sought to
be entered. The arbitrator shall not make any award or decision that is not
consistent with applicable law. In any action between the parties, the
prevailing party in such action shall recover its costs and expenses, including
reasonable attorneys' fees, from the non-prevailing party. All applicable
statutes of limitations and defenses based upon the passage of time shall be
tolled while the requirements of this Section 16(b) are being followed.
(c) Access to Distribution Centers. During the terms of this Agreement the
Buyer shall have the right to inspect at any time during the term of this
Agreement the distribution centers, all delivery trucks and any other facility
of Seller which carry the Restaurant Products.
(d) Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon all the parties hereto
and upon all of their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns. This
Agreement shall not, however, be assignable or transferable, in whole or in
part, by any party except upon the express prior written consent of all of the
other parties. Any attempt to assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any
rights or obligations hereunder in violation of the foregoing shall be void.
Page 21 of 45 December 18, 1998
(e) Amendments. This Agreement shall not be amended except in writing
signed by all parties hereto.
(f) Notices. All notices, demands, consents or other communications
required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered or
sent by overnight air courier, addressed as follows: if to the Buyer to each of
(i) Pizza Hut, Inc., 14841 Dallas Parkway, Dallas, Texas, 75240, Attn:
President; (ii) Taco Bell Corp., 17901 Von Karman, Irving, California, 92714,
Attn: President; (iii) KFC, 1441 Gardiner Lane, Louisville, Kentucky, 40214,
Attn: President; and (iv) Tricon Global Restaurants, Inc., 1441 Gardiner Lane,
Louisville, Kentucky, 40213, Attn: General Counsel; and if to Seller, AmeriServe
Food Distribution, Inc. 15305 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1600, P.O. Box 9016,
Addison, Texas, 75001-9016, Attn: President, or to such other address as may
hereafter be furnished in writing to the other party in the manner described
above. Any notice, demand, consent or communication given hereunder in the
manner described above shall be deemed to have been effected and received as of
the date hand delivered or as of the date received if sent by overnight air
courier.
(g) Force Majeure. No party shall be responsible for delays or defaults
under this Agreement if such delay or default is occasioned by war, strikes,
fire, an act of God or other causes beyond such party's control.
(h) Waiver. No provision, requirement, or breach of this Agreement may be
waived by any party except in writing. If any party fails to enforce any right
or remedy available under this Agreement, that failure shall not be construed as
a waiver of any right or remedy with respect to any other breach or failure by
the other parties. If Seller fails to maintain the service levels described in
Section 6 hereof during any three months of any calendar year during the term of
this Agreement (commencing in 1999) and Buyer does not exercise its right to
terminate this Agreement as described in Section 10(b) hereof or remove the
Exclusive Restaurants by notice as provided in Section 6(b) within 90 days after
the third such month, the Buyer shall waive any right to terminate this
Agreement or remove the Exclusive Restaurants by notice as provided in Section
6(b) with respect to the low service levels during such three months but shall
not waive any right to terminate this Agreement as a result of low service
levels during any months after such three months.
(i) Captions. The captions used herein are inserted only as a matter of
convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit, or describe the scope
or the intent of any section or paragraph hereof.
(j) Governing Law and Forum. This Agreement shall in all respects be
construed in accordance with and governed by the substantive laws of the State
of Kentucky without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.
(k) Severability. If any one or more of the provisions contained in this
Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable
in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not
affect any other provision
Page 22 of 45 December 18, 1998
hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or
unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
(l) Other Documents. The terms, conditions and provisions of any invoice,
billing statement, confirmation or other similar document relating to the
services rendered in connection with this Agreement shall be subject and
subordinate to the terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement and, in
the event of a conflict between the terms, conditions and provisions of any such
document and of this Agreement, the terms, conditions and provisions of this
Agreement shall govern.
(m) Survival of Obligations. The obligations of any party under this
Agreement, which by their nature would continue beyond expiration or termination
of this Agreement including, without limitation, indemnification by such party
as provided in Section 14 hereof, shall survive the expiration or termination of
this Agreement.
17. The Unified Coop
The KFC National Purchasing Cooperative, Inc., organizations representing
KFC, Taco Bell and Pizza Hut franchisees, and Buyer are working together to
establish a purchasing program through a newly organized Unified Purchasing
Coop, LLC (the "Unified Coop") to purchase goods and equipment, including
Restaurant Products and Exclusive Restaurant Products, for Buyer-owned and
operated and franchisee-owned and operated restaurants, including Exclusive
Restaurants. If the Unified Coop purchasing program is established, Buyer will
designate the Unified Coop as an SCM Party and Buyer will appoint and designate
the Unified Coop, on an exclusive basis, to administer purchasing programs on
behalf of restaurant operators for all restaurants located in the United States,
including Exclusive Restaurants.
Seller has participated in the negotiation of a form of Distributor
Participation Agreement between Seller and the Unified Coop and, upon
designation by Buyer of the Unified Coop as an SCM Party, Seller will promptly
enter into a Distributor Participation Agreement with the Unified Coop in
substantially the same form attached as Exhibit J. Consistent with the
provisions of Paragraph 13(b) of this Agreement, Buyer and Seller each consent
to the disclosure of the terms of this Agreement and any information provided
for in this Agreement to the Unified Coop. Buyer and Seller each agree that the
designation of the Unified Coop as an SCM Party is not in violation of the
assignment provisions contained in Paragraph 16(d) of this Agreement. "The
Service Fee," as defined in Paragraph 4 of the Distributor Participation
Agreement will replace "the costs of SCM allocated to the Exclusive Restaurant
Products" referred to in clause (y) in Section 3(a) of this Agreement.
Page 23 of 45 December 18, 1998
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as
of the date first set forth above.
TRICON GLOBAL RESTAURANTS, INC.
By: /s/ Robert C. Lowes
----------------------------------------
Name: ROBERT C. LOWES
Its: CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PIZZA HUT, INC.
By: /s/ Thomas P. Cawley
----------------------------------------
Name: THOMAS P. CAWLEY
Its: Chief Financial Officer
TACO BELL CORP.
By: /s/ Max Craig
----------------------------------------
Name: Max Craig
Its: Chief Financial Officer
KENTUCKY FRIED CHICKEN CORPORATION
By: /s/ Charles E. Rawley, III
----------------------------------------
Name: CHARLES E. RAWLEY, III
Its: PRESIDENT
KENTUCKY FRIED CHICKEN OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
By: /s/ Charles E. Rawley, III
----------------------------------------
Name: CHARLES E. RAWLEY, III
Its: PRESIDENT
AMERISERVE FOOD DISTRIBUTION, INC.
By: /s/ Raymond Marshall
----------------------------------------
Name: Raymond Marshall
Its: Vice Chairman
Page 24 of 45 December 18, 1998
EXHIBIT A
EXPORT COUNTRIES
Antigua Japan
Argentina Korea
Aruba Kuwait
Australia Lebanon
Bahamas Martinique
Barbados Mexico
Belgium Netherlands
Bonaire N.A. Nicaragua S.A.
Brazil Pakistan
Canada Panama
Chile Paraguay
China Peru
Columbia Philippines
Costa Rica Poland
Curacao N.A. Puerto Rico
Cyprus Qatar
Dominican Republic Russia
Ecuador Saipan
Egypt Saudi Arabia
El Salvador Singapore
France South Africa
Germany (GDR) South Korea
Grand Cayman Spain
Grenada Sweden
Guam Taiwan
Guatemala Thailand
Honduras Trinidad
Hong Kong Turkey
Iceland Turks & Caicos
India United Arab emirates
Israel United Kingdom
Jamaica Uruguay
Page 25 of 45 December 18, 1998
EXHIBIT B
LIST OF "RESTAURANTS UNDER DEFINITIVE CONTRACT
OR LETTER OF INTENT"
Page 26 of 45 December 18, 1998
EXHIBIT C
CURRENT SMALLWARES PRICING AND SERVICING
Servicing
- ---------
AmeriServe currently services the Tricon Concepts in roughly the following
proportions:
F&S DC's Equip DC FSS
Pizza Hut 70-80% 20-30% 0%
Taco Bell 25-40% 60-75% 0%
KFC 20-30% 35-45% 30-40%
These ranges include forms and office supplies.
Pricing
- -------
Smallwares pricing falls within the following mark-up ranges:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F&S DC's Equip DC FSS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pizza Hut 24% Drop Shipment Stock items
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than $50 17.65% 20.46% N/A
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$50-500 11.17% 13.68% N/A
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Taco Bell No formal Less than $50 25% 25% N/A
agreement $50-$100 18% 18% N/A
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-30% $100-$500 9% 15% N/A
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
KFC No formal Same markups 4%-6%
agreement as above - all
items are either
PH or TB
items
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mark-ups from the Equip DC and FSS do not include outbound parcel shipping
costs, which costs are paid by Buyer.
"F&S DS's" are Seller's food and supply distribution centers. "Equip DC" is
Seller's equipment distribution center which is currently located in
Indianapolis, Indiana. "FSS" is the current third-party supplier of Smallwares
for KFC Exclusive Restaurants.
Page 27 of 45 December 18, 1998
EXHIBIT D
SELLER'S CASE CHARGE/PERCENTAGE MARK-UP
Subject to the terms of Section 3 of this Agreement and in exchange for the
Exclusive Restaurant Products, Buyer shall pay to Seller sums in accordance with
the guidelines detailed herein:
A. The prices for the Exclusive Restaurant Products (including fresh
produce but excluding softdrinks and Promotional Items (as defined
below)) shall be the Landed Cost plus the SCM costs or service fee, as
applicable, described in Section 3(a) plus the per case charge
indicated below:
Pizza Hut $1.58/case
Taco Bell $1.90/case
KFC $1.65/case
B. The new prices are effective January 1, 1999. Prior to January 1,
1999, the Landed Cost, mark-ups, freight and other pricing provisions
will be the same as in the Original Agreement.
C. The parties have agreed to negotiate a comprehensive pricing and
servicing arrangement for Smallwares. Until such negotiations are
complete, Smallwares shall be priced and serviced under current
arrangements as set forth on Exhibit C to this Agreement.
D. National soft drinks shall be priced at levels currently existing
pursuant to existing contracts between beverage providers and Buyer.
If and when Seller assumes responsibility for delivering national soft
drinks to Buyer, Buyer will allow Seller to receive standard
distribution fees paid by any national soft drinks provider.
E. Promotional Items - The mark-up and the dollar cap per case for the
KFC Exclusive Restaurants will be 10.0 percent mark-up with a minimum
case charge of $2.00 per case and a maximum case charge of $5.00 per
case. The mark-up and dollar cap per case for the Pizza Hut Exclusive
Restaurants will be 10.0 percent mark-up with a minimum case charge of
$1.90 per case and a maximum case charge of $5.00 per case. The
mark-up and its dollar cap per case for the Taco Bell Exclusive
Restaurants will be 9.6 percent mark-up with a maximum case charge of
$5.00. Buyer and Seller will separately negotiate from time to time
the mark-up on Promotional Items with a vendor case price in excess of
$150 and Promotional Items that Buyer requests Seller to distribute
from its equipment distribution center.
Page 28 of 45 December 18, 1998
For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Promotional Items" includes
both Stock Promotional Items and Limited Promotional Items, where:
(1) "Stock Promotional Items" are consumable, non-food items of
various themes and design such as kids' meals, crayons, balloons,
birthday kits and kids' table covers that are used for
promotional purposes and are held in inventory at all times, and
(2) "Limited Time Promotional Items" are consumable, non-food
items such as basketballs, cup-toppers and Major League glassware
that are offered for a limited time, are self-liquidating and are
offered for promotional purposes.
Paper products (including paper cups and packaging materials) that are
normally Exclusive Restaurant Products that are modified through
graphics or other changes for promotional purposes shall be considered
to be Exclusive Restaurant Products (and shall not be considered
Promotional Items), even when the introduction of such products is for
a limited time; provided, however, that any such product will be
considered to be a Promotional Item if the vendor case price for such
product is not within 20 percent of the standard vendor case price of
the item which it replaces.
Plastic cups that are normally Exclusive Restaurant Products that are
modified through graphics or other changes for promotional purposes
shall be considered to be Exclusive Restaurant Products (and shall not
be considered Promotional Items); provided that (i) such plastic cups
are self liquidating, (ii) there are not multiple SKU's for such
plastic cups at the same time, (iii) such plastic cups are generally
available on a systemwide basis for the applicable Concept, (iv)
date-sensitive delivery of such cups to any Exclusive Restaurant(s) is
not required by Buyer, (i.e. start/stop sell dates), (v) redeemable
game pieces are not added to the products, and (vi) normal restaurant
ordering practices apply to the ordering of these products (no auto
shipments).
All other items not described in the previous two paragraphs which are
normally Exclusive Restaurant Products that are modified through
graphics or other changes for promotional purposes shall be considered
to be Promotional Items.
F. Buyer and Seller shall negotiate mark-ups for Restaurant Products that
are not Exclusive Restaurant Products (equipment, uniforms, and point
of purchase items) from time to time in good faith as provided in this
Agreement.
Page 29 of 45 December 18, 1998
G. By approximately September 30, 1999, as provided in this Agreement all
mark-ups and case charges will be applied consistently across all
distribution centers and all Exclusive Restaurant Products (i.e. flat
pricing) unless specifically otherwise agreed to by Buyer.
H. Buyer and Seller agree that the per case mark-up shall depend upon the
Dropsize. The "Average Dropsize Per Delivery" means, for any period,
the number of cases of Covered Products ordered for regularly
scheduled deliveries divided by the number of regularly scheduled
deliveries for such period. Cases that are ordered but not delivered
because (i) the vendor is out of stock, or (ii) the cases ordered are
not shipped to Seller in a timely manner and the Buyer is responsible
for arranging or directing the manner of freight of such order to
Seller, will not be considered in calculating the "Average Dropsize
Per Delivery." The pricing adjustment shall be as follows:
Average Drop Size Per Case
Per Delivery Reduction/(Surcharge)
130 or more cases $ 0.10
80-130 cases $ 0.00
50-80 cases $(0.10)
less than 50 cases $(1.00)
The Drop Size will be calculated on an Exclusive Restaurant Basis
each calendar quarter on an average basis (not a per drop basis) and
shall be applied during the following quarter. Exclusive Restaurants
that are "2nl" or "3nl" units shall be treated as one unit for
purposes of Drop Size Adjustments.
I. The per case mark-up (not the percentage mark-up) referred to in
Section A herein shall increase on January 1 of each year (commencing
on January 1, 2001) based upon the amount by which the Consumer Price
Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U), U.S. City Average, All Items
(Base Year 1982-84 = 100) ("CPI") percentage increased during the
prior 12 months. The first adjustment is scheduled for January 1,
2001, subject to limitations listed below.
There shall be no mark-up increase until the CPI has increased by 2.5
percent from the CPI on January 1, 2000. Furthermore, the CPI mark-up
increase shall be capped at 2.5 percent per year, however, the CPI
measurement is cumulative, i.e., any increase above the first 2.5
percent or the 2.5 percent annual cap amount is carried forward to the
next year.
Page 30 of 45 December 18, 1998
J. As referred to in Section 3(d) of the Agreement, the actual 1997
ratios are as follows:
Cube-to-Case Weight-to-Case
Concept Ratio Ratio
Pizza Hut .79/case 22.11 lbs/case
Taco Bell 1.31/case 27.11 lbs/case
KFC 1.07/case 29.49 lbs/case
Page 31 of 45 December 18, 1998
EXHIBIT E
FREIGHT MANAGEMENT RULES
I. Ordering Rules -- These rules designate the quantities of product which
shall be ordered.
A. The definition of "Standard Freight" shall be the per case freight
rate charged by Seller in connection with the rules described herein.
B. The "Standard Freight Quantity" shall be a quantity equal to 21 days
usage for each item, based on "product clusters" (as defined below)
per Distribution Center unless the "Shelf Life Guideline" of said item
is less than 21 days, in which case Standard Freight Quantity for that
item shall be its Shelf Life Guideline as represented in the
guidelines published by Tricon from time to time minus the travel time
required to get such item to a store. ----- "Product Cluster" is
defined as a set of items produced by a particular vendor at a
particular location, as opposed to just one item. (e.g. a Product
Cluster would include 12 oz. cups, 16 oz. cups and 32 oz. cups and
Standard Freights will be based upon the right mix of items within
various Product Clusters).
1. Example: Standard Freight Quantity for cups will equal the amount
of 12 oz, 16 oz. and 32 oz. cups consumed in 21 days.
2. Example: Assuming the Shelf Life Guideline indicates that the
shelf life of lettuce is seven days and shipping takes three
days, Standard Freight Quantity for lettuce shall be the amount
of lettuce consumed in four days.
C. Pricing
1. When the Standard Freight Quantity represents less than 21 days
usage of a particular Product Cluster, the freight price will be
the Truckload Rate. A "Truckload Rate" is an industry term
referring to the price for the shipment of a full truckload of
goods.
2. When the Standard Freight Quantity represents equal to or greater
than 21 days usage, the applicable SCM Party and the Seller will
mutually agree upon the applicable order quantity based on
industry practices and purchase quantity pricing breaks and will
determine the price. The "LTL Price Matrix" is a matrix provided
by Carriers which shows pricing rates based on quantity shipped.
Page 32 of 45 December 18, 1998
This price is known as the "Less Than Load" or "LTL Price" using
Combination Loads or the LTL Price Matrix. "Combination Loads"
shall be loads carried on a Lane (defined below), which loads
shall carry the supplies of multiple vendors for the Tricon
Concepts.
II. Service Performance Standards -- Measurement of carrier service by
AmeriServe carriers bring supplies from Vendors to the AmeriServe
Distribution Center. Failure to meet criteria can lead to disqualification
of a Carrier by AmeriServe.
A. Carrier service will be measured on three primary criteria
1. Damage - Free Loads
2. General condition of loads
3. On-time Performance
a. Carriers are measured to a standard of meeting appointments
within one hour (early or late)
b. Carriers must make appointments with AmeriServe Distribution
Centers 24 hours prior to pickup and delivery.
4. The minimum and target performance standards for carriers
delivery Standard Freight quantities are as follows:
Minimum Target
On-Time 95.0% 96.0%
Damage-Free 99.5% 99.5%
Good Condition 99.8% 99.8%
5. The minimum standard for Carriers carrying LTL (defined as loads
smaller than "Standard Freight") are defined as follows:
Minimum
On-Time 85.0%
Damage-Free 98.0%
Good Condition 99.0%
LTL shipments must comply with due date requirement pursuant to
the Ordering Rules described in Roman numeral I herein.
B. Performance Measurement -- Evaluating Carriers on the criteria set
forth in Item II.A
Page 33 of 45 December 18, 1998
1. Seller will track and report Carrier performance
2. Seller has the discretion to replace Vendors or third party
managed carriers that fail to meet stated minimum performance
standards set forth in II.A.4 and II.A.5. Seller will manage
these Lanes at existing performance standards and rates. A "Lane"
is defined as a regular shipment path with an organization point
and a destination point. For example, if a shipment is regularly
made between Chicago and Orlando, then Chicago-Orlando is a Lane.
C. Management of Carriers
1. Seller has the discretion to manage all Carrier activity,
provided that the prices charged to the Buyer are equal to or
less than the Standard Freight Rate.
2. Pursuant to the agreement between the manager and the Carriers,
each Carrier shall be expected to provide accurate shipment
status upon request, regardless of whether Carrier activity is
managed by Seller, Vendor, or a third party manager.
3. If a Seller or Vendor chooses to manage a Lane (defined above),
such Seller or Vendor must manage 100 percent of the Lane
activity on that Lane for a period of one year. For example, if a
Vendor or Seller chooses to manage the Chicago-Orlando Lane for
one year, then such Vendor or Seller may not assign the
management of said Lane to another Carrier manager during that
one year without mutual consent from the Seller and Vendor.
III. Expedite and Transfer Rules --These rules are designed to allocate expenses
between AmeriServe, Tricon, and Carriers when unanticipated expenses arise
(such expenses, "Expedite Expenses"). Generally, this occurs when emergency
shipments are required and when unexpected delays and/or shortages occur.
A. Supplier Shortages -- Seller's price per case shall assume that
Vendors ship the exact number of cases ordered. In the event that the
Vendor ships fewer cases than ordered, Vendors have the option to
reship the balance at their own expense, or to allow Seller to take a
credit for the incremental cost from the product invoice.
B. As a general matter, Seller shall pay for Expedite Expenses, except
that:
1. In the event that Expedite Expenses are the result of delays
caused by the Vendor, the Vendor shall pay Expedite Expenses,
including situations wherein:
Page 34 of 45 December 18, 1998
a. Vendor does not have product ready when ordered with
appropriate notice;
b. Vendor's inability to load freight in a timely manner
results in Expedite Expenses.
2. Buyer shall pay Expedite Expenses under the following
circumstances:
a. An SCM Party requires shipments that require movement
outside normal transit times or causes short lead times
necessitating expedited freight;
b. Vendors are unable to meet unexpected demand, thereby
creating Expedite Expenses associated with high demand and
rush deliveries;
c. An SCM Party demands substantially more product than it had
estimated to the Vendor;
d. Customer or Vendor requested expedites and transfers.
3. The "Reason Code Matrix" is a flowchart produced by Seller and
mutually agreed upon by the parties herein which analyzes the
reasons that Expedite Expenses occurred and allocating those
expenses accordingly. In the event the "Reason Code Matrix"
indicates that a party other than the Seller shall pay Expedite
Expenses, said party shall pay Expedite Expenses.
4. The Seller shall attempt to seek approval of Tricon before
incurring Expedite Expenses for which Tricon shall be held
liable.
C. Applicable Expedite Rates.
1. The Expedited Rate shall be the lower of the charges incurred by
the Vendor for such expenses or Seller "Premium Truckload Rates"
as published by the Seller from time to time, regardless of
shipment size.
IV. Standard Freight Price
A. Rates
1. The applicable SCM Party will seek third party estimates of
freight costs for the Top 400 Items. The "Top 400 Items" are
those items
Page 35 of 45 December 18, 1998
purchased by Buyer from the Vendor which represent the top 400
items in terms of total dollars spent on those items.
2. Seller will charge the lower of the estimate of freight costs
provided by the Vendor or a third-party freight company estimate
on a per case basis.
3. The applicable SCM Party will accept Vendor estimates for all
items it purchases other than the Top 400 Items.
4. Any new Restaurant Products that are introduced after the
Effective Date, and have projected substantial volumes, will be
treated as a Top 400 Item for purposes of establishing the
Standard Freight Rate for such Restaurant Product.
B. The applicable SCM Party shall request that Vendors provide estimates
on a form created by Seller because (i) the use of the Seller's form
allows such SCM Party to easily ensure that Seller's charge for
freight is less than or equal to the Vendor's estimate, (ii) the
consistent use of Seller's form provides consistency in definitions
and understandings with respect to estimates and (iii) the Seller's
form simplifies cost comparisons across Vendors.
C. Vendor and Third Party Freight Management -- In the event that Seller
cannot meet a Vendor or third party estimate, the applicable SCM Party
may choose such Vendor or third party to manage freight, provided that
Carrier performance criteria as defined in Roman numeral II herein,
are met. Furthermore, Seller shall continue to issue Purchase Order's
to Vendors, however, the Vendor or third party who manages the freight
shall be responsible for all other freight management functions,
including:
1. Vendors or third party managers will be responsible for arranging
freight either by a Vendor managed carrier or third party carrier
and the Seller shall not be responsible for managing freight
directly with the applicable SCM Party or Vendor selected
third-parties.
2. Vendors or third party managers shall perform the following
functions: Load tendering, shipment tracking, expediting,
shortage and damage claims, and freight payment functions.
D. Third Party Bidding for "Top 400 Items" -- the Seller will create the
bid package.
Page 36 of 45 December 18, 1998
1. The bid package shall include a detailed shipment history by Lane
which shall detail:
a. Truckloads: average shipment frequency by day of week with
weekly volume range for each shipment type. For example, a
Taco Bell may require 10 truckloads of taco meat per week,
but would use more on Saturday than on Tuesday. If that were
the case, the bid package would so indicate.
b. For LTLs, the bid package shall include the best estimate of
shipment size, which is the quantity the Seller uses for
pricing.
c. The bid package will describe Lanes with special
requirements.
2. The bid package shall include service performance standards such
as those contained herein.
3. The bid package shall include:
a. Standard Freight Price per Lane.
b. LTL rates per hundred weight by weight bracket per Lane.
c. Cost per case pricing by item in the Seller matrix format.
4. In those loads wherein the driver must aid in the unloading of
the truck, an additional "driver unload" charge and possibly a
"driver down stacking" charge is assessed by the Carrier. This
charge shall be included in the freight rate in the bid package.
5. The bid package should include pallet expense costs, which shall
be charged as an additional fee per case at the line item level.
The Seller will be expected to use a national pallet program on
both Seller and Vendor-managed freights, which typically cost
$3.75 per pallet.
V. Other Issues
A. Network Optimization (SAILS modeling) -- SAILS is a software tool
owned by AmeriServe, the purpose of which is to optimize product
allocations among Vendors to achieve the lowest possible Landed Cost.
1. Seller shall supply Buyer with one full-time employee to conduct
network optimization using Seller owned and licensed software.
Page 37 of 45 December 18, 1998
Seller shall be liable for any expenses or damages arising from
inappropriate use of such software.
2. The network optimization process shall operate as follows:
a. The applicable SCM Party fills out SAILS information sheet
and returns to Seller's Supply Chain Engineer (SCE), an
engineer employed by the Seller.
b. SCE and the applicable SCM Party develop schedule, timing,
scope, and expectations for optimization on a FIFO system.
c. The applicable SCM Party appoints a point person to
prioritize projects for each SCM Hub, which for purposes of
this agreement shall refer to each place where such SCM
Party makes allocation decisions. Furthermore, the Hub point
person shall meet quarterly with the appointed such SCM
Party employee to create the expected project list.
B. Slipsheets -- slipsheets are a variation of a pallet with special
handles.
1. The applicable SCM Party may choose to ship items on slipsheets
with approval from Seller, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld.
2. Seller shall finalize its study reviewing impact of slipsheet
conversion.
Page 38 of 45 December 18, 1998
EXHIBIT F
TEXT OF NET PRE-TAX PROFIT
MARGIN LIMIT FROM PIZZA HUT
FRANCHISE AGREEMENT AS REFERRED TO
IN SECTION 3(G)
8.3. Product Rebate.
A. For the purpose of this Section 8.3, the term "Company" includes any
business entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, PHI.
B. Franchisee may purchase from Company, upon such terms as Company may
offer, such items as Company may offer for sale to Franchisee.
C. Within 4 months after the end of each fiscal year of Company, Company
will determine its rate of gross profit and its rate of net pre-tax profit
attributable to sales by Company to all its Pizza Hut franchisees of only food,
paper products, and similar restaurant supplies (but not of any other items,
including without limitation, nonfood items manufactured by Company and other
items such as furnishings, interior and exterior decor items, and equipment) for
the fiscal year.
In making this determination the sales, gross profit, and net pre-tax profit for
all entities will be combined (without considering accounting eliminations) into
one financial statement and Company's cost will be reduced by any cash discounts
that Company received from its vendors.
D. If:
i) the rate or gross profit as determined by Company exceeds 14%, or
ii) the rate of net pre-tax profit as determined by Company exceeds
2.5%,
then in either event Company will, within 30 days thereafter pay to any Pizza
Hut franchisees entitled thereto, in the manner provided in paragraph E below,
an amount equal to the excess as determined under either i) or ii) above,
whichever is greater; provided, however, that the aggregate payment called for
herein shall in no event exceed an amount equal to Company's net pre-tax profit
attributable to sales of food, paper products. and similar restaurant supplies
by Company to all its Pizza Hut: franchisees for said fiscal year.
E. Company will pay to each Pizza Hut franchisee its share of the amount
determined payable by Company under paragraphs C and D above, in the form of a
cash payment or a credit, at the option of the franchisee, pursuant to
procedures established by Company. The share of each Pizza Hut franchisee will
be in an amount which bears the same relationship to the total amount determined
to be payable by Company under paragraphs C and D above as such franchisee's
gross purchases from Company of food, paper products, and similar restaurant
supplies bear to gross purchases of such items,
Page 39 of 45 December 18, 1998
from Company by all franchisees; the parties expressly agree that such share
shall be determined without regard to any other factors, including without
limitation, product mix variations, delivery and service charges, regional price
variations, or other price variations.
Page 40 of 45 December 18, 1998
EXHIBIT G-1(A)
FORM OF SALES AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
(For Refranchised PH and TB Stores where
Letter of Intent or Definitive Agreement to Purchase
Was in Place on October 1, 1998)
Page 41 of 45 December 18, 1998
EXHIBIT G-1(B)
FORM OF SALES AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
(For Grandfathered PH and TB Stores)
Page 42 of 45 December 18, 1998
EXHIBIT G-2
FORM OF SALES AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
(For Refranchised PH and TB Stores where No
Letter of Intent or Definitive Agreement to Purchase
Was in Place on October 1, 1998)
Page 43 of 45 December 18, 1998
EXHIBIT H
BLACK OUT PERIODS
Exclusive Restaurants Black Out Periods
KFC Restaurants 11:30am to 1:00pm and 5:30pm to 7:00pm - All Days
Pizza Hut Restaurants 11:30am to 1:00pm - Monday to Friday
5:30pm to 7:30pm - Friday and Saturday
Taco Bell Restaurants 11:30am to 1:00pm and 5:30pm to 7:00pm - All Days
Page 44 of 45 December 18, 1998
EXHIBIT J
FORM OF DISTRIBUTOR
PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT REFERRED
TO IN SECTION 17
Page 45 of 45 December 18, 1998
EXHIBIT 10.18
July 22, 1997
Mr. Robert C. Lowes
950 Kamino Medio
Santa Barbara, CA 93110
Dear Bob:
I am pleased to offer you the position of Chief Financial Officer of Tricon
Global Restaurants, Inc., reporting to me. In this position you will be a member
of Tricon's Operating Partners Council, assisting me in setting the direction
for our new company. This position will provide tremendous opportunity for
professional growth and development. I am sure you will enjoy the challenge and
responsibility.
Your compensation package will consist of the following:
o An annual base salary of $600,000.
o An annual bonus target of 75% of your base salary. For 1997 you will
receive a guaranteed bonus at target prorated for the number of months
you are with Tricon.
o You will be eligible to participate in our income deferral program.
This non-qualified program allows you to defer up to 100% of your base
salary and/or annual incentive.
o You will receive a one-time special grant of 250,000 (based on an
assumed stock price of $20) at-market stock options in Tricon. The
grant price will be based on the mean for the 5-20 day trading period
after the separation date from PepsiCo. This option grant will have 5
year cliff vesting and a term of 10 years from the date of the grant.
Your next stock option grant will be in 1999 and in accordance with
Tricon's normal program.
o Your perquisite package will include a $15,750 (net) car allowance,
country club membership with dues, $5,000 financial counseling
allowance and an annual physical.
o After a sixty (60) day waiting period you will be eligible for
BenefitsPlus, our complete package of health and welfare programs.
During your 60 day waiting period the company will pay for your COBRA
coverage. Please provide documentation to Mike Theilmann, VP People
Services for reimbursement.
o Four purposes of calculating your pension benefits using the formula
under our defined benefit plan we will add five (5) years of accrual
service. The resulting excess accrual will be paid from our
non-qualified pension equalization plan (PEP).
o You will be covered by a separation agreement providing you
twenty-four (24) months base salary continuation and target incentive.
This agreement will not provide separation benefits in the event of
termination for cause. In the near future, Gregg Dedrick will provide
you with additional documentation regarding the terms and conditions
of this agreement.
You will be entitled to relocations benefits in accordance with the relocation
policy, including, but not limited to: A miscellaneous allowance of one month's
salary (grossed up for taxes), home selling assistance, home purchase closing
costs, temporary living with return trips home, movement of household goods, and
travel for your family to Louisville. Our relocation Director, Lisa Paul will
personally be coordinating your move. Please feel free to contact her with any
questions at (972) 338-7872.
Bob, I'm excited about the opportunities that lie ahead for Tricon and its great
brands and people. Lets get going and start making all this potential a reality.
I look forward to you joining our team. In the meantime, if you have any
questions, please contact me at (502) 456-8900.
Sincerely,
/s/ David Novak
David Novak
Vice Chairman and President
I HEREBY ACCEPT THIS OFFER:
/s/ Robert C. Lowes
- ----------------------- ----------
Signature Date
cc: Andy Pearson
Gregg Dedrick
Mike Theilmann
EXHIBIT 10.19
September 3, 1997
Mr. Christian L. Campbell
4333 Forestview Drive
Toledo, OH 43615
Dear Chris:
I am pleased to offer you the position of Senior Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary of Tricon Global Restaurants, Inc., reporting to me. In this
position, you will be assisting me in setting the direction for our new company.
This position will provide tremendous opportunity for professional growth and
development. I am sure you will enjoy the challenge and responsibility.
Your compensation package will consist of the following:
o An annual base salary of $400,000
o An annual bonus target of 65% of your base salary. For 1997 you
will receive a guaranteed bonus of $200,000 (less any bonus
payment you receive from your current employer.)
o You will be eligible to participate in our income deferral
program. This non-qualified program allows you to defer up to
100% of your base salary and/or annual incentive.
o You will receive a one-time special grant of $3,500,000 at-market
stock options in Tricon. The grant price will be based on the
mean for the 5-20 day trading period after the separation date
from PepsiCo. This option grant will have 5 year cliff vesting
and a term of 10 years from the date of the grant. Your next
stock option grant will be in 1999 and in accordance with
Tricon's normal program.
o As soon as possible after your start date, you will receive a
lump sum payment of $150,000 less appropriate tax withholding.
You will receive an additional lump sum payment of $150,000 on
your first anniversary with Tricon.
o Your perquisite package will include a $15,750 (net) car
allowance, country club membership with dues, a flexible
perquisite account of $5,000 and an annual physical.
o For purposes of calculating your pension plan benefit Tricon will
provide you with additional years of service. Upon your achieving
normal early retirement status (age 55 and at least 10 years of
credited service with Tricon) for purposes of calculating your
pension benefit Tricon will add 5 years credited service. This
additional benefit will be paid from Tricon's non-qualified
pension equalization plan.
o After a sixty (60) day waiting period you will be eligible for
BenefitsPlus, our complete package of health and welfare
programs. During your 60 day waiting period the company will pay
for your COBRA coverage. Please provide documentation to Mike
Theilmann, VP People Services for reimbursement.
You will be entitled to relocation benefits in accordance with the relocation
policy, including, but not limited to: A miscellaneous allowance of one month's
salary (grossed up for taxes), home selling assistance, home purchase closing
costs, temporary living with return trips home, movement of household goods, and
travel for your family to Louisville. Our relocation Director, Lisa Paul will
personally be coordinating your move. Please feel free to contact her with any
questions at (972) 338-7872.
Chris, I'm excited about the opportunities that lie ahead for Tricon and its
great brands and people. Lets get going and start making all this potential a
reality.
I look forward to you joining our team. In the meantime, if you have any
questions, please contact me at (502) 456-8900.
Sincerely,
/s/ David Novak
David Novak
Vice Chairman and President
I HEREBY ACCEPT THIS OFFER:
/s/ Christian L. Campbell 9-9-97
- -------------------------- -----------
Signature Date
cc: Andy Pearson
Gregg Dedrick
Mike Theilmann
EXHIBIT 10.20
TRICON PURCHASING COOP AGREEMENT
This is the Tricon Purchasing Coop Agreement (the "Agreement") between
Tricon Global Restaurants, Inc. ("Tricon"), a North Carolina corporation, and
the Unified FoodService Purchasing Coop, LLC (the "Unified Coop"), a Kentucky
limited liability company, dated as of March 1, 1999.
Recitals
--------
A. Tricon, together with its affiliates (collectively "Tricon"), is engaged in
the franchising and operation of quick service restaurants and other food
outlets (collectively "Outlets") in the KFC, Pizza Hut and Taco Bell
concepts (each a "Concept"). The Unified Coop has been formed by the KFC
National Purchasing Cooperative, Inc. (the "KFC Coop") also doing business
as the FoodService Purchasing Cooperative, Inc., the Taco Bell National
Purchasing Coop, Inc. (the "Taco Bell Coop") and the Pizza Hut National
Purchasing Coop, Inc. (the "Pizza Hut Coop" together the three "Concept
Coops") in consultation with Tricon, as a cooperative venture to administer
purchasing programs for the Outlets operated by Tricon and other members of
the Concept Coops ("Member Outlets"). The established programs of the KFC
Coop for KFC franchisees and Taco Bell franchisees, and the pilot
purchasing program of the KFC Coop for Pizza Hut franchisees, will be
combined through the Unified Coop and the Concept Coops with the purchasing
programs of Tricon's Supply Chain Management ("SCM"). Tricon has the right
to designate two members of the Unified Coop's eight member Board of
Directors. Tricon, or an affiliate of Tricon, is a member of the KFC Coop
and the newly organized Taco Bell Coop and newly organized Pizza Hut Coop.
B. This is the Tricon Purchasing Cooperative Agreement mentioned in Section
4.1 of the Unified Coop's Operating Agreement of even date herewith (the
"Operating Agreement").
C. Tricon has designated, and continues to designate, certain vendors,
processors and manufacturers as approved suppliers ("Approved Suppliers")
for food, packaging and supplies and related services ("Goods") and
equipment and related services ("Equipment") used in the system of Outlets
(the "System") pursuant to agreements between Tricon and Approved Suppliers
("Supplier Agreements"). Tricon has designated, and continues to designate,
certain wholesalers and distributors ("Approved Distributors") for
distribution of Goods and Equipment to the System pursuant to agreements
between Tricon and Approved Distributors ("Distributor Agreements"). In
addition, Tricon has recently entered into an amended agreement with
AmeriServe Food Distribution, Inc. ("AmeriServe") (the "AmeriServe
Agreement"), granting AmeriServe certain exclusive distribution rights with
respect to certain Outlets operated by Tricon and certain Outlets sold by
Tricon to Pizza Hut and Taco Bell franchisees.
-1-
D. Tricon and the Unified Coop are entering into a separate agreement of even
date herewith concerning the transfer by Tricon to the Unified Coop and the
assumption by the Unified Coop of certain SCM purchase contracts and
arrangements (the "SCM Transfer Agreement").
E. The core mission (the "Mission") of the Unified Coop is (a) to assure that
operators of Outlets ("Operators") receive the benefit of continuously
available Goods and Equipment in adequate quantities at the lowest possible
sustainable Outlet delivered prices, and (b) to coordinate with Tricon in
Tricon's ongoing development and innovation of Goods and Equipment in
support and promotion of each of the Concepts.
F. Except as provided in paragraph 5 hereof with respect to the approval of
suppliers and distributors, nothing in this Agreement is intended to
affect, limit, diminish, or otherwise modify any of the rights or
obligations of Tricon under any franchise or license agreement entered into
with respect to any Outlet ("Franchise Agreement") or under the AmeriServe
Agreement.
Now therefore, for good and valuable consideration, Tricon and the Unified
Coop agree as follows:
l. Designation. Upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement
and the Operating Agreement, Tricon hereby constitutes, appoints and
designates the Unified Coop, on an exclusive basis to administer
purchasing programs on behalf of the Concept Coops and otherwise (the
"Purchasing Programs"), as the purchasing organization and purchasing
agent for Goods and Equipment (including Goods and Equipment with
respect to which Tricon has not designated one or more Approved
Suppliers) for all Outlets located in the United States (the "Area").
During the term of this Agreement, Tricon shall not appoint or
authorize any person or entity, other than a Concept Coop, to perform
the Purchasing Programs or to act as a purchasing organization or
purchasing agent for the System in the Area without the Unified Coop's
express prior written consent. Tricon shall promptly notify all
existing and future Approved Suppliers and Approved Distributors and
System franchisees of the Unified Coop's designation to perform the
Purchasing Programs as the purchasing organization and purchasing
agent for the Tricon System and Outlets in the Area. Tricon also
authorizes the Unified Coop on a non-exclusive basis to purchase Goods
and Equipment, and make purchase arrangements for Goods and Equipment,
sourced in the Area for use in the entire System including Outlets
outside of the Area. Tricon may purchase Goods and Equipment sourced
in the Area for use in the System outside the Area directly from the
Unified Coop or indirectly under contracts negotiated by the Unified
Coop provided Tricon pays the Unified Coop fees or margins on each
purchase of Goods and Equipment not to exceed those
-2-
charged by the Unified Coop in similar transactions involving Member
Outlets or distributors serving Member Outlets. The Purchasing
Programs shall include all Goods and Equipment for all Outlets in the
Area, except for items and related services (such as energy
aggregation where Tricon may be better positioned to make supply
arrangements, or items and services where the Unified Coop adds no
value or service such as locally sourced office supplies and
equipment) which Tricon and the Unified Coop or the applicable Concept
Coop or Coops agree are not appropriate to include in the Purchasing
Programs. The Purchasing Programs include (i) the negotiation of the
price and other terms of purchasing arrangements for Goods and
Equipment both when the Unified Coop takes title to Goods and
Equipment and when it does not, (ii) the sale of Goods and Equipment
to Operators and Approved Distributors, (iii) logistics and freight,
(iv) assistance in the negotiation and monitoring of distribution
arrangements, and (v) other supply chain management functions
including cooperation with Tricon's Brand Management function. Nothing
in this Agreement is meant to take away or adversely affect any rights
of a franchisee under a Franchise Agreement to purchase Goods and
Equipment directly from any Approved Supplier or Approved Distributor.
2. Purchase Commitment. During the term of this Agreement, Tricon shall
purchase virtually all Goods and Equipment for use in Tricon operated
Outlets in the Area through the Purchasing Programs of the Unified
Coop and the Concept Coops. "Virtually all" with respect to Goods and
Equipment means all Goods and Equipment except Goods and Equipment:
(a) Where the Unified Coop, or with respect to Outlets of a
particular Concept, a Concept Coop, agrees in advance in writing
that Tricon need not purchase the particular item or category of
Goods or Equipment through the Purchasing Programs of the Unified
Coop;
(b) Where Tricon determines in good faith, after written notice to
the Unified Coop (or if prior notice is impractical with notice
given as soon as possible), with respect to a specific item or
category of Goods or Equipment for specific Outlets that (i) the
Unified Coop is unable to meet Tricon's required volume of supply
for the particular Goods or Equipment, or (ii) the Unified Coop
is unable to meet previously established quality standards with
respect to particular Goods or Equipment.
(c) Where Tricon determines in good faith, after written notice to
the Unified Coop (or if prior notice is impractical with notice
given as soon as possible), that the Unified Coop's purchasing
policies or procedures with respect to the particular item or
category of Goods or Equipment present a material business risk
to Tricon, which Tricon is unwilling to assume,
-3-
because of the Unified Coop's volume, hedging or similar
commitments, arrangements or policies, or
(d) Where Tricon has a specific purchase commitment (such as
commitments under the AmeriServe Agreement or with respect to
fountain beverages, all of which are specifically set forth in
detail on Schedule 1 to this Agreement) which Tricon is unable as
a practical matter to assign to the Unified Coop or which is
inappropriate for the Unified Coop to assume. Goods and Equipment
purchased by Tricon under commitments set forth on Schedule 1
shall not be deemed to be Goods and Equipment for purposes of
this Agreement.
(e) Where legal counsel to Tricon has advised Tricon that its
commitments or the performance of its other duties under this
paragraph could reasonably be expected in a material way to
violate or breach any applicable material law, ordinance, rule or
regulation of any governmental body or any material judgment,
decree, writ, injunction, order or aware of any court,
governmental authority to arbitrative panel; or
(f) Upon the proper termination of this Agreement.
3. Operating Agreement. Tricon will abide by the terms of the Operating
Agreement applicable to it. Tricon confirms that it has entered into
an expense sharing arrangement whereby Tricon will bear $400,000 of
the costs associated with the formation and organization of the
Unified Coop. Tricon acknowledges the Code of Business Conduct
attached to the Operating Agreement as Annex B.
4. Concept Coops. Tricon shall become and remain a stockholder member of
each of the Concept Coops in good standing with respect to all Tricon
operated Outlets in the Area through the purchase by Tricon of
membership in accordance with the requirements and policies of each
Concept Coop. Tricon shall abide by the terms of the Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws of each Concept Coop as in effect from time
to time. Tricon acknowledges that basic decisions about each
restaurant concept's purchasing program operations may in the Concept
Coop's discretion be made by each Concept Coop, including resolution
of such issues as the Concept Coop's guidelines to the Unified Coop
for when to take title and when not to take title to Goods and
Equipment, and as the centralization or decentralization and
geographic location of Concept purchasing and program coordination
functions.
5. Approval Matters.
-4-
(a) As provided in the Franchise Agreements, Tricon shall have the
exclusive right and obligation with respect to the purchase and
distribution of Goods and Equipment for the System including
without limitation to (i) designate and terminate Approved
Suppliers and Approved Distributors, (ii) designate approved
Goods and Equipment, and (iii) develop, designate, modify and
update specifications (including supplier product warranties) for
Goods and Equipment.
(b) However, Tricon shall maintain a supplier approval and a
distributor approval process which (i) has appropriate and
significant franchisee, Unified Coop and Concept Coop
involvement, (ii) has specific published procedures, anticipated
timetables and provisions for progress reports, (iii) provides
that franchisees, the Unified Coop and the Concept Coops may
submit suppliers and distributors for approval, and (iv) reflects
a philosophical commitment to the need in most circumstances for
competition among Approved Suppliers and Approved Distributors
for the business of Outlets whenever competition will benefit the
System or a Concept.
(c) Subject to (i) Tricon's reasonable policies with respect to trade
secrets and with respect to confidentiality undertakings by or to
Approved Suppliers and potential suppliers with respect to
proprietary information of Tricon, an Approved Supplier or a
potential supplier, and (ii) confidentiality arrangements with
Approved Suppliers binding upon Tricon on the date hereof, Tricon
shall make available to Approved Suppliers and potential
suppliers specifications for Goods and Equipment in sufficient
detail to encourage suppliers to apply for approval without the
need to re-engineer Goods and Equipment.
(d) All Supplier Agreements and Distributor Agreements entered into
after the date hereof shall note the designation by Tricon of the
Unified Coop to conduct the Purchasing Programs.
6. Sheltered Income. Neither Tricon nor the Unified Coop shall, directly
or indirectly, receive or benefit from (nor shall either authorize any
Approved Supplier, Approved Distributor or Concept Coop, directly or
indirectly, to receive or benefit from) any "Sheltered Income" in
connection with Goods or Equipment purchased or used by Outlets in the
Area, except for:
(a) Marketing or promotional allowances (i)(A) provided outside the
ordinary course which are approved by the Unified Coop and any
applicable Concept Coop or Coops, or (B) provided in the ordinary
course, and (ii)
-5-
which are distributed or administered for the benefit of
Operators pro rata based on the volume of the Operators'
purchases;
(b) Discounts, rebates or allowances which directly lower Member
Outlet delivered prices pro rata among Operators based on the
volume of the Operators' purchases;
(c) Higher prices for Goods or Equipment permitted or charged by
Approved Suppliers to amortize Supplier expenses related to
research and development of Goods and Equipment if such
amortization of research and development expenses is incurred
after Tricon receives the advance advice and written consent
(with such consent not to be withheld if the parties hereto
determine in good faith that the expenses to be incurred are both
reasonable and in the best interests of the System of any Concept
Coop) of the Unified Coop or the applicable Concept Coop or
Coops;
(d) Reasonable fees, in no event exceeding Tricon's applicable direct
expense, and not necessarily completely reimbursing Tricon's
direct expense in connection with the applicable activity,
charged by Tricon, in accordance with published schedules adopted
with the advance advice and written consent (with such consent
not to be withheld if the parties hereto determine in good faith
that the expenses to be incurred are both reasonable and in the
best interests of the System or any Concept Coop) of the Unified
Coop and the applicable Concept Coop or Coops to potential
suppliers and distributors and to Approved Suppliers and Approved
Distributors, in connection with the Tricon supplier approval and
distributor approval processes, or in connection with Tricon
administered quality inspection and assurance programs;
(e) Sheltered Income specifically, completely and timely disclosed to
the Unified Coop not less than quarterly which Tricon has
permitted AmeriServe to retain under the AmeriServe Agreement
with respect to Goods and Equipment purchased or distributed by
AmeriServe for Tricon operated Outlets;
(f) Reasonable and customary gifts and entertainment permissible
under the Unified Coop's Code of Business Conduct as in effect
from time to time under the Operating Agreement; or
(g) Sheltered Income expressly authorized by both Tricon and the
Unified Coop or the applicable Concept Coop or Coops such as
higher prices permitted to amortize the cost of excess inventory
or graphics and other product changes.
-6-
As used in this Agreement, "Sheltered Income" means so called earned
income, rebates, kick-backs, volume discounts, tier pricing, purchase
commitment discounts, sales and service allowances, marketing
allowances, advertising allowances, promotional allowances, label
allowances, back-door income, application fees, inspection fees,
quality assurance fees, etc., and includes, among other items, (a)
fees charged suppliers and distributors in the supplier and
distributor approval process, (b) fees charged suppliers and
distributors for quality inspections and "hot line" inquiries and
complaints, (c) license or trademark fees or rebates charged or
expected as a condition of supplier or distributor approval or use,
typically paid as a percentage of System wide volume, (d) higher
prices permitted suppliers to amortize research and development
expenses undertaken by suppliers at the request of Tricon or
otherwise, (e) higher prices permitted suppliers to amortize the cost
of excess inventory, (f) higher prices permitted suppliers to amortize
the cost of graphics and other product changes, (g) special or
atypical payment terms, (h) payments and allowances to distributors
from suppliers based on distributor volume which are not reflected as
a reduction in distributor cost or prices, and (i) special favors,
gifts and entertainment.
Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit or prohibit the
right or ability of the Unified Coop or any Concept Coop to receive or
benefit from any Sheltered Income; provided that the Unified Coop
shall share, and shall cause each Concept Coop to share, such
Sheltered Income or the benefit thereof pro rata among each applicable
Operator (including Tricon) based on the dollar volume of the
purchases of such Operator that gave rise to the receipt or benefit of
such Sheltered Income.
7. Approved Distributors. Tricon acknowledges and agrees that the Unified
Coop may require, and Tricon from the date hereof shall use its
reasonable efforts to require of all distributors, including
AmeriServe, as a condition of approval as an Approved Distributor,
that the Approved Distributor enter into a Distributor Participation
Agreement ("DPA") with the Unified Coop in the Unified Coop's form of
DPA as amended from time to time providing among other matters (a)
that the Approved Distributor will comply with all of the terms of any
agreements between the Approved Distributor and Member Outlet
Operators, (b) for the payment by the distributor to the Unified Coop
of a service charge as a percentage of all Goods and Equipment
purchased by the distributor from suppliers under arrangements
negotiated by the Unified Coop as part of the Purchasing Programs, (c)
for compliance by the Approved Distributor with the Unified Coop's
reasonable credit standards and policies as in effect from time to
time, (d) for the provision by the Approved Distributor to the Unified
Coop of information necessary for the Unified Coop to administer its
distributor performance monitoring and patronage dividend programs,
and (e) prohibitions on the retention
-7-
by the Approved Distributor of Sheltered Income. Tricon acknowledges
the Unified Coop's current standard form of DPA which shall not be
amended in any material respect without Tricon's consent which shall
not be unreasonably withheld. Tricon will hold the Unified Coop and
the Concept Coops harmless and indemnify them from any liability, loss
or expense incurred by any of them as a result of claims by AmeriServe
or its affiliates or any other Approved Distributor designated by
Tricon as a result of the Unified Coop's role in conducting the
Purchasing Programs, or as a result of the Unified Coop doing business
in the manner requested by Tricon with AmeriServe or its affiliates or
any other Approved Distributor designated by Tricon for distribution
to Tricon operated Outlets or Outlets sold by Tricon to franchisees
obligated to use AmeriServe; provided, however, that Tricon will not
be obligated to indemnify the Unified Coop or the Concept Coops (i)
for losses resulting from the sale of Goods and Equipment directly by
the Unified Coop to AmeriServe or its affiliates or another Approved
Distributor other than such sales requested in writing by Tricon, or
(ii) for losses resulting from the Unified Coop's gross negligence.
8. Tricon Programs. In connection with Tricon's role as franchisor in the
Tricon System, consistent with the terms of the Franchise Agreements,
Tricon has certain exclusive rights and obligations including the
following exclusive rights or obligations with respect to "Brand
Management" at its own cost and expense:
(a) To initiate and to provide the Unified Coop and the Concept Coops
information sales forecasts, estimates of usage of Goods and
Equipment, marketing, advertising and promotional plans and
materials, new product introductions and roll-outs, and product
withdrawals,
(b) To make strategic product decisions and to develop new products
and product modifications.
(c) To conduct research and development and product testing
activities,
(d) To establish safety and quality assurance standards and
procedures,
(e) To analyze product warranty and liability issues and establish
recall procedures and conduct recalls of unsafe or deficient
Goods and Equipment,
(f) To monitor the performance of each Approved Supplier and to
monitor the safety and quality performance of each Approved
Distributor,
-8-
(g) To manage with the Unified Coop the exhaustion of inventories for
Goods and Equipment which are withdrawn from the System.
The Unified Coop acknowledges that Brand Management is Tricon's
exclusive responsibility. Nothing in this paragraph 8 is intended to
modify or change the terms of any Franchise Agreement except as
provided in Recital F to this Agreement.
9. Certain Unified Coop Obligations.
(a) As the designated purchasing organization and purchasing agent
for the Tricon System in the Area, the Unified Coop, working with
the Concept Coops, shall have the sole and exclusive
responsibility at its own cost and expense to administer and
conduct the Purchasing Programs and to negotiate purchasing
arrangements for Goods and Equipment for the System in the Area.
The Unified Coop, working with the Concept Coops and Tricon,
shall administer the Purchasing Programs focused on the Mission.
(b) The Unified Coop shall not conduct purchasing programs or act as
purchasing agent or in any similar capacity except on behalf of
the Unified Coop, the Concept Coops, Tricon and Operators of
Outlets.
(c) The Unified Coop shall permit Tricon or SCM to purchase Goods and
Equipment for Outlets located outside the Area under the
Purchasing Programs on the same terms and conditions as an
Operator or an Approved Distributor.
10. Cooperation. Tricon and the Unified Coop shall diligently communicate,
consult and cooperate with each other to facilitate each other's
performance of their respective and joint responsibilities and duties
with respect to (a) the Purchasing Programs under this Agreement and
the Operating Agreement, (b) Tricon's Brand Management, and (iii)
fulfillment of the Mission. Tricon and the Unified Coop will deal with
each other on all matters related to the Purchasing Programs and
otherwise in good faith and with fair dealing.
11. Confidentiality, Competition, Non-Solicitation and Trademarks. Tricon
and the Unified Coop each acknowledge that as a consequence of their
relationship with each other and the Purchasing Programs, trade
secrets and information of a proprietary or confidential nature
relating to the business of Tricon and the business of the Unified
Coop and the Concept Coops may be disclosed to and/or developed by
each other, including, without limitation, information about trade
secrets, products, services, Goods and Equipment, licenses, costs,
sales and
-9-
pricing information, and any other information that may not be known
generally or publicly outside of Tricon and the Unified Coop
(collectively "Confidential Information").
(a) Tricon and the Unified Coop each acknowledge that such
Confidential Information is generally not known in the trade, and
is of considerable importance to Tricon and the Unified Coop and
the Concept Coops, and each agree that their relationship to each
other with respect to such information shall be fiduciary in
nature. Tricon and the Unified Coop expressly agree that during
the term of this Agreement, and for a period of two years
thereafter, each will hold in confidence and not disclose and not
make use of any such Confidential Information, except as required
in the course of their relationship with each other and the
conduct of the Purchasing Programs, and except (i) as requested
or required by law or regulation or any judicial administrative
or governmental authority, (ii) for disclosure to its directors,
officers, employees, attorneys, advisors or agents who need to
review the Confidential Information in connection with the
conduct of its respective businesses (it being understood that
such directors, officers, employees, advisors and agents will be
informed of the confidential nature of such information) or to
any rating agency, (iii) in the course of any litigation or court
proceeding involving Tricon and the Unified Coop concerning this
Agreement and (iv) for disclosure of information that (A) was or
becomes generally available to the public other than as a result
of a disclose by its directors, officers, employees, advisors or
agents in breach of this provision, (B) was available to it on a
non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to it pursuant
hereto, (C) is obtained by it on a non-confidential basis from a
source other than such persons or their agents, which source is
not prohibited from transmitting the information by a
confidentiality agreement or other legal or fiduciary obligation,
(D) has been authorized by it to be disseminated to persons on a
non-confidential basis, or (E) after the termination of this
Agreement as required to assure an orderly supply of Goods and
Equipment.
(b) Neither Tricon nor the Unified Coop shall, at any time during the
term of this Agreement, or for a period of two years thereafter,
without the advance written consent of the other, whether
voluntary or involuntary, directly or indirectly, individually,
in a partnership or joint venture, or through a corporation as
proprietor, employee, stockholder or consultant, or through any
other business entity or by any other means, enter into agreement
(except with respect to such agreements after termination of this
Agreement as required to assure an orderly supply of Goods and
Equipment) with or solicit the employment of any present or
former employees of each other for the purpose of causing them to
(a) leave the
-10-
employee of the other, or (b) reveal or utilize Confidential
Information in such manner so as to constitute a violation of
this paragraph 11.
(c) During the term of this Agreement, Tricon shall not at any time,
directly or indirectly, compete with the Purchasing Programs
administered by the Unified Coop or the Concept Coops in the
Area.
(d) Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give the Unified
Coop or the Concept Coops any rights with respect to any
intellectual property of Tricon including any trademark or trade
name registered by Tricon, except pursuant to the trademark
license agreement entered into between Tricon and the Unified
Coop and the Concept Coops dated the date hereof.
12. Representations. Tricon and the Unified Coop each represent and
warrant to the other as follows:
(a) It is a corporation or limited liability company duly organized
under the laws of its state of incorporation or organization. It
has full capacity, right, power and authority to execute and
deliver this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to
which it is a party and to perform its obligations under this
Agreement and each such Transaction Document. This Agreement and
each other Transaction Document to which it is a party
constitutes its valid and legal binding obligation and is
enforceable against it in accordance with its terms except as may
be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium
or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors' rights
generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.
The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each other
Transaction Document to which it is a party and the consummation
and conduct of the transactions contemplated hereby have been
approved by all necessary action under applicable laws governing
it and any of its governing instruments.
(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each other
Transaction Document to which it is a party, the consummation and
conduct of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and
the performance and fulfillment of its obligations and
undertakings hereunder and thereunder by it will not violate any
provision of, or result in the breach of, or accelerate or permit
the acceleration of any performance required by the terms of its
governing instruments, any contract, agreement, arrangement or
undertaking to which it is a party or by which it is bound; any
judgment, decree, writ, injunction, order or award of any
arbitration panel, court or governmental authority; or any
applicable law, ordinance, rule or regulation of any governmental
body.
-11-
(c) There are not claims of any kind of actions, suits proceedings,
arbitrations or investigations pending or to its knowledge,
threatened in any court or before any governmental agency or
instrumentality or arbitration panel or otherwise relating to it
which would interfere with the consummation or conduct of the
transaction contemplated by this Agreement or any other
Transaction Document, or the performance and fulfillment of its
obligations and undertakings hereunder.
(d) No consents, approvals, no authorizations, releases or orders are
required of or by it for the authorization of, execution and
delivery of, and for the performance and consummation and conduct
of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other
Transaction Document.
"Transaction Document" means this Agreement, the Operating Agreement,
the Program Management Agreements, the Asset Contribution and
Liability Assumption Agreement, and the SCM Transfer Agreement.
13. Dispute Resolution. Tricon and the Unified Coop shall each appoint one
or more executives who will meet with each other for the purpose of
resolving any claim, dispute or controversy ("Dispute") between Tricon
and the Unified Coop arising out of or relating to the performance of
this Agreement, or any other Transaction Document, or the conduct of
the Purchasing Programs. If the Dispute is not resolved by negotiation
within 30 days, the parties shall endeavor to settle the Dispute by
mediation under the then current Center for Public Resources ("CPR")
Model Procedure for Mediation of Business Disputes. The neutral third
party will be selected from the CPR panel of neutral parties with the
assistance of CPR, unless the parties agree otherwise. In the event
that the parties are unsuccessful in resolving the dispute via
mediation, the parties agree promptly to resolve any dispute through
binding confidential arbitration conducted in Louisville, Kentucky, in
accordance with the then current rules of the American Arbitration
Association ("AAA"). In regard to such arbitration, each party shall
be entitled to select one arbitrator and the arbitrators selected by
the parties shall select a third arbitrator. The parties irrevocably
consent to such jurisdiction for purposes of the arbitration, and
judgment may be entered thereon in any state or federal court in the
same manner as if the parties were residents of the state of federal
district in which that judgment is sought to be entered. The
arbitrator shall not make any award or decision that is not consistent
with applicable law. In any action between the parties, the
arbitrators may designate the prevailing party in such action which
shall recover such of its costs and expenses, including reasonable
attorney fees from the non-prevailing party as the arbitrators may
designate. All applicable statutes of limitations and defenses based
upon the passage of time shall be tolled while the requirements of
this paragraph 13 are being followed.
-12-
14. Term and Termination.
(a) The initial term of this Agreement shall commence on the date
hereof and shall continue until December 31, 2003. Either Tricon
or the Unified Coop may terminate this Agreement on any December
31 (beginning with December 31, 2003) upon giving at least 365
days prior written notice of termination to the other party. In
any event, this Agreement will terminate upon the dissolution of
the Unified Coop pursuant to paragraph 17 of the Operating
Agreement.
(b) Each of Tricon and the Unified Coop may, at its option, effective
upon written notice to the other party terminate this Agreement
immediately upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
(i) any material failure on the part of such party to duly
observe or perform in any respect any of its material
covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement or any
other Transaction Document or any material representation or
warranty made by such party in this Agreement or any other
Transaction Document shall fail to be correct and true when
made or deemed made, which failure continues unremedied for
a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice
of such failure requiring the same to be remedied shall have
been given to other party.
(ii) the entry of a decree or order by a court agency or
supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises
for the appointment of a conservator, receiver or liquidator
for such party or any of the Concept Coops in any
bankruptcy, insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshaling of
assets and liabilities or similar proceedings or for the
winding up or liquidation of their respective affairs and
the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in
effect for a period of 60 consecutive days, or
(iii)the consent by such party or any of the Concept Coops to
the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator
in any bankruptcy, insolvency, readjustment of debt,
marshaling of assets and liabilities, or similar proceedings
of or relating to such party or Concept Coop as of or
relating to substantially all of its respective property; or
such party or Concept Coop shall admit in writing its
inability to pay its debts generally as they become due,
file a petition to take advantage of any applicable
insolvency or
-13-
reorganization statute, make an assignment for the benefit
of its credits or voluntarily suspend payment of its
obligations.
(c) After December 31, 1999, Tricon may, at its option, terminate
this Agreement effective upon at least 180 days prior written
notice to the Unified Coop upon the occurrence of any of the
following events:
(i) With respect to each Concept Coop, the failure of that
Concept Coop's franchisee members operating traditional
Member Outlets to report at least the percentage specified
below of the gross sales reported by all System franchisee
traditional Member Outlets of each concept in the Area.
Concept Percentage
Kentucky Fried Chicken 50%
Pizza Hut 50%
Taco Bell 50%
(ii) Any Transaction Document to which Tricon is a party shall
have terminated in accordance with its terms causing
material detriment to Tricon.
(d) No termination of this Agreement shall relieve a party of such
party's obligations created under this Agreement for the period
prior to termination.
15. Canada
Tricon, the Unified Coop, the KFC Coop, the KFC Coop's Canada
subsidiary (the "Canada Subsidiary") and franchisee designated
representatives of Canada KFC, Pizza Hut and Taco Bell franchisees
("Franchisee Groups") (collectively the "Working Parties") are working
together in good faith to form a joint Canada wide Tricon system
purchasing organization operated in Canada for all Operators in Canada
(the "Canada Coop"). The Canada Coop will be independent of Tricon and
SCM and governed by Canada Operators.
In the event the Working Parties have not reached and definitively
documented the structure and operating principles for the Canada Coop
by March 1, 1999, then until the Working Parties have agreed
otherwise; (a) the term "Area" as used in the Agreement shall include
Canada, (b) the Canada Coop as the Canada Subsidiary will become a
financially self sufficient purchasing organization which
-14-
is a component of the Unified Coop, and (c) the Canada Coop's board of
directors will be restructured so that Tricon designated directors
constitute not more than 25 percent of the members of the board, and
representatives of the Franchisee Groups constitute a majority of the
members of the board.
16. Miscellaneous.
(a) Notices. All notices, approvals, consents and demands required or
permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and sent by
hand delivery, facsimile, overnight mail, certified mail or
registered mail, postage prepaid, to the parties at their
addresses indicated below, and shall be deemed given when
delivered by hand delivery, transmitted by facsimile or mailed by
overnight, certified or registered mail. Either party may specify
a different address by notifying the other party in writing of
the different address.
If to Tricon:
Mr. Christian L. Campbell
Tricon Global Restaurants, Inc.
Law Department
1441 Gardiner Lane
Louisville, Kentucky 40213
If to Unified Coop:
950 Breckinridge Lane - Suite 300
Louisville, Kentucky 40207
Attention: President
(b) Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights of the parties to
this Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance
with the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky, without regard to
or application of its conflicts of law principles.
(c) Benefit and Binding Effect. Except as otherwise specifically
provided in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon
and shall inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement,
and their legal representatives, successors and permitted
assigns.
(d) Pronouns and Number. Wherever from the context it appears
appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or the
plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns
stated in either the masculine,
-15-
feminine or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine
and neuter gender.
(e) Headings: Schedules. The headings contained in this Agreement are
inserted only as a matter of convenience, and in no way define,
limit or extend the scope or intent of this Agreement or any
provision of this Agreement. The Schedules to this Agreement are
incorporated into this Agreement by this reference and expressly
made a part of this Agreement.
(f) Partial Enforceability. If any provision of this Agreement, or
the application of any provision to any person or entity or
circumstance shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable,
then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of that
provision to persons or entities or circumstances other than
those with respect to which it is held invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby.
(g) Entire Agreements. Except for the SCM Transfer Agreement and
Operating Agreement, this Agreement constitutes the entire
understanding between Tricon and the Unified Coop with respect to
the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all prior and
contemporaneous agreements of the parties to this Agreement with
respect to the matters to which this Agreement pertains. This
Agreement may not be amended except in a writing signed by both
parties.
(h) Enforcement. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 13, in
the event of a material breach or threatened material breach by a
party of any of the material provisions of this Agreement, the
other party shall be entitled to obtain a temporary restraining
order and temporary and permanent injunctive relief without the
necessity of proving actual damages by reason of such breach or
threatened breach, and to the extent permissible under the
applicable statutes and rules of procedure, a temporary
injunction or restraining order may be granted immediately upon
the commencement of any such suit and without notice.
(i) No Waiver. No waiver by any party to this Agreement at any time
of a breach by any other party of any provision of this Agreement
to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of
any similar or dissimilar provisions of this Agreement at the
same or any prior or subsequent time.
(j) Third Party Beneficiaries. It is not intended that any person or
entity be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement other than
the Concept Coops.
-16-
(k) Public Announcements. All public announcements about the
formation of the Unified Coop shall be made by the Unified Coop
rather than Tricon or any other party; provided, however, that
Tricon and the KFC Coop may nevertheless make such public
announcements as their respective counsel deem required by law.
-17-
Signed:
Tricon Global Restaurants, Inc.
By: /S/ Matthew M. Preston
Title: Assistant General Counsel and Assistant Secretary
Date: March 1, 1999
Unified FoodService Purchasing Coop, LLC
By: /s/Thomas M. Cook
Title: Chairman of the Board
Date: March 1, 1999
-18-
Schedule 1
Excluded Commitments
1. Any contract or commitment to purchase fountain beverages for use in
Outlets owned by Tricon during the term of the Concepts' existing
contractual arrangements with Pepsi Co., Inc. with respect to such
Outlets..
2. Tricon's commitment to purchase Equipment through AmeriServe Food
Distribution, Inc. through October 31, 1999.
-19-
EXHIBIT 12.1
TRICON Global Restaurants, Inc.
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges Years Ended 1998-1994
(in millions except ratio amounts)
52 Weeks
---------------------------------------- 53 Weeks 52 Weeks
1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
------------ ---------- ---------- ------------- -------------
Earnings:
Income from continuing operations before
income taxes and cumulative effect of
accounting changes 756 (35) 72 (103) 241
Unconsolidated affiliates' interests,
net (a) 1 (1) (6) (1)
Interest expense (a) 291 290 310 368 349
Interest portion of net rent expense (a) 105 118 116 109 108
------------ ---------- ---------- ------------- -------------
Earnings available for fixed charges 1,153 372 492 374 697
============ ========== ========== ============= =============
Fixed Charges:
Interest Expense (a) 291 290 310 368 349
Interest portion of net rent expense (a) 105 118 116 109 108
------------ ---------- ---------- ------------- -------------
Total Fixed Charges 396 408 426 477 457
============ ========== ========== ============= =============
Ration of Earnings to Fixed
Charges (b) (c) (d) 2.91x .91x 1.15x .78x 1.53x
(a) Included in earnings for years 1994-1997 are certain allocations related to
overhead costs and interest expense from PepsiCo. For purposes of these
ratios, earnings are calculated by adding to (subtracting from) income from
continuing operations before income taxes and cumulative effect of
accounting changes the following: fixed charges, excluding capitalized
interest; and losses and (undistributed earnings) recognized with respect
to less than 50% owned equity investments. Fixed charges consist of
interest on borrowings, the allocation of PepsiCo's interest expense for
years 1994-1997 and that portion of rental expense that approximates
interest. For a description of the PepsiCo allocations, see Note 2, to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
(b) Included the impact of unusual, disposal and other charges of $15 million
($3 million after-tax) in 1998, $184 million ($165 million after tax) in
1997, $246 million ($189 million after tax) in 1996 and $457 ($324 after
tax) in 1995. Excluding the impact of such charges, the ratio of earnings
to fixed charges would have been 2.95x, 1.36x, 1.73x and 1.74x for the
fiscal years ended 1998, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
(c) The Company is contingently liable for obligations of certain franchisees
and other unaffiliated parties. Fixed charges associated with such
obligations aggregated approximately $17 million during the fiscal year
1998. Such fixed charges, which are contingent, have not been included in
the computation of the ratios.
(d) For the fiscal years December 27, 1997 and December 30, 1995, earnings were
insufficient to cover fixed charges by approximately $36 million and $103
million, respectively. Earnings in 1997 includes a charge of $530 million
($425 million after tax) taken in the fourth quarter to refocus our
business. Earnings in 1995 included the noncash charge of $457 million
($324 million after tax) for the initial adoption of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived
Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of."
Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF TRICON
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1998 (1)
State or
Country of
Name of Subsidiary Incorporation
- ------------------ -------------
A & M Food Services, Inc. Nevada
Calny, Inc. Delaware
El KrAm, Inc Iowa.
Glenharney Insurance Company Vermont
Global Restaurants Inc. Mauritius
Internationaticional Restaurants do Brasil Ltda. Brazil
Kentucky Fried Chicken (Great Britain) Limited United Kingdom
Kentucky Fried Chicken Caribbean Holdings, Inc. Delaware
Kentucky Fried Chicken Corporate Holdings, Ltd. Delaware
Kentucky Fried Chicken Corporation Delaware
Kentucky Fried Chicken de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. Mexico
Kentucky Fried Chicken Espana, S.L. Spain
Kentucky Fried Chicken Global B.V. Netherlands
Kentucky Fried Chicken Global II B.V. Netherlands
Kentucky Fried Chicken International Holdings, Inc. Delaware
Kentucky Fried Chicken Japan Ltd. Japan
Kentucky Fried Chicken of California, Inc. Delaware
Kentucky Fried Chicken of Southern California, Inc. California
Kentucky Fried Chicken Worldwide B.V. Netherlands
KFC Corporation Delaware
KFC Enterprises, Inc. Delaware
KFC France SAS France
KFC International (Thailand) Ltd. Thailand
KFC Management Pte. Ltd. Singapore
KFC National Management Company Delaware
KFCC/TRICON Holdings Ltd. Canada
NKFC, Inc. Delaware
PCNZ Investments Ltd. Mauritius
PCNZ Ltd. Mauritius
PepsiCo Eurasia Limited Delaware
PepsiCo Restaurants International S.A. Spain
PHM de Mexico S.A. de C.V. Mexico
Pizza Belgium B.V.B.A. Belgium
Pizza Gida Isletmeleri A.S. Turkey
Pizza Hut (U.K.) Ltd. United Kingdom
Pizza Hut Holdings, B.V. Netherlands
Pizza Hut International (UK) Ltd. United Kingdom
Pizza Hut International, LLC Delaware
Pizza Hut Korea Co., Ltd. Korea
Pizza Hut Mexicana S.A. de C.V. Mexico
1
State or
Country of
Name of Subsidiary Incorporation
- ------------------ ----------------
Pizza Hut of America, Inc. Delaware
Pizza Hut Puerto Rico, Inc. Delaware
Pizza Hut Singapore Pte. Ltd. Singapore
Pizza Hut, Inc. California
Pizza Huts of the Northwest, Inc. Minnesota
Pizza Management, Inc. Texas
QSR, Inc. Delaware
Restaurant Holdings Ltd. United Kingdom
Taco Bell Corp. California
Taco Bell of California, Inc. California
Taco Bell Royalty Company California
Taco Caliente, Inc. Arizona
Taco Del Sur, Inc. Georgia
Taco Enterprises, Inc. Michigan
TBLD Corp. California
Tenga Taco, Inc. Florida
Tricon (Shanghai) Consulting Co., Ltd. China
Tricon Global Restaurants (Canada), Ltd. Canada
Tricon Global Restaurants S.A. de C.V. Mexico
Tricon Restaurant Services Group, Inc. Delaware
Tricon Restaurants (Southern Africa) Pty. Ltd. South Africa
TRICON Restaurants (Taiwan) Co., Ltd. Taiwan
TRICON Restaurants Australia Pty Ltd. Australia
Tricon Restaurants International (India) Pvt. Ltd. India
Tricon Restaurants International Ltd. & Co. K.G. Germany
Tricon Restaurants Poland sp.zo.o. Poland
Tricon Singapore Holdings Pte. Ltd. Singapore
Triglobal Restaurants of Puerto Rico, Inc. Delaware
Upper Midwest Pizza Hut, Inc. Delaware
Von Karman Leasing Corp. Delaware
- -------------------
Note:
(1) This Schedule lists the entities that were active subsidiaries of Tricon as
of December 31, 1998. Omitted from the above list are approximately 75
insignificant or inactive subsidiaries which, if considered in the
aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not constitute a significant
subsidiary. The list also excludes approximately 75 subsidiaries of Pizza
Hut, Inc., most of which operate restaurants in the U.S., and approximately
30 subsidiaries of Kentucky Fried Chicken Corporation and Kentucky Fried
Chicken of California, Inc., most of which operate restaurants outside of
the U.S.
2
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Auditors
The Board of Directors
TRICON Global Restaurants, Inc.:
We consent to incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No.
333-42969) on Form S-3 and (Nos. 333-36877, 333-36955, 333-36895, 333-36961,
333-36893 and 333-64547) on Form S-8 of our report dated February 10, 1999,
relating to the consolidated balance sheet of TRICON Global Restaurants, Inc.
and Subsidiaries as of December 26, 1998 and December 27, 1997, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and shareholders' (deficit)
equity and comprehensive income for each of the years in the three-year period
ended December 26, 1998, which report appears in the Company's December 26, 1998
annual report on Form 10-K of TRICON Global Restaurants, Inc.
KPMG LLP
Louisville, Kentucky
March 22, 1999